(logo)
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Open Source Books | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "A history of Wilkes-Barré, Luzerne County, Pennsylvania : from its first beginnings to the present time, including chapters of newly-discovered early Wyoming Valley history, together with many biographical sketches and much genealogical material"

A HISTORY OF 
WILKES-BARRE 



LUZERNE COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA 



FROM iTvS FIRST BEGINNINGS TO THE PRESENT TIME; INCLUDING 

CHAPTERS OF NEWLY- DIvSCOVERED 

EARLY WYOMING VALI.EY HISTORY 

TOGETHER WITH MANY BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES AND MUCH 

GENEALOGICAL MATERIAL 



BY 



OSCAR JEWELL HARVEY, A. M. 

Author ok "A History of Lodgk No. 61, F. & A. M.", "The Harvey Book", 

"A History OF Irem Temple", Etc. 



Illustrated With Many Portraits, Maps, Facsimiles, Original 
Drawings and Contemporary Views 



9 




y jTi'je 



COMPLETE IN THREE VOLUMES 

VOLUME I e.>> 



WILKKS-BARRE 
1909 



JTM® HEW York] 

Arrow, LENOX ANO 
^^TILOEH POUNDATIOIM. 



Copyright, May, 1909, by Oscar J. Harvey. 



» • » 9 . a< 






Raeder Press, 
Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 



# ^^ 



THESE ANNAIvS OF MY NATIVE TOWN 
ARE DEDICATED TO 

THE WYOMING HISTORICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 

WILKES-BARRE, 

IN ADMIRING RECOGNITION OF ITS AIMS AND THE IMPORTANT RESULTS 
IT IS ACCOMPLISHING ; AS WELL AS IN GRATEFUL ACKNOWLEDGMENT 
OF THE VALUABLE AID GIVEN ME BY MANY OF ITS MEMBERS, AND 
THE LARGE AMOUNT OF IMPORTANT INFORMATION GLEANED BY ME 
FROM ITS COLLECTIONS, DURING THE PROGRESS OF MY WORK. 




t^t r^t^c 



" Sires of old, your fame is writ in gold ; 

Your heritage we treasure, and your mandates heed. 
While Time shall last, no stain shall e'er be cast 

To dim the light that shines above each patriot deed." 

— Brinley Richards. 





Errata— Volume I. 



PAGE 

170. Sixth line from bottom — "six " should be five. 

216. Third paragraph of foot-note — "Volume II " in first line should be Volume I. 

226. Second paragraph of foot-note — ninth and tenth lines should read : Col. 
James Burd at Fort Augusta wrote to Capt. Joseph Shippcn at Lan- 
caster, etc. 

261. First paragraph of second foot-note— " the preceding page" in the next 
to the last line should be this page. 

278. Second paragraph— in third line from end "one son and two daughters" 
should be two sons and two daughters ; William and Peter being the 
names of the sons. 

285. Last paragraph, sixth line — "Turbott" should be Turbutt. 

443. Foot-note, first line — " left bank " should be tight bank. 

468. Sixth paragraph — Asahel Buck was killed February 18, 1779. 

480. Second paragraph of third foot-note— in third line : John Durkee was born 

at Ipswich in 1665, the son of William Durkee (born in 1630), a mariner, 
who came to Ipswich via the West Indies, and was married December 
20, 1664, to Martha Cross of Ipswich. 

481. Third paragraph, tenth line : Mehetabel Durkee was married February 14, 

1750, at Canada Parish, Windham, to James Bidlack, Sr. 
481. Third paragraph, twelfth line — Sarah Durkee was born in Canada Parish. 

Windham. 
483. Seventh paragraph, seventh line — "April " should be September. 
491. Last line of foot-note— Turbutt Francis died in 1777. (See "Pennsylvania 

Archives," 2nd Series, XVIII : 740.) 
500. Last paragraph of foot-note, fifth line— strike out the words "and 

youngest." 
503. Last paragraph, eighth line— insert after " 1759 " ajid 1760. 
517. First paragraph, tenth line— for "nearly twenty-nine" substitute about 

twenty-three. 
526. Eleventh line— for " I80I " substitute April 3, 1798. 




Contents of Volume I. 



PAGE 

A NOTK OF KXPI.ANATION 7 

A Chronologicai, Table of Important Occurrencfs 9 

CHAPTER I. 

Introduction — Reasons for Writing this History— Sources of Informa- 
tion 17 

CHAPTER II. 

The North Branch of the Susquehanna River — The Vai,ley of Wyoming — 
Location and Description — Poetry and Legend 32 

CHAPTER III. 

The Amerind Peopi^e — The Mound-buii^ders — The Aboriginai^s of New 

York and Pennsyi^vania 78 

CHAPTER IV. 

Eari.y Indian Settlements in Wyoming— Earliest Visits of White Men- 
Moravian Missionaries on the Susquehanna — Connecticut Land Com- 
panies Organized — The "Wyoming Region" Purchased from the Six 
Nations 1G9 

CHAPTER V. 

The Susquehanna Company Stirs up a Hornet's Nest — Sir William John- 
son and the Six Nations — French and Indian War — Wyoming Tempo- 
rarily Deserted by the Indians — Indian Congresses and Conferences 
IN Pennsylvania — The Delaware Indians Established at Wyoming . 295 



CHAPTER VI. 

More Indian Conferences and Pow-wows — Attempts at Settlement in 
Wyoming by the Whites Under The Susquehanna Company — Death 
OF King Teedyuscung — First Massacre of the White Settlers — Wyo- 
ming Forsaken by the Indians 384 

5 



6 
CHAPTER VII. 

PAGE 

The C1.0SING Days of Pontiac's War— Indian Councii, and Treaty at Fort 
Stanwix — Indian Sale of Lands to the Pennsylvania Proprietaries — 
Surveys and Settlements at Wyoming Under the Proprietaries . . 435 

CHAPTER VIII. 

The Settlement at Wyoming Renewed by The Susquehanna Company — 
Major Durkee and the "Sons of Liberty" — Fort Durkee Erected — 
The Five "Settling-towns" — Wilkes-Barre Laid Out and Named — 
Some Facts Relative to the Writing and Pronunciation of the Name 
OF THE Town 462 

CHAPTER IX. 

The Right Hon. John Wilkes, Patriot, Statesman, and a Friend to 

Liberty 525 

CHAPTER X. 

The Right Hon. Isaac Barre, Soldier, Orator, Statesman, and America's 

Advocate and Champion 570 





A Note of Explanation. 



In gathering together material for this work I spent upwards of 
three years before attempting to prepare for the printer a single page 
of copy. At length, having effected what I then believed to be an 
exhaustive search for interesting and authentic historical matter relat- 
ing to Wilkes-Barre and Wyoming Valley, I began the task of putting 
the same in shape for the printer ; and soon thereafter the actual work 
of printing the following pages was begun. 

But, while preparing copy, and reading proofs of the printer's work, 
I sought in new directions for additional historical data, and met with 
unusual and pronounced success. One find seemed to lead to another 
find, and the large amount of theretofore unused and absolutely valu- 
able material, which it was my good fortune to turn up, soon convinced 
me that it would be necessary for me either to recast my plans and 
enlarge the scope of my work, or else discard entirely my latest finds. 
Meanwhile, I had been urged by competent and esteemed advisers to 
devote as much space in my book as possible to an account of the vari- 
ous clans and tribes of Indians which at one time or another had occu- 
pied Wyoming Valley. 

After careful consideration it seemed to me that, in the circum- 
stances, the proper course for me to pursue was : to stop the work of 
printing, and devote a considerable amount of time to further investiga- 
tion and consideration of the subject matter in hand. 

In the execution of this plan a large amount of time has been 
necessarily expended, the printing of the work has gone on by slow 
degrees, and, instead of appearing in one volume of about 700 pages (as 
originally intended, and arranged for), the work comprises three royal 
8vo volumes, aggregating over 1,800 pages. Two of these volumes are 
published at this time, while the third and final volume (which will 
contain a very complete and comprehensive index to the three volumes) 
will appear about the close of the present year. 

o. J. H. 

May 19, 1909. 





"Deal gently with us, ye who read! 
Our largest hope is unfulfilled ; 
The promise still outruns the deed ; 

The tower, but not the spire, we build." 



' Would I might borrow from the mines of morn 
A little of their brimming store of gold ! 
Would I might filch from out the sunset's hold 

Some of the rubies that its breast adorn ! ' ' 





A Chronological Table 

OF SOME OF THE MOST INTERESTING AND IMPORTANT 0CCURRP:NCES 

MENTIONED IN THIS WORK. 



1G16 — Etienne Brule (Stephen Bruehle) descends the Susquehanna River, from the 

head-waters of its North Branch to Chesapeake Bay. 
1701 — A band of Shawanese Indians establish themselves in Wyoming Valley. 
1723 — A large number of Palatines pass through Wyoming Valley en route from Scho- 
harie Valley, New York, to Berks County, Pennsylvania. 
1729— Conrad Weiser passes through Wyoming en route from Schoharie, New York, to 

Berks County, Pennsylvania. 
1737 — March. Conrad Weiser at Wyoming. 

— April. Dutch traders from New York at Wyoming.' 
1738 — Conrad Weiser and William Parsons visit Wyoming. 

•1741 — The Rev. John Sergeant, accompanied by several Stockbridge Indians, comes from 

Massachusetts to Wyoming to preach the gospel to the Indians located here. 

1742 — July. Delaware Indians (of the Unami, or Wanamie, clan) ordered by the Six 

Nations to remove to Wyoming. 

— September. A band of Wanamies establish themselves in what is now the F"if- 

teenth Ward of Wilkes-Barre. 
— October. Count ZinzendorfT and his companions at Wyoming. 
1744 — April. Moravian missionaries John M. Mack and Christian Frolich at Wyoming. 
1746 — Spring. John M. Mack again visits Wyoming. 
1747 — Autumn. Bishop Spangenberg (Moravian) visits Wyoming and preaches to the 

Indians. 
1748— June. Nanticoke Indians remove from the mouth of the Juniata to Wyoming 
Valley — lower end. 
— July. Missionaries Mack and Zeisberger at Wyoming. 
— October. Baron de Watteville (a Moravian Bishop) and missionaries Cammer- 

hoff, Mack and Zeisberger at Wyoming. 
— October 7. The Sacrament of the Lord's Supper administered at Wyoming for 
the first time. 
1749 — April. A numerous band of Shawanese, under the chief tanship of Paxinosa, 

locate in Wyoming. 
1750— May. Missionaries Cammerhoff, Mack and Zeisberger, accompanied by Timothy 

Horsfield and Gottlieb Bezold of Bethlehem, spend eight days at Wyoming. 
1751 — November. Zeisberger at Wyoming. 

1752 — June. Spangenberg, Zeisberger and the Rev. C. Seidel of Bethlehem at Wyoming. 
— July. An embassy of Shawanese and Nanticoke Indians goes from Wyoming to 
Gnadenhiitten. 
1753— March. An embassy of Shawanese and Nanticoke Indians from Wyoming visits 
Gnadenhiitten. 

9 



10 

1753 — May. The Nanticoke Indians remove from Wyoming to New York. 
— May. The Rev. Christian Seidel of Bethlehem visits Wyoming. 
— May. Certain white traders at Wyoming. 

— May. Memorial, relative to lands at Wyoming, presented by certain inhabitants 
of Connecticut to the General Assembly of that Colony. 
-j- — July 18. "The Susquehanna Company" organized at Windham, Connecticut. 

— October. Exploring and purchasing committee of The Susquehanna Company 
visits Wyoming. 
1754 — April. Many Indians, under the leadership of Teedyuscung , remove from Gnaden- 
hiitten to Wyoming and locate within the present limits of Wilkes-Barr^. 
— July. Moravian missionaries B. A. Grube and C. G. Rundt from Gnadenhiitten 
spend some days at Wyoming preaching to the Indians ; during which time 
the sacrament of baptism is administered for the first time in this region. 
^'^ — July 11. Deed from Six Nation Indians conveying the Wyoming region to The 
Susquehanna Company is executed at Albany, New York. 
— Autumn. Representatives of the abovementioned Company come to Wyoming to 
look over the lands which have been purchased. 
1755 — March. Christian Frederick Post, a Moravian missionary, establishes himself at 
Wyoming to minister to the Indian converts here, and to entertain visiting 
missionaries. 
— July. Missionaries Zeisberger and Seidel at Wyoming. 

— October. Zeisberger and Seidel are again at Wyoming preaching to the Indians. 
1756 — Owing to the French and English War Wyoming is entirely forsaken by the 

Indians. 
1757 — October. The erection of houses at Wyoming, for the use of the Delaware Indians 
under the chief tanship of Teedyuscung, is begun by the Pennsylvania 
authorities. 
1758 — May 22. Teedyuscung and his Delawares again settle down in Wyoming, and the 
work of building houses for them is resumed by white workmen in the em- 
ploy of the Pennsylvania Government. 
— May 27. The first death of a white man — killed and scalped by inimical Indians — 
occurs in Wyoming. 
1762 — March. David Zeisberger goes on a mission to the Indians at Wyoming. 

— May 19. The Susquehanna Company decides to effect a settlement upon their 

lands at Wyoming. 
— June. Important conference at Easton, Pennsylvania, between Governor Ham- 
ilton of Pennsylvania, Sir Wm. Johnson, and Teedyuscung and other chiefs 
of the Delaware Indians. 
— August. Conference at Lancaster, Pennsylvania, between Governor Hamilton and 
Six Nation, Delaware and Shawanese Indians. 
"r — September. Under the auspices of The Susquehanna Company 119 settlers locate 

near the mouth of Mill Creek, within the limits of what was later the town- 
ship of Wilkes-Barre, and begin to build three small block-houses. 
1763 — Deed to The Susquehanna Company — confirming the sale of Wyoming lands made 
in July, 1754 — executed by Six Nation Indians. 
— April 19. The Delaware King, Teedyuscung, burnt to death in his house, within 
the present limits of Wilkes-Barre. 
-V' — May. The settlement at Mill Creek is renewed by a large number of people under 

The Susquehanna Company. 
— May. David Zeisberger preaches twice to the Indians at Wyoming. 
— June. John Woolman, the noted Quaker minister, preaches to the Wyoming 

Indians. 
— June. The red men's occupancy of Wyoming Valley comes to an end. 
— October 15. Delaware Indians attack the settlers at Mill Creek, some of whom are 
massacred, others are driven away from the valley, and the remainder are 
carried off as prisoners. 
1764 — Wyoming Valley uninhabited by either whites or Indians. 



11 

1705— John Anderson, Capt. John Dick and Capt. Amos Ogden, Pennsylvania and New 
Jersey men, locate in Wyominj^ Valley as Indian traders, under authority 
received from Sir William Johnson. 

— Specimens of anthracite coal taken from Wyoming and sent to England. 
1768— November. Indian treaty at Fort Stanwix, New York. 

—December 8. The "Manor of Sunbury " surveyed at Wyoming for the Proprie- 
taries of Pennsylvania. 

—December 9. The " Manor of Stoke " (comprehending the present city and town- 
ship of Wilkes-Barre) located and surveyed for the Proprietaries of Penn- 
sylvania. 

—December. Captain Ogden, John Anderson, Charles Stewart, Alexander Patter- 
son, John Jennings, and several other Pennsylvanians and New Jerseymen, 
with the intention of becoming lessees or purchasers of the Proprietary lands 
at Wyoming, erect a small block-house at Mill Creek and establish them- 
selves therein. 

—December 28. The Susquehanna Company formally decides to retake possession 
of its lands in Wyoming and settle the same. 
1769_February 8. The " first forty " settlers under The Susquehanna Company arrive 
at Wyoming. 

— May 12. A large body of settlers, led by Maj. John Durkee, with authority from 
The Susquehanna Company, arrives at Wyoming from Connecticut and New 
York, and the erection of Fort Durkee is begun on the river bank near the 
present Ross Street, Wilkes-Barre. 

— June 22. Col. Turbutt Francis, in command of a small body of armed Pennsylva- 
nians, comes to Wyoming from Fort Augusta (now Sunbury, Pennsylvania) 
and orders the New Englanders to leave the valley. 

— July. The town (township) of Wilkes-Barre located and named by Major Durkee. 

—August 29. A large number of settlers under The Susquehanna Company, at 
Wilkes-Barre, petition the General Assembly of Connecticut to erect the lands 
at Wyoming into a county. 

—September. The five "settling-towns" in Wyoming Valley surveyed under the 
direction of Major Durkee. 

—September. The First Pennamite-Y'ankee War is begun. 

— November 14. Fort Durkee is surrendered to the Pennamites by the Yankees, and 
the latter are driven from the valley. 
1770— February 11. Capt. Lazarus Stewart and his " Paxtang Boys" come to Wilkes- 
Barre to co-operate with the Yankees. They regain possession of Fort 
Durkee. 

— June. Wilkes-Barre town-plot is surveyed and plotted, and lots are drawn by the 
proprietors of the township. 

—June 28. Governor Penn of Pennsylvania issues a proclamation prohibiting any 
person from settling at Wyoming without authority from the Proprietaries of 
the Province. 
1771 — January 18. The erection of Fort Wyoming is begun by the Pennamites on the 
river bank near the present Northampton Street, W^ilkes-Barre. 

— August 15. Fort Wyoming is surrendered by the Pennamites, after a siege of 
twenty-six days by a force of Yankees under the command of Capt. Zebulon 
Butler. 
1772— March. Northumberland County (comprehending Wyoming Valley) is erected 
by Act of the Pennsylvania Assembly. 

— First grist-mill erected in Wyoming Valley— on Mill Creek. 

— April. Survey of Wilkes-Barre township completed, and lots finally distributed. 

— November. Forty Fort erected in Kingston Township. 
1773— June 2. The Susquehanna Company adopts "Articles of Agreement, " or a code of 
laws, for the government of the Wyoming settlements, and " Dii-ectors " in 
and for the six Wyoming townships are appointed. 



12 

1774 — January. The Wyoming region is erected by the General Assembly of Connecticut 
into the town of Westmoreland, and attached to Litchfield County, Connec- 
ticut. 

— March 1. The town of Westmoreland is formally organized by an election of offi- 
cers, and the transaction of other business, at a "town-meeting" held in 
Wilkes-Barre. 
1775 — May. The 24th, or Westmoreland, Regiment of Connecticut Militia established, 
with Zebulon Butler as Colonel. 

— July. Conference of Indians from New York with Col. Zebulon Butler at Wilkes- 
Barre. 

— August 8. The inhabitants of Westmoreland, assembled in town-meeting at 
Wilkes-Barre, resolve that they will " unanimously join " their " brethren in 
America in the common cause of defending " their liberty. 

— September 28. Pennamites attack Connecticut settlers on the West Branch of the 
Susquehanna, wounding and killing some and taking others prisoners. 

— November 4. Congress recommends that the Province of Pennsylvania should put 
a stop to hostilities against the Yankees in the Wyoming region. 

— December 25. The Plunket invasion and the battle of "Rampart Rocks." Termi- 
nation of the First Pennamite-Yankee War. 
1776 — March 6. Sixty-six men of Westmoreland organize themselves into a military 
company and offer their services to the Continental Congress to " engage in 
the common cause as soldiers in the defense of liberty." 

— August 24. At a town-meeting held in Wilkes-Barre the inhabitants of Westmore- 
land vote to erect suitable forts as a defense against the " common enemy." 

— September 16. Conference of Indians from New York State with Col. Zebulon 
Butler at Wilkes-Barre. 

— September 17. The two " Wyoming, or Westmoreland, Independent Companies " 
— enlisted a few weeks previously — are mustered into the Continental service 
at Wilkes-Barre. 

— October. The town of Westmoreland is erected into the count}^ of Westmoreland, 
of the State of Connecticut, by the General Assembly of that State. 
1777 — January 1. The "Wyoming Independent Companies" march from Wilkes-Barr^ 
to New Jersey, where they take part in the battle of Millstone River, Janu- 
ary 20. 

— January. A large party of Indians from New York, en route to Easton, Pennsyl- 
vania, spend several days at Wilkes-Barre and hold an informal conference 
with the local authorities. 

— May 1. 'A conference is held at Wilkes-Barre between a delegation of Six Nation 
Indians and a committee of Westmoreland inhabitants. 
1778 — July 3. Battle and massacre of Wyoming. 

— July 4. Capitulation of Forty Fort. Wilkes-Barre almost wholly destroyed bj' the 
Indians. 

— August 4. Continental soldiers and Westmoreland militia under the command of 
Col. Zebulon Butler march into Wyoming Valley and establish ' ' Camp West- 
moreland " at Wilkes-Barre. 

— October 1-3. Colonel Hartley's military expedition at Wilkes-Barre on its return 
march from the upper Susquehanna. 

— October 28. The remains of the Westmorelanders who lost their lives in the battle 
and massacre of July 3, 1778, are gathered up and interred. 

— October. Fort Wyoming (the second work of defense to bear that name) is 
erected on the: River Common near Northampton Street. 

— November 2. Frances Slocum carried into captivity by Indians. 
1779 — April 11. First troops for the Sullivan Expedition reach Wilkes-Barre. 

— June 23. General Sullivan, with the main body of his army, arrives at Wilkes- 
Barre. 

— June 24. The first meeting of a Lodge of Free Masons to be held in North-eastern 
Pennsylvania takes place at Wilkes-Barre. 



13 

1779 — July 1. First public execution by hanging in Wyoming Valley. 

— July 5. An elaborate entertainment is held at Forty Fort "in celebration of the 

anniversary of the Declaration of Independence." 
— July 81. The Sullivan Expedition sets out from Wilkes-Barrd on its march up the 

Susquehanna. 
— October 7. The Sullivan Expedition returns to Wilkes-Barr^. 
1780 — A Continental military garrison (the "Wyoming Post") is maintained at Wilkes- 

Barre under the command of Col. Zebulon Butler. 
1782 — May. Col. John Durkee, the founder of Wilkes-Barre, dies at Norwich, Connec- 
ticut. 
— December 30. The " Decree of Trenton " is rendered. 
1783 — April. Pennsylvania troops garrison Fort Wyoming, and its name is changed to 
Fort Dickinson. 
— October. The Second Pennamite-Yankee War is begun. 

— Alexander Patterson endeavors to change the name of Wilkes-Barre to " London- 
derry." 
1784 — March 15. The ice in the Susquehanna breaks up, and a very disastrous flood fol- 
lows. Wilkes-Barre is inundated. 
— May. The Pennamites drive the majority of the Connecticut settlers from the val- 
ley by force. 
— July 24. Many dwelling-houses in Wilkes-Barre are burnt to the ground by the 

Pennamites. 
— August 2. The fight at Locust Hill occurs. 
— September 28. Fort Dickinson is besieged by the Yankees. 

— November 30. Fort Dickinson having been evacuated by the Pennamites is demol- 
ished by the Yankees, and the war is virtually ended. 
1786 — March. A scheme is on foot to erect a new State ( " Westmoreland ") out of the 
Wyoming region. 
— April 27. Gen. Ethan Allen comes to Wilkes-Barre from Vermont, intent on the 

" new State " project. 
— September 25. An Act erecting the county of Luzerne out of a portion of the 

Wyoming region is passed by the General Assembly of Pennsylvania. 
— October. The great " pumpkin " flood occurs. 

1787 — February 1. First election in Luzerne County — for Representative to Assembly, 
Councillor, Sheriff, Coroner, and Commissioners — held at the house of Col. 
Zebulon Butler, Wilkes-Barr^. 
— March 28. The Confirming Law (relating to land titles in certain townships in 

the Wyoming region) is enacted by the Pennsylvania Assembly. 
— May 29. The first courts of Luzerne County are opened and held at the house of 

Col. Zebulon Butler, Wilkes-Barre. 
— October 2. Col. John Franklin is arrested in Wilkes-Barre and conveyed to Phila- 
delphia. 
1788 — May. The erection of the first Luzerne County Court House and Jail is begun 
on the Public Square. 
— June 26. Col. Timothy Pickering is abducted from his home on South Main 
Street and carried away captive. 
1790 — March 18. Jemima Wilkinson, "the Universal Friend," visits and preaches in 
Wilkes-Barre. 
— April 1. The Confirming Law, having been suspended March 29, 1788, is repealed 
by the State Assembly. 
1792 — March. A delegation of Oneida Indians, en route from New York State to a con- 
ference with the Secretary of War at Philadelphia, is entertained in Wilkes- 
Barre. 
1794 — September. Capt. Samuel Bowman marches from Wilkes-Barre with his company 
of Light Infantry, raised for the provisional military- force organized by the 
State to put down the " Whisky Insurrection." 
1795— July. A Post Office is established at Wilkes-Barre. 



14 

1796 — First newspaper, The Herald of the Times (weekly), published in Wilkes-Barre. 
1797 — July. The Duke of Orleans (later Louis Philippe, King of France) and his broth- 
ers, the Duke of Montpensier and the Count of Beaujolais, visit Wilkes-Barre. 
— December 26. John Wilkes, one of the two men for whom Wilkes-Barre was 
named, dies in England. 
1799 — April 4. The Pennsylvania Legislature enacts the "Compromise Law," relating 
to lands lying " in the seventeen townships, Luzerne County." 
— July. Capt. Samuel Bowman, holding a commission in the " Provisional Army" 
being organized by the United States for the anticipated war with France, is 
raising a company of infantry at Wilkes-Barre. A detachment of thirty men 
marches to Elizabeth town, New Jersey. 
— December 27. Public exercises held in the Court House in memory of General 
Washington, whose death occurred at Mt. Vernon December 14. 
1800 — July. Erection begun on Public Square of a meeting-house — many years later 

known as "Old Ship Zion." 
1801 — Erection begun on Public Square of the second Luzerne County Court House. 

— March 4. Democrats celebrate by a procession and barbecue the election and 
inauguration of Thomas Jefferson as President of the United States. 
1802 — Erection begun of stone jail on East Market Street. 

— July 20. Isaac Barre, one of the two men for whom Wilkes-Barre was named, dies 
in London. 
1805 — Easton and Wilkes-Barre Turnpike in process of construction. 
1806 — March 17. Borough of Wilkes-Barr^ incorporated by Act of Legislature. 
— August 18. Wilkes-Barre Library Company organized. 
— October 16. First elephant show in Wilkes-Barre. 
1807 — First brick building in Wilkes-Barre erected. 

— March. Wilkes-Barre Academy incorporated, and opened a few months later. 
1808 — February 11. Jesse Fell burns anthracite coal in an open grate for the first time 

in North-eastern Pennsylvania. 
1810 — September. First bank ("Philadelphia Branch") begins operations in Wilkes- 
Barre. 
1812 — April 10. Launch of the river-boat, The Ltizerne of Wilkes-Barre. 
1816 — June and August. Severe frosts in Wyoming Valley, and certain crops destroyed. 
1817 — February 14. Thermometer at Wilkes-Barre registers 20° below 0. 
1818— July 12. Extraordinary hail-storm in Wyoming Valley. 

1819 — February. First bridge across the Susquehanna at Wilkes-Barrd — foot of Market 
Street — opened to the public. 
— November 1. Luzerne County Bible Society is organized. 
— November 14. The river at Wilkes-Barre is frozen over. 
1826 — April 12. First steamboat (Codoms) at Wilkes-Barre. 
1831 — May. First canal-boat leaves Wilkes-Barre for Philadelphia, laden with flour, coal 

and lumber. 
1833 — July 3. The remains of those who fell in the battle and massacre of Wyoming are 

re-interred, and the corner-stone of the Wyoming Monument is laid. 
1834 — May. Ice, snow, cold weather, and seven-year locusts damage vegetation in Wyo- 
ming Valley and cause much inconvenience. 
— June 27. Wyoming Division, North Branch Canal, completed, and water let in. 
1836 — March 26. Sleds cross the Susquehanna on the ice. 

— October 5. Eleven inches of snow fall in Wyoming Valley. 
1842 — June 18. First balloon ascension in Wilkes-Barre. 

1843 — May 23. First train of passenger-cars run on a railroad in Wyoming Valley. 
1846 — July 3. Wyoming Monument dedicated, in the presence of the Governor of the 
Commonwealth and other distinguished visitors. 
— December 7. The Wyoming Artillerists leave Wilkes-Barre for the seat of war. 
(The War with Mexico.) 
1849 — April 6. Wilkes-Barr^ Law and Library Association organized. 
1850 — First telegraph line running into Wilkes-Barre is in operation. 



15 

1852 — First daily newspaper published in Wilkes-Barre. 

185(3_pebruary 1. Gas manufactured by the Wilkes-Barre Gas Company turned on and 
burned for the first time. 
— June 24. First train comes into the valley from Scranton over tlie Lackawanna 

and Bloomsburg Railroad. 
— August 12. The corner-stone of the third Luzerne County Court House is laid 
with Masonic ceremonies. 
1857 — April 20. Two feet of snow fall in the valley. 

— May 20. Ten inches of snow fall. 
lg58_February. The Wyoming Historical and Geological Society is organized. 
ISnO — September 19. Water is turned on l)y the Wilkes-Barre Water Company for the 
first time. 
— September 24. First steam fire-engine seen and operated in Wilkes-Barrd. 
1861 — February 13. Destructive ice freshet in the Susquehanna. 

— April 18. First company of Wilkes-Barre volunteers (Wyoming Artillerists) for 
the defense of the Union leaves for Harrisburg, where it is mustered into the 
United States service. 
1863— June 18. Emergency-militia leave Wilkes-Barre for Harrisburg. (Pennsylvania 

invaded by the Confederates. ) 
1865 — March 17. Greatest flood in the Susquehanna ever known. 
1866— March 29. Wyoming Valley Hotel opened. 

— March 31. First passenger train is run into Wilkes-Barre over the new (Wilkes- 
Barre Mountain) track of the Lehigh and Susquehanna Railroad. 
— June 13. Pennsylvania State Medical Society meets in Wilkes-Barre. 
— June 25. First street-car (Wilkes-Barre and Kingston Railway) runs in Wilkes- 
Barre. 
— June 27. The Judges of the Supreme Court of Pennsylvania banqueted at Wilkes- 

Barr^ by members of the Bar of Luzerne County. 
— September. First cobble-stone street-pavement laid in Wilkes-Barre (West Market 
Street). 
1867 — April 9. Great fire, destroying many buildings on West Market and North and 
South Franklin Streets. 
— May 29. First passenger train is run from White Haven over the Lehigh Valley 
Railroad to Wilkes-Barre — to station below Northampton Street. 
1868 — September 9. Corner-stone of the present Luzerne County Prison laid with 

Masonic ceremonies. 
1870 — October. The bounds of Wilkes-Barre Borough are extended in a small degree. 
1871 — May 4. Wilkes-Barre Borough is incorporated into a city by an Act of the State 

Legislature. 
1872 — July 4. Celebration of the centennial anniversary of the founding and naming of 
Wilkes-Barre. 
— October. The Wilkes-Barre City Hospital is established and opened. 
— December 26. Twelve inches of snow on the ground, and temperature 10° below 0. 
Coldest weather in ten years. 
1875 — March 17. Destructive ice freshet in the Susquehanna. 
1877 — July. Railroad riots prevail, and United States troops are ultimately ordered to 

Wyoming Valley. 
1878 — July 3. Celebration of the centennial anniversary of the battle and massacre of 
Wyoming. President Hayes, members of his Cabinet, and other distinguished 
visitors present. 
— November. First telephone line in Wilkes-Barre opened. 
1879 — July 25. The 9th Regiment, N. G. P., organized and officers elected at Wilkes- 
Barre. 
1884 — May 30. Snow falls, covering the mountains near Wilkes-Barre. 
1885 — October 4. New edifice of the First Methodist Episcopal Church dedicated. 
1886 — April. First asphalt street-pavement laid in Wilkes-Barre (Franklin Street). 

— September. Centennial anniversary of the erection of Luzerne County celebrated. 



16 

1886 — November 11. Wilkes-Barre warmed for the first time by steam heat. 

— December 4. Corner-stone of the 9th Regiment Armory laid. 
1887— May 10. Erection of North Street Bridge begun. 

— July 11. Corner-stone of First Presbyterian Church laid. 

— September 17. Centennial anniversary of the adoption of the Constitution of the 

United States celebrated. 
— October 26. Ninth Regiment Armory dedicated. 
1888 — March 12. A violent blizzard rages. 

— March 19. First electric street-car runs in Wilkes-Barre (North Main Street). 
1889 — January 28. Osterhout Free Library opened to the public. 

—April. Celebration of the centennial anniversary of the inauguration of George 
Washington as the first President of the United States. 
1890— April 9. Memorial Hall (G. A. R.) dedicated. 

— July. The three public school districts of the city consolidated into one, under 

the control of a board of six directors. 
— August 19. Destructive cyclone strikes Wilkes-Barre. 
1891— December 30. New Y. M. C. A. building opened. 
1892 — October 21. Columbus Day celebration. 
1893 — March 10. Greatest ice freshet in the Susquehanna since 1865. 

— May 23. Fortieth annual conclave of the Grand Commandery of Knights Tem- 
plar of Pennsylvania convenes in Wilkes-Barre. 
1895 — September. New Board of Trade organized. 

— October 14. First woman attorney admitted to the Bar of Luzerne County. 
1897— October 29. Nesbitt Theater opened. 

— November 25. New club-house of Wilkes-Barre Wheelmen opened. 
— December 25. First service held in the new edifice of St. Stephen's Episcopal 
Church. 
1898 — March 7. Mercy Hospital opened to patients. 

— April 27. Ninth Regiment, N. G. P., leaves for Mt. Gretna, Pennsylvania, in 

response to the call for volunteers for the Spanish-American War. 
— September 22. Wilkes-Barre becomes a "city of the Third Class." 
1899 — April. First horseless carriage runs in Wilkes-Barre. 

— July. The Pennsylvania State Bar Association holds its annual meeting and ban- 
quet in Wilkes-Barre. 
1900 — May 21. Forty-seventh annual conclave of the Grand Commandery of Knights 
Templar of Pennsylvania convenes in Wilkes-Barre. 
— June 26. The Pennsylvania State Editorial Association meets in Wilkes-Barr6. 
1901 — December. Unusual freshet in the Susquehanna. 
1902 — March 1-3. Disastrous flood in the Susquehanna. 

— November 27. Corner-stone of the Federal Post Ofiice building, Wilkes-Barre, 
laid with Masonic ceremonies. 
1903 — June 30. The Pennsj'lvania State Educational Association holds its forty-eighth 
annual session at Wilkes-Barre. 
— December 14. First passenger car is run over the Laurel Line (3d-rail road) be- 
tween Scranton and Wilkes-Barre. 
1904 — March 9. Serious flood in the Susquehanna, causing much damage to property. 
1905 — August 10. President Roosevelt, Cardinal Gibbons, and other distinguished visit- 
ors in Wilkes-Barre as guests of the Catholic Total Abstinence Union at its 
natiorial convention. 
1906 — May 10-12. Centennial Jubilee of the erection of Wilkes-Barre into a borough. 

— December 8. Wilkes-Barre Park Commission organized. 
1907 — November 27. Corner-stone of Irem Temple, Ancient Arabic Order of Nobles of 

the Mystic Shrine, laid at midnight with impressive ceremonies. 
1908— December 15. Irem Temple dedicated. 







CHAPTER I. 

INTRODUCTION— REASONS FOR WRITING THIS HISTORY— SOURCES OF 

INFORMATION. 



Wyoming warrior sons of old, 

And matrons worthy of your time, 

Deep in our inmost hearts we hold 
Your memories, sacred and sublime. 



"One generation shall praise thy works to another, 
and shall declare tli}' mighty acts." — Psalm CXLV : 4- 



A modern philosopher has said : "Considering how many really 
needful things there are to be done in these hustling and bustling days 
— corn to be hoed, wood to be chopped, roads to be mended, rooms to be 
swept, bread to be baked, buttons to be sewed on, cradles to be rocked — 
.it is somewhat more than surprising that hundreds of fairl}- intelligent 
men and women keep on writing books. Evidently many authors write 
books for the same reason that hens lay eggs — to relieve themselves." 

Another alleged philosopher has capped this statement by the 
observation that '•''caco'ethes scribendi has long been known to be a fever 
and sickness of feeble minds ; but never did it reach such proportions 
as now, when the cheapness of print and paper all the world over, and 
the ever critical condition of the public intelligence, give it scope for 
development to an immeasurable degree. Everybody writes ; and from 
the fashionable lady who cannot spell, to the tight-rope dancer who 
dictates her 'Impressions from an Altitude', any one who possesses a 
grain of vanity or has had a shred of adventure embodies his or her 
ideas or recollections in an article for a periodical or a volume for the 
circulating library. Whether a physician becomes illustrious through 
a patient's death, oi a comic-opera singer has pleased a London or Paris 
audience ; whether a general has won a battle, or a lady been distin- 
guished in a divorce case ; whether a man has been tried for his life or 
has served a term in prison, one and all of these will forthwith publish 
something — article, monograph, playlet, essay, reminiscence or the 
letters of somebody else — without the slightest regard to whether they 
possess any literary capabilities for the work or not." 

When one considers the width and depth of the flood — not only of 
ambitious and elaborate works, but of productions of a modest and less 



18 

formal character — that annually bursts forth from the teeming presses 
of our land, one must admit that there are some forcible, although 
homely, truths contained in the foregoing statements and observations. 
Nevertheless, the writer of this present book does not deem it necessary 
to offer any excuse or apology relative to "the wherefore and the why" 
of its genesis, inasmuch as he knows that in these present days many of 
the intelligent and patriotic people of this land are earnestly engaged — 
individually and in organized bodies — in rescuing froin oblivion and 
preserving in some attainable form and place whatever material will 
tend to throw light on the true history of past times in this country. 

He would say, however, that he is one of those whose pleasure and 
pride it is to have been born in Wilkes-Barre — the "Diamond City"* 
on Susquehanna's side, in fair Wyoming's historic vale. In the days 
of his youth he was told that "in six days the L,ord made heaven and 
earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day ; and 
on the eighth He made — the valley of Wyoming !" We who are "to 
the manner born" believe that there are few regions like unto our well- 
beloved Wyoming. It seems to the writer that no mountains ever 
clasped within their embrace so beautiful a valley — as if no valley ever 
looked up to so beautiful mountains. He loves his birthplace — this 
ancient town of unique name and notable life, with whose earliest 
beginnings more than one of his ancestors were intimately and honor- 
ably connected ; he cherishes its traditions and its history ; he holds in 
high regard its upright and honorable citizens ; and as Paul the Apostle 
claimed his birthright as a Roman citizen, so will the writer, wherever 
he may be, always proudly claim his birthright as a Wilkes-Barrean. 

Oh ! the last spark of feeling and life must depart, 
Ere his love for Wilkes-Barre will fade from his heart. 

No attempt previous to this, so far as the writer is aware, has ever 
been made to write the history of Wilkes-Barre. And this fact appears 
most reinarkable when one realizes, in the first place : that, with the 
exception of Boston, New York, Philadelphia and a very few other old 
towns of this country, there is no town in the United States whose 
early history is so intensely interesting and has so many strikingly 
dramatic events interwoven in it from its very beginning as that of this 
"Diamond City" of ours ; and in the second place : that there is no 
town in the United States — with the exception of the city of Washing- 
ton — founded within the last one hundred and fifty years, that has had 
so many well-known and eminent men identified or concerned in one 
way or another with its birth and early history as this same town. A 
cursory examination of the following pages will show the correctness 
of these statements to even the most careless or indifferent seeker after 
facts. 

The history of Wilkes-Barre up to about the year 1800 is really, in 
a wide sense, the history of Wyoming Valley for the same period. 
And to-day the life of the town is in a large measure that of the valley, 
because the various hamlets, boroughs and cities of the valley are 
closely conjoined with Wilkes-Barre, not only by wagon-roads and 
steam and electric railways, but by business and social connections. 

♦Why "Diamond City" ? Because the Public Square in the center of the town is diamond-shaped 

having been originally surveyed in that form. Because the town is entirely underlaid with a vast wealth 
of black diamonds, and is overlaid with hospitality, cultivation and beauty— qualities which, like the 
chief characteristics of the diamond, are distinctive and attractive. 



19 

Within the past hundred and thirt)- years mnch has been pnb- 
lished conccrnino- the history and traditions of Wyoniinor. First, dnr- 
ing the time that the controversy over Wyoniing land-titles raged 
between the Pennsylvania and Connecticnt claimants, many pamphlets 
and letters — some of them written by learned and well-known men — 
came from the press. Then the massacre — so called, but in reality the 
battle — of Wyoming- bronght into action the pens of many writers. 
The first extended and formal narrative of this disastrons event was 
pnblished in England early in 1780, in Dodsley''s An/iieal Register for 
1779, and is said on good anthority to have been written by the famons 
Edinund Bnrke. The exaggerations of this snpposedly reliable nar- 
rative* escaped into the continnation of Hnme and Smollett's, Adolphns' 
and other histories of England ; and somewliat similar nnreliable 
acconnts appeared in various books of travels and in the American his- 
tories of Gordon, Ramsay and Botta — all of which were either written 
or pnblished prior to the year 1800. From that year to the present the 
author of every published history of the United States or of the American 
people has had something to say about the early settlement of Wyoming 
Valley and the distressful experiences of its inhabitants in July, 1778. 

The first history of Wyoming was written in 1818 by Isaac A. 

Chapman, then a resident of Wilkes-Barre and editor and publisher of 

The Gleane7% one of the three weekly newspapers of the town. This 

history, an interesting and a valuable work so far as it extends (the 

author died before he had completed it), was not published, however, 

until 1830 ; and ten years later it was followed by William L. Stone's 

"Poetry and History of Wyoming." Colonel Stone was a well-known 

author and editor of New York City, and his writings were widely read. 

Three editions of his "Wyoming" were published. He had made his 

first visit to the valley in 1839, and the following brief paragraphs from 

his book will give an idea of the impressions made upon him by his 

experiences and observations upon that occasion. 

' 'Wyoming is mentioned in almost every book of American history written since 
the Revolution, as the scene of the massacre ; but for the most part, that is the only 
occurrence spoken of ; the only fact that has been rescued from the rich mine of its 
historic lore. The reader of poetry has probably dreamed of "Wyoming as an Elysian 
field, among the groves of which the fair Gertrude was wont to stray while listening to 
the music of the birds and gathering wild flowers ; and the superficial reader of every- 
thing has regarded it as a place existing somewhere, in which the Indians once toma- 
hawked a number of people. * * * There are tliousands, doubtless, who would be 
surprised on being told that, independently of the event from which the poetf has woven 
his thrilling tale of "Gertrude", Wyoming has been the theatre of more historical action, 
and is invested with more historical interest, than any other inland district of the United 
States of equal extent." 

In 1845 there came from the press Charles Miner's "History of 
Wyoming." It was the result of many months of indefatigable research 
and conscientious painstaking, and is considered to-day, as it has been 
ever since its publication, the most copious, complete and authentic 
work on the subject — a subject that was dear to the heart of Mr. Miner, 
who, having come to Pennsylvania in 1799, a settler under the "Con- 
necticut claim," resided for fifty years in 'Wyoming Valley. This book 
was based, in a measure, upon documentary evidence, but more largely 
upon the testimony of living witnesses, and it contains little appertain- 
ing to the poetry, the legends or the natural charms of the fair vale. 
It treats of the stern realities that entered into the life of the early 

* See Chapter XV. f Thomas Campbell, the Scottish poet. 



- 20 

settlers — the sufferings, the calamities and the persecutions that those 
brave and hardy pioneers were compelled to undergo. The book has 
long been out of print (but one edition was published), and only rarely 
is a copy offered for sale. '^ 

In 1858 "Wyoming ; its History, Stirring Incidents and Romantic 
Adventures," by the Rev. George Peck, D. D., was published. The 
greater part of this book — which is an 8vo of 432 pages — is devoted to 
tales of hazardous exploits and descriptions of "historic scenes," 
collected by the author during a long residence in Wyoming. Three 
editions of the book have been issued. In 1860 appeared Stewart 
Pearce's "Annals of Luzerne County ; a Record of Interesting Events, 
Traditions and Anecdotes, from the first settlement in Wyoming to 
1860." A second edition of this admirable compendium was issued in 
1866 ; and since that year several histories and a great number of 
interesting and valuable essa3'S, addresses, etc., treating of different 
localities in the "Wyoming region," or dealing with various phases of 
its history, have been published from time to time.* 

Besides these there have been published two or three ponderous 
books purporting to be histories of Luzerne County. These works are 
chiefly biographical in their character, while their historical portions 
consist largely of careless rehashes of material taken from the histories 
hereinbefore mentioned. They are hurried "scrape-ups" of ill-arranged 
facts and fictions, marked by glaring omissions and errors innumerable ; 
and the expense of publishing them was borne in good measure by the 
buncoed citizens who were honored (?) by being biographed and pictured 
therein — although many copies of the books were unloaded at a stiff 
price upon "unhonored and unsung" non-subscribers. These publica- 
tions belong to the "gold-brick" class, with which a much-tolerating 
public has been made quite familiar during recent years. 

Some one professing to be a philosopher has said, "Happy is that 
country which has no history !" It is doubtful if a genuine American 
would ever give expression to such a sentiment. On the other hand, 
how very few of us who claim to be interested in the history either of 
our far-famed, storied valley, our populous, wealthy Commonw^ealth, or 
our splendid, much-admired country — the birth-land of human freedom, 
and the home of innumerable inestimable privileges enjoyed by all 
within her borders — can exclaim, as did a noted writer and preacher 
not long since concerning the Scottish people, of whom he is one, "We 
carry all our past history in our hearts !" 

Some may ask. What necessity is there for inquiring minutely into 
the experiences of long-buried generations, or burdening our minds 
with their failures and their successes? Since "their love, and their 
hatred, and their envy, is now perished ; neither have they any more a 
portion for ever in anything that is done under the sun," why not let 
their histories as well as their names pass into oblivion ? To such we 
would reply : The seeds of the present are to be found in the past. 
The world — with all its circumstances, opinions, customs and laws 
ruling our present condition and shaping our future destiny — is what it 
is in consequence of the characters and actions of those who have gone 
before us. We ourselves are what we are because of influences which 

* In a subsequent chapter sketches of the lives, and more extended accounts of the histories, of Chap- 
man, Miner, Peck and Pearce \vill be found. 



21 

have distilled upon us, like the silent dew, through the atmosphere 
of a dozen generations. 

The study of history is, beyond question, one of the most important 
methods of education. It is one, too, that can be carried on all throuoh 
life ; and no kind of reading is so stimulative, expansive and enno- 
bling. It makes us at once familiar with the nobleness of mind, the 
wisdom and the mistakes and follies of past generations ; and those 
made familiar with that past it guards against narrowness and delivers 
from nnich crude thought and wild speculation. The study of the 
history of our own country ought more especially to engage the atten- 
tion of the American student, and enlist his earnest pursuit. Too often 
do we find the student familiar with the records of ancient times — of 
their heroes, statesmen, poets and philosophers — while those of his own 
country are comparatively unknown to him. He knows nearly by 
heart all about the generals, battles and tactical operations of the Punic 
and Mithridatic A^^ars, but is very hazy with regard to the battles of the 
Revolutionary War ; while he knows still less concerning those of the 
War of 1812 and of the Mexican War — not to speak of those of the 
Civil War, which are "much too modern," or which he has "not yet 
come to." 

The majority of persons outside of asylums for the feeble-minded 
know that there was once a great revolution in America. This, except 
the fact that Christopher Columbus is believed to have discovered this 
country, is the one anchor to which everybody makes fast when ques- 
tioned as to knowledge of American history. There is everywhere a 
shadowy tradition of Puritans, and the name Mayfloiver may sound 
familiar ; but the siege of Louisbourg — the massacres of the French 
and Indian wars — the taking of Quebec — the Stamp Tax — the attitude 
of the British people in general towards the American Colonies — the 
speeches of this country's stanch friends in the English Parliament 
during the early days of the Revolution — all these things are utterly 
unknown to the mass of the people. 

Where, in the vast and diversified history of human actions, can 
we find more stirring incidents, more godlike action, severer or deadlier 
contests, more illustrious instances of firmness of purpose, of a self- 
sacrificing spirit to the public good, of personal fortitude, of manly 
boldness, of greatness of mind and vigor of thought, than in the history 
of our own country ? When, therefore, American history offers so 
much that is picturesque and inspiriting, it seems a pity that so little of 
its charm should appeal to the popular mind. 

To those who believe that the study of history should be carefullv 
pursued in our schools and colleges, it is very gratifying to know that just 
now in many localities in our land teachers' institutes, State superintend- 
ents of education and boards of school-control are either advocating or 
providing for the formation of local-history classes in the public schools, 
on the ground that "the children ought to know the interesting and 
instructive story of their own home." Relative to this matter the Rev. 
Dr. Henry L. Jones, rector of St. Stephen's Episcopal Church, Wilkes- 
Barre, and Vice President of the Wyoming Historical and Geological 
Society, in an admirable address* recently delivered before that society 
on the subject of its "educational value," said : 

* See "Proceedings and Collections of the Wyoming Historical and Geological Society," VH : 68. 



22 

"Extraordinary efforts are being made at the present time to instruct the children 
of our schools in lessons of patriotism. Nearly every school-house in the land, like a 
government post, is surmounted by the stars and stripes. * * * Meantime, what 
instruction is the rising generation receiving in relation to its own immediate surround- 
ings ; as to the deeds of valor, the acts of statesmanship, or honors in the field of letters 
or science, achieved by those who once walked the streets they now walk and lived 
where they now live ? 

"They are surely right who think that every city and town should have its history 
written with some detail for use in its schools. Such a local text-book should contain a 
clear statement of the location of the place ; something as to its topography, geology 
and botany ; the history of settlement ; the establishment of its churches and schools ; 
its militar}^ history ; its industries and railroads ; its charitable institutions ; something 
of the noted men and women who were born or have lived or visited there. 

"Such a study would awaken interest. A child loves to read and talk about places 
with which he is familiar, as we older people are more interested in anything about 
countries we have visited than about those we have never seen. The local history and 
geography are the easiest for the child to grasp, and he will learn other history and the 
geographj? of remote countries much more readily as a result of this study. * * * Teach 
him of the self-denials and achievements of those who moulded the character of the life 
with which he is in immediate contact ; get his enthusiasm aroused by the actors in scenes 
that are comparatively near and familiar, and he will be ready for a broader outlook and 
a wider vision. To know all that pertains to this little corner of creation in which we 
livey is to know much of the realitj? and romance of life." 

The valley of Wyoming is indeed classic ground. Its history is 

full of interest, and many of its truthful tales, in the strangeness of their 

circumstances, far exceed the fictions of romance. Colonel Stone, in 

his "Poetry and History of Wyoming" previously mentioned, said : 

"All that is fierce and brutal, selfish and unrelenting, bitter and vindictive, in the 
passions of men embroiled in civil strife, has been displayed there [in Wyoming]. All 
that is lofty in patriotism — all that is generous, noble and self-devoted in the cause of 
country and liberty, has been proudly called into action there. All that is true, confiding, 
self-denying, constant, heroic, virtuous and enduring in women, has been sweetly 
illustrated there. " 

Some years later another well-known writer asserted : 

"There is no spot of ground within the limits of the old thirteen States, not except- 
ing Lexington, Bunker Hill or Groton, that awakens such tender and deep emotions of 
sympathy throughout the land as this bloodstained valley of Wyoming." 

The Hon. Stanley Woodward, President of the Wyoming Historical 
and Geological Society, in an address before that society February 11, 
1896, said : 

"Certain it is, that no portion of American history is richer in its lights and 
shadows, its romantic adventures and its eccentric departures from the ordinar)^ and the 
commonplace, than that of this beautiful valley of Wyoming, where we are so fortunate 
as to live. * * * It is therefore wise to pause occasionally in the grand march of 
present progress, and take a backward look." 

In an address before the Wyoming Commemorative Association 
July 3, 1901, President E. D. Warfield of Lafayette College said : 

' 'What a wonderful story is the story of this valley ! The men and women who 
came here had many vicissitudes. The region is singularly marked by the folly, the 
meanness, the passion of men. * * * There are names of warning as well as cheer in 
the thrilling story. But after ever}^ allowance is made, the impulse given here by the 
pioneer is the impulse which has borne fruit in the wide farms, the populous cities, the 
noble people of this beautiful region." 

The story of this valley is, beyond all question, the record of end- 
less feats of arms, and of victory and defeat in a ceaseless strife waged 
against wild nature and wild man ; a record of men who greatly dared 
and greatly did; a record of hardy, resolute men who, with incredible 
risk and toil, laid deep the foundations of the civilization that we inherit. 
Every incident connected with the early history of the valley, in which 
the valor of our forefathers was so signally displayed, comes down to us 
with all the interest of self-love, and all the freshness of romance. We 
love to dwell, for reasons better felt than explained, on the deeds of our 



23 

sires and the times that tried their souls ; and there is something 
hallowed in the associations which gather around us — a feeling almost 
of devotion — while reflecting on tliose instances of ardent zeal and 
chivalrous patriotism which distinguished their lives. 

In an address delivered July 3, l.SOO, before the Wyoming Com- 
memorative Association, Sidney G. Fisher, Esq., a member of the Bar 
of Philadelphia, and well known as an author, said : 

"You people of Wyoming are more interested in State history than all the other 
people of our Commonwealth put together. You have studied the history of this valley 
with a thoroughness of detail and described the events with a vividness of language which 
have made it known to the whole English-speaking race. I know of no other episode in 
the history of any of our States that has been done so completely and well. I am not, 
therefore, obliged to begin by attempting to arouse your interest in history ; for it is 
already as strong as my own. If all the people of Pennsylvania had been always in the 
same degree interested in the State's history, we should, I think, have a more homo- 
geneous and united Commonwealth and would stand first instead of second in the 
Union. 

"I have often wondered exactly why it was that the Connecticut people were able to 
make this valley that they had discovered in Pennsylvania so celebrated in America and 
England that the English poet Campbell should write of it his 'Gertrude of Wyoming,' 
a most sympathetic work of genius, less than thirty years after the Revolution had 
closed, and when we were on the eve of the War of 1812. It may have been that clear 
cut power of expression which is common in New England, and is the result of New 
England education or of the life, or climate, or something in that land. The New 
Englanders have written the history of the whole country and forced their ideas on the 
world,* while we modest Pennsylvanians, with equally good ideas and equally good 
history, have remained unsung and unhonored because we were not nimble with our 
tongues. I am inclined to think, however, that you Connecticut people, with your 
instinctive mastery of the aptest language, had a comparatively easy task with Wyoming. 
The story of Wyoming was in itself essentially interesting and fascinating. It was a 
story — we naturally call it a story rather than a history— and whatever possesses the 
essential elements of a story is sure to charm." 

Yes, much has been written of Wyoming in both prose and verse ; 
but "there are many historical periods and episodes which may be 
reconsidered again and again, and always with interest, when they 
pertain to places and things which concern ourselves." On the other 
hand, our history has been investigated and written about by our own 
people so much from the spread-eagle and glorification point of view^, 
that one can find very few among us who can talk about it in any other 
vein. 

All history — which is made, like the sea, from many sources — is 
necessarily a selection of facts ; and a writer who is animated by a 
strong sympathy with one side of a question, or an earnest desire to 
prove some special point, will be much tempted in his selection of facts 
to give undue prominence to those that support his view. It has been 
said that "history is read, not with our eyes but with our prejudices." 
The development of the public mind, how^ever, has made acceptable and 
necessary in these days new and unprejudiced methods of historical 
research, in which the value of the author is to be judged by his editorial 
skill and candor in arranging contemporaneous data which speak for 
themselves. Modern history must necessaril}^, to a large degree, be 
compilation ; but it is the duty of the compiler to examine well the 
sources of his information, and to study critically and impartially the 
information itself. When a writer, dealing with facts, is too careless to 
acquaint himself wath the accessible and incontrovertible truth, but 

* In this same strain Charles A. Hanna has written in his "The Scotch-Irish ; or, the .Scot in North 
Britain, North Ireland and North America" (New York, 1902). He undertakes to show that American 
history', written, as it has been, chiefly by New Englanders, is one-sided if not actually perverted in its 
conclusions. 



24 

"splashes gaily along," trusting to his memory or calling upon his 
imagination, it may be safely assumed that he has no ambition to be 
esteemed first-rate, and that he will be taken at his own valuation. 

For a good deal of the information that Chapman, Stone, Miner 
and Peck — previously mentioned — incorporated in their several histories 
of our valley they were, in a measure, dependent upon the recollections 
of the old people of Wyoming who were alive when these authors wrote. 
(I have often thought how much it is to be regretted that those who 
made history a century and more ago did not write it out. But it seems 
that the people of that period rarely realized how common, everyday 
events would become uncommon and valuable in the lapse of years.) 
Owing to the lack of facilities for, as well as the expense of, gathering 
information during the period from 1800 to 1850 ; ignorance at that 
time as to the existence of many interesting and important letters, 
diaries and official documents and records ; the proneness of early 
chroniclers of historic events here to rely too much upon the oral testi- 
mony of their contemporaries who had been present in our valley when, 
many years previous to the giving of that testimony, the events then 
related and recorded had taken place, our principal historians perpe- 
trated, and their successors in the field have assisted in perpetuating, 
some very inaccurate and misleading statements relative to the early 
history not only of Wyoming, but of Wilkes-Barre. Although some of 
these errors have been corrected and refuted over and over by later 
writers, yet they continue to be propagated and palmed upon the reading 
public, and seem to be imperishable. Then again, mention of many 
important matters has been entirely omitted from the published histories, 
either through design or lack of knowledge of facts ; while in several 
instances statements concerning certain interesting facts are either 
obscure or indefinite. 

Believing that the history of Wyoming, as well as that of Wilkes- 
Barre, had long waited for consecutive and full narration, in an ab- 
solutely unbiased manner and with modern methods of historical 
research and treatment applied to the subject, the writer of these pages 
determined some four years since to attempt the task of preparing for 
publication a history of Wilkes-Barre ; and during the time that has 
intervened he has labored constantly and diligently to accomplish his 
purpose. Further than this, it has been from the first his aim and 
hope to produce a work worthy of publication — one that will be a 
medium of authentic and authoritative information to those who read 
books and wish to become better acquainted with the past life of this 
interesting locality — a history that will be honorable to his native town 
and a credit to himself, so that, departing, he may leave behind him 
"footsteps on the sands of Time." 

"Many books are but repetitions and many writers mere echoes; and 
the greater part of literature is the pouring out of one bottle into 
another," wrote a well-known librarian of this country not long ago. 
The present writer begs to assert that, although there may be many 
defects and shortcomings in the work now offered to the public, it is 
not a compound or concoction of the Wyoming and Luzerne histories 
hereinbefore referred to. In other words, this history has not been 
brought into being by a simple pouring from the bottles of Chapman, 
Stone, Miner, Peck, Pearce and other local historians into a little bottle 



25 

of the writer's own. He carefully went over the same ground traversed 
by the historians mentioned — using freely of the stores of material 
accumulated by them in their respective works. In addition, however, 
he made various expeditions into territory previously unthonght of and 
untraveled by investigators of Wyoming's past life ; and thence he 
brought back, from long-undisturbed resting-places, nuich invaluable 
historical data in the shape of letters, diaries, military and other reports, 
public records, etc., relating to the life of Wilkes-Barr^ and Wyoming 
prior to the year 1800. He gleaned widely and, he hopes, wisely and 
well. 

In preparing his material for publication the writer endeavored, so 
far as possible, to refrain from glittering generalities, rhetorical rhap- 
sodies and fulsome flatteries ; and, as the writing of the work was not 
undertaken with a view either to asperse or to build up the reputation 
and character of any person or family, an attempt was made to be par- 
ticularly careful and accurate in preparing the numerous biographical 
notes and sketches that are scattered throughout the following pages. 
(Neither bouquets nor brickbats have been thrown at the subjects of 
these little biographies — except in two or three well-deserved cases.) 
Endeavors, also, were made to avoid the interjection of purely personal 
opinion into the narrative, as well as the introduction of doubtful tales 
based solely upon family traditions and tea-table tattle. 

In seeking out material for a work of this kind, covering a period 
of a century and a-half, it must be obvious to the reader that the task 
was attended with many difficulties ; the chiefest of which arose from 
the fact that many valuable public and private records that would not 
only have greatly facilitated the task, but made the results more com- 
plete and interesting, were a long time ago either lost or destroyed. 
Nearly all the town and county records of Westmoreland (the name by 
which the Wyoming region was entitled while it was under the juris- 
diction of Connecticut),* the earliest town records of Wilkes-Barre, the 
early Church records and the private papers and documents of families 
generally were either utterly destroyed or widely dispersed at the time 
of the British and Indian invasion in July, 1778. Later, during the 
Pennamite-Yankee difficulties, other public and private records of the 
New England settlers were destroyed by the Pennsylvania party. No 
special — certainly no strenuous — effort was ever made in early days by 
the people of Wyoming to gather up, renew or replace these dispersed 
and lost records, except at the beginning of the last century, when the 
commissioners under the Compromise Eaw of 1799t were at work 
settling the land-title disputes. 

Very full minutes of their proceedings were kept by these com- 
missioners ; which minutes, contained in four large manuscript volumes 
(the whereabouts of which cannot now be ascertained), the present 
writer carefully examined some seven years ago. From them he learned 
that in July, 1801, the following original records and documents were 
produced by their then custodians before the commissioners, and, having 
been duly identified and authenticated by various witnesses, their con- 
tents were accepted by the commissioners as evidence in support of the 
claims of Connecticut land-holders : 

* See Chapters XI and XIII. j- See Chapter XXVI. 



26 

(i) A number of manuscript maps, original drafts of surveys and 

lists of lot-holders. 
(ii) One volume of "Westmoreland Probate Records" — containing 
more than 100 pages of records, largely in the handwriting 
of Obadiah Gore, Jr. 
(iii) One volume, containing upwards of seventy pages, entitled 

"Wilkesbarre Town Votes, No. 1." 
(iv) One volume of original "Records of the Town of Westmore- 
land," marked "Vol. I— paged from 1 to 622." 
(v) One volume of original "Records of the Town of Westmore- 
land," marked "Vol. II— paged from 623 to 1033." 
(vi) One volume of . original "Records of the Town of Westmore- 
land," marked "Vol. Ill (containing the earliest records) — 
paged from 1034 to 1397." 
(vii) One volume of original "Records of the Town of Westmore- 
land," marked "Vol. IV (chiefly in the handwriting of 
Obadiah Gore, Jr.) — paged from 1 to 170." 
In addition to the foregoing there were filed with the commissioners, 
during the progress of their work, hundreds of depositions of witnesses, 
containing much important information relative to early Connecticut 
settlers and settlements in the Wyoming region. 

Of the records mentioned, "(iii)" was in the years 1801-5 in the 
custody of Jesse Fell, Esq., the then Town Clerk of Wilkes-Barre — 
having come into his hands in 1796 ; while "(iv)," "(v)" and "(vi)" were in 
the custody of Lord Butler, Esq., with whom they had been deposited in 
1792 by his father, Col. Zebulon Butler, in whose hands they had been 
for many years. It appears that early in 1805 Messrs. Fell and Butler — 
influenced probably by the desires of many landholders under the Con- 
necticut title — declined* to deliver the record-books in their custody into 
the hands of the commissioners, previously mentioned, who were then 
nearing the end of their labors. 

By an Act of the Pennsylvania Legislature passed iVpril 4, 1805, 
the "Westmoreland records" were authorized to be deposited with the 
Recorder of Deeds of Luzerne County, and certified copies of the same 
were to be accepted as evidence as occasion might require. Whether 
or not these records were ever deposited in the office of the Recorder of 
Deeds cannot now be ascertained ; but it is certain that they are not 
now there, nor have they been there during many years past. March 
28, 1808, the Legislature passed an Act suspending all the powers of 
the commissioners under the Act of April, 1799, and its supplements, 
and requiring them to deposit their books, records, papers, etc., with 
the Secretary of the Land Office of the Commonwealth. Under date of 
March 28, 1896, the Secretary of the Department of Internal Affairs of 
Pennsylvania (which department now comprehends the Land Office) 
informed the writer hereof that the books, etc., referred to were not then 
among the records of the department, and, so far as could be learned, 
had never been deposited there. And yet, in the published "Report of 
the Public Archives Commission, of the American Historical Asso- 
ciation," made in 1900 (see page 285, Vol. II, of said report), we find 
this paragraph : 

* See The Luzerne Federalist of January 19 and 2^', and February P, 1805. 



27 

"When, a few years since, the office of tlie Bureau of Railroads was created and 
attached to the Department of Internal Affairs, the room in which the 'Nicholson Land' 
papers and 'The Seventeen Township (Wyoming)' papers had been kept was required 
for its use. Accordingly, these extremely valuable ])apers, largely unpublished, were 
boxed and stored in the cellar of the building, where they are of course inaccessible, and 
exposed to destruction in event of serious accident to the water-pipes." 

No one living in Wyoming during the first decade of the last 
century seems to have then realized that the records and documents of 
Westmoreland and of the Compromise Law commissioners had any 
historical value or were of even the least importance. Without doubt 
they were allowed to be kicked about from pillar to post during a 
mnnber of years. From 1813 to 1816 the Hon. John B. Gibson was 
President Judge of the Luzerne County courts, and resided in Wilkcs- 
Barre. Later, for many years, he was Chief Justice of the Supreme 
Court of the Commonwealth. He deposited with the American Philo- 
sophical Society, Philadelphia, May 11, 181D,* "a copy of the Susque- 
hanna Company's survey, f together with an ample collection of scarce 
documents, made by Judge Cooper when one of the commissioners to 
carry out the Compromise Law." Having recognized the value of these 
documents, Judge Gibson had determined that they should be placed 
where they would be preserved. Whether or not he had gathered them 
up during his residence in Wilkes-Barre, or, later, had obtained them 
from his friend Judge Cooper, is not now known ; but this fact is known, 
viz.: that the documents in question remained hidden away in the vault 
of the Philosophical Society, apparently unknown to, and certainly un- 
seen by, a single writer of Wyoming histor)- until the year 1897, when 
the present writer was permitted by the society to examine them and 
make copies of such as he desired. 

About 1832 or '3 Charles Miner found "a bound volume containing 
the old Westmoreland records" in possession of a resident of Wilkes- 
Barre, "who had used the blank leaves" of the book.j Mr. Miner 
secured possession, and in his historical labors made use, of this book, 
which, in the judgment of the present writer (in the absence of an identi- 
fying description of the same by Mr. Miner), was either the record-book 
"(iii)" or "(vi)" mentioned on page 26. If it was "(vi)," it may now be 
seen in the collections of the Wyoming Historical and Geological 
Society, "tattered and torn and all forlorn" and bearing a title — "The 
Town Book of W^ilkes Barre" — attached to it since the year 1802 by 
some unknown scrivener. If, on the other hand, the book mentioned 
by Mr. Miner was "(iii)," then the writer is unable to locate its present 
resting-place. 

In a communication from a local writer relative to certain historical 
matters — printed in the Wilkes-Barre Advocate., November 27, 1850 — 
the following paragraph appeared : 

"There are in the possession of one who claims no right to them, the old West- 
moreland records, worth their weight in gold, preserved and furnished by Mr. Joseph 
Slocum ; and the valuable records of the old Susquehanna Company, obtained by a vote 
of Assembly^ by Senator [Luther] Kidder and Mr. Speaker [Hendrick B.] Wright." 

* See Sergeant and Rawle's Pennsylvania State Reports, VI : 99. 

t It is a manuscript map, which was, unquestionably, made at some time between the years 1795 and 
1800, and was used by the commissioners while executing the Compromise I,aw. A photo-illustration 
and a full description of the map will be found in Chapter VIII. 

X See Miner's "History of Wyoming," Introduction, page v. 

§ This was in the year 1843, when strenuous efforts were being made to complete the erection of the 
Wyoming Monument. 



28 

Dr. H. Hollister, in the first edition (published in 1857) of his 
"History of the Ivackawanna Valley," in referring to the old Westmore- 
land records, said (page 62) : 

"These old records, which deserve a more honored place than the musty coop* 
they occupy in Wilkes-Barre, are the records of the doings and laws of the colony at 
Wyoming while the authority of Connecticut was acknowledged here. * * We know 
of no other ancient manuscript whose publication would afford more interest and insight 
of other days than the three or four written volumes of Westmoreland records which are 
now so rapidly passing to decay." 

In the second edition of his history, published in 1869, Doctor 

Hollister said (page 114) concerning these volumes : 

"These old records which once occupied a musty coop in Wilkes-Barre could not 
befomid a few niotiths ago, when the writer sought for them through a clever and prom- 
inent official. * * If they can be exhumed, they should be printed. The Historical 
Society of Wilkes-Barre, if not able or disposed to print, ought to be their custodian." 

As early as 1873 Steuben Jenkins, Esq., of the borough of Wyoming, 
in the valley of Wyoming, was "industriously at work on a new history 
of Wyoming, which, it was claimed, would contain many new facts in 
relation to the early settlement of the valley." Mr. Jenkins worked on 
his history as he felt inclined, or as opportunity was offered, during a 
period of many years, and, in a careful, painstaking way, gathered 
together a large amount of valuable material. But, before he was able 
to put this material in shape for the printer, he died (May 29, 1890). 
In 1885 Mr. Jenkins very kindly permitted the writer of this to examine 
and make extracts from a few of the original records and documents, 
and some of the other historical data, in the former's possession. Among 
the original record-books then examined were those referred to on page 
26 as "(v)" and "(vii)." These are now, presumably, in possession of 
the representatives of the estate of Mr. Jenkins ; but since his death 
permission to examine these public records has not been granted to 
any one. 

In the course of his labors the writer carefully examined and made 
full extracts from the following described original, unpublished docu- 
ments and records, in addition to those previously mentioned and others 
to be referred to hereinafter. Without doubt none of these was ever 
seen by Chapman, Miner, Stone, Peck or Pearce, inasmuch as when 
they wrote this material was not known to be in existence ; or, if known, 
was not accessible : 

(1) Full and complete records of the transactions of the Connecti- 
cut Susquehanna Company were kept by its officers from 1753 till 1802. 
Col. John Franklin became Clerk of the company in 1786, and from 
that time until his death in 1831 the records of the company were in 
his possession. In 1801 he produced the minute-book — a book of 170 
pages, covering the years 1753-86 — before the commissioners under 
the Compromise Law, who made a copy of the same for their use. 
Afterwards for many years the whereabouts of the original records of 
the Susquehanna Company was not generally known (the reference to 
them in the quoted paragraph on page 27 the writer is unable to ex- 
plain) ; but in July, 1862, twelve manuscript volumes of them were 
presented to The Connecticut Historical Society, at Hartford, by Edward 
Herrick, Jr., Esq., of Athens, Pennsylvania, with the information that 
they had been "found among the papers of the late Col. John Franklin." 

* without doubt either the old I^uzerne County Court House or the "Fire-proof," that stood in the 
Public Square and were torn down in 1858, is here referred to. 



29 

Some years before his death Dr. Charles J. Hoadly of Hartford, for many 
years State Librarian of Connecticut and President of the Historical 
Society, informed the writer that the books of the Susquehanna Com- 
])any were sent by Mr. Herrick to Mr. C. Hosmer, Secretary and 
Librarian of the Historical Society, who kept in Hartford "a sort of 
general curiosity-shop (what you could not find anywhere else you 
would usually find at Hosmer's shop)." Upon receiving these books 
Mr. Hosmer laid them aside in his shop, and there, shortly afterwards. 
Doctor Hoadly saw them. Some years later the latter, desiring to 
examine the books, looked for them at the hall of the Historical Society, 
but could not find them. Finally they were found in Hosmer's shop, 
covered up with various articles. They were then removed to the hall 
of the Society ; but, in time, Hosmer, who was then an aged man, for- 
got where he had stored them. Doctor Hoadly again made a thorough 
search for them, when they were found in various out-of-the-way corners, 
littered over with newspapers, pamphlets, etc. They were then collected 
and placed in the fire-proof vault of the Society, where they now are. 

(2) The "Wolcott Papers," "Trumbull Papers," "Dr. Wm. Samuel 
Johnson Papers" and other valuable manuscripts in the collections of 
The Connecticut Historical Society. 

(3) Some 200 original petitions, memorials, letters, certificates, 
etc., either from or concerning the early settlers at Wyoming under the 
Connecticut Susquehanna Company. These documents are arranged in 
a volume entitlecl "Susquehannah Settlers, 1 755-1 79G, Vol. I," preserved 
in the Connecticut State Library, Hartford. 

(4) Two small volumes of 163 pages of original minutes of the 
proceedings at Wilkes-Barre in the Summer of 1787 of the commis- 
sioners (Col. Timothy Pickering, Stephen Balliett and William Mont- 
gomery) under the Confirming Law.* These records are now in the 
possession of the Wyoming Historical and Geological Society. 

(5) A large number of letters, military reports, rough drafts of 
minutes of town-meetings in Wyoming, lists of early settlers, etc., in 
possession of the Wyoming Historical and Geological Society. 

(0) A large collection of original manuscripts known as the 
"Trumbull Papers," in possession of the Massachusetts Historical 
Society, at Boston. These papers were derived from descendants of 
the Hon. Jonathan Trumbull, for many years Governor of Connecticut, 
and a shareholder in the Connecticut Susquehanna Company. 

(7) The "Pickering Papers," also in the possession of the INIassa- 
chusetts Historical Society. These papers — consisting of letters written 
to and bv Col. Timothy Pickering,! diaries, military reports, etc. — are 
comprised in fifty-eight folio volumes, and among them the writer of 
this found over 1,000 manuscript pages containing much interesting 
and valuable matter relating to the history of Wyoming and W^ilkes- 
Barre prior to the year 1800. Colonel Pickering (who resided in 
Wilkes-Barre from 1787 to 1791) was not only a remarkably able and 
well-informed man, but a voluminous writer, and he seems to have kept 
a copy or rough draft of every letter and document he ever wrote. We 
of Wyoming owe him a debt of gratitude for having written and pre- 
served so many interesting pages concerning the people and the happen- 
ings in this valley. 

* See Chapter XXV. t See Chapter XXIV. 



30 

(8) The "Penn Manuscripts," in possession of The Historical 
Society of Pennsylvania, at Philadelphia. In 1870 a large number of 
original letters, manuscript documents, charters, grants, etc., relating to 
William Penn and the Pennsylvania Proprietary family were offered for 
sale in England. They were purchased, and in 1873 were presented to 
The Historical Society of Pennsylvania. 

(9) A large collection of miscellaneous legal and other public 
documents, private correspondence, etc., relating to Wyoming, and 
bearing dates earlier than 1805. In possession of The Historical Society 
of Pennsylvania. 

(10) A sniall but very interesting and valuable collection of 
original letters, reports and other manuscripts relating to the Connecti- 
cut Susquehanna Company and Wyoming affairs prior to 1790. In 
possession of Mr. James Terry, a well-known archaeologist and collector 
of New Haven, Connecticut. 

(11) "Stevens' Facsimiles of Manuscripts," various manuscript 
volumes entitled "American Loyalists" and a number of original, unpub- 
lished documents owned by the New York Public Library (Lenox 
Branch). 

(12) Through the friendship and kindly interest of the Hon. 
Whitelaw Reid, Special Ambassador from the United States to the Cor- 
onation of King Edward VII in 1902, the writer was enabled to procure 
from certain government archives in London complete copies of many 
original, unpublished letters, military reports, etc., written by British 
officers in New York and Canada during the vears 1777-'83 relative to 
military and Indian affairs on the upper Susquehanna and at Fort 
Niagara near Lake Ontario, also concerning the British and Indian 
incursions upon Wyoming, as well as other important matters that 
transpired during the years mentioned. The writer of this is confident 
that no other American writer — early or recent — on the subject of the 
warfare waged by the British and their Indian allies along the frontiers 
of New York and Pennsylvania during the Revolutionary period, ever 
utilized these interesting and valuable documents. 

In addition to the various unprinted records and documents just 
enumerated, the writer carefully examined, and extracted much valu- 
able material from, the following-mentioned printed records — many of 
which were published subsequently to the writing of Stone's and 
Miner's histories of Wyoming : 

(1) The "Pennsylvania Colonial Records" — sixteen volumes. 

(2) The "Pennsylvania Archives" — seventy-five volumes in four 
series. 

(3) "American Archives" — nine volumes. 

(4) "American State Papers" — thirty-eight volumes. 

(5) "The Public Papers of George Clinton." In 1853 the Legis- 
lature of New York purchased forty-eight folio volumes of original docu- 
ments that had belonged to George Clinton, Governor of New York 
1777-95 and 1 801-'4. These papers are being edited by Hugh Hastings, 
State Historian, and thus far six 8vo volumes have been published. 

(6) "The Journals of the Sullivan Expedition." 

(7) A series of a dozen or more articles written by Col. John 
Franklin over the pseudonym "Plain Truth," and published in Ahe 
years 1801-'o. 



81 



(8) All extended account of the battle of Wyoming and occur- 
rences immediately following ; written by Col. John Franklin, and pub- 
lished in 1828 in the Toivaiida Republican. 

(9) Over 15,000 pages of newspapers published in Boston, Massa- 
chusetts ; Hartford, Norwich and New London, Connecticut ; New 
York City ; Philadelphia, Wilkes-Barre and Kingston, Pennsylvania, 
and covering the years from 1753 to 1875. Few things are less valued 
than newspapers not of the current date — unless they happen to bear a 
date that is very far from current. In that case they have a curious 
interest and no little worth. But few people appreciate how much that 
is of interest and value to the historian may be found in the columns of 
old newspapers. "Apart even from their value to the historiographer 
and the antiquary, few relics of the past are more suggestive or interest- 
ing than the old newspaper. It is, in mercantile phrase, a book of 
original entry, showing us the transactions of the time in the light in 
which they were regarded by the parties engaged in them, and reflecting 
the state of public sentiment on innumerable topics — moral, religious, 
political, military and scientific." A year or two ago a writer in a 
London periodical said : "One of the functions of a public library is 
to take care of the printed records of the locality, and there is no better 
conspectus of local history than a 'long set' of the chief newspaper. 
Even the advertisements become of value in time. Research into the 
history of towns, and even of villages, has become so popular of late 
years that we cannot afford to neglect such valuable sources of infor- 
mation." 



On the ceiling of the dome over the reading-room in the splendid 
National Library at Washington appears, among other inscriptions, this 
from an unknown author : "We taste the spices of Arabia, yet never 
feel the scorching sun which brings them forth." Those who are fond 
of reading history, but are too ready to criticize unfavorably the work 
of the historian, should bear in mind this anonymous saying. The 
writing of history is not easy — for on more than a few points the 
writer is likely "to displease many and content few ;" but harder yet is 
the labor of gathering material for the work. Tom Moore, the poet, 
once said that there was no fool's paradise so beautiful as the conceiving 
of a poem, and no treadmill so laborious as the writing of it. It is a 
pleasant thing to be an author — after one's book is printed ! 

Dr. Samuel Johnson, in the preface to his dictionary, said : "I look 
with pleasure on my book, however defective, and deliver it to the 
world with the spirit of a man that has endeavored well." The author 
of this present book woitld fain make use of those words in offering 
these results of his labors to the sons and daughters of Wilkes-Barre — 
both at home and abroad in the world. 



"^^^s"*^-.- rFi?T' 












CHAPTER II. 

THE NORTH BRANCH OF THE SUSQUEHANNA RIVER— THE VALLEY OF 
WYOMING— LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION- 
POETRY AND LEGEND. 



'Oh ! could I flow like thee, and make thy stream 
My great example as it is my theme ; 
Though deep, yet clear, though gentle, yet not dull, 
Strong without rage, without o'erflowing, full !" 

—Denhavi's ''Cooper's Hill: ' 



"Oh ! beautiful vision of Summer delight ! 

Oh ! marvelous sweep of the circling hills ! 
Where sunshine and shadow contend on the height, 
And a deeper green follows the paths of the rills 
As they leap to the valley, whose gold and green 
Add the finishing charm to the exquisite scene." 

— Susan E. Dickinson. 



In the northern part of Otsego Connty, in eastern-central New York, 
lies Lake Otsego, which, although not so large* as some of the many 
other lakes lying in that State, is nevertheless much larger than any 
lake within the bounds of the adjoining State of Pennsylvania. Lake 
Otsego was not known by this name to the Indians of early days. In 
Governor Dongan's time they called it "the lake whence the Susque- 
hannah takes its rise." Cadwallader Colden (sometime Surveyor 
General of New York, and in 1760 and later years Lieutenant Governor) 
in his "History of the Five Indian Nations," first published in 1727, 
referred to it in similar terms. In 1745 the Mohawk chief Abraham 
described to William Johnson certain lands as lying "at the head of Sus- 
quehannah Lake." On the reduced reproductionf of a "Map of the 
Eastern Part of the Province of New York" shown on the followino- 
page (this map was first published in 1756 in The Londo7i Magazine)^ 
the lake in question is indicated, but without a name. "In letters 
written from the lake in 1765 missionaries called it Otsego Lake, which 
is perhaps the earliest use of the name on record," says Francis W. 
Halsey in "The Old New York Frontier" (page 22). 

In the same county of Otsego, six miles west of the northern end of 
Lake Otsego, and 1,750 feet above sea-level, lies a smaller body of water, 
now called Canadurango Lake. On the accompanying map it is noted 

* It is nine miles in length, from north to south. 

t Photographed from an original copy in possession of Dr. Charles S. Beck, Wilkes- Barr6. 

32 



33 

as "Caiieaderaga Lake" ; but on another map published in 1750, and 
referred to by Mr. Halsey in "The Old New York Frontier" (page 124), 
it appears as "Canadurango." On a "Chorographical Map of the Prov- 
ince of New York," compiled by order of Maj. Gen. William Tryon, 
and first published in London January 1, 1779, "Caniaderaga Lake" 
and "Otsega Lake" are thus indicated. About the year 1S22 — and 
without doubt earlier — the first-mentioned lake was sometimes referred 
to as "Canadarque."* Inasmuch as it lay within the bounds of the 




! ( 



c'litMiiitKlitiiiirit 

T.-.rti/trri/ii'/-j j/A- . 




.^^■:0^ ^ 















4 -f'-l- 




patent obtained in 1 755 by David Schuyler it was for many years called 
"Schuyler's Lake," and in some of the most modern cyclopaedias and 
geographies is so named. Within recent years, however, its ancient 
name of "Canadurango" has been restored to it. 

The two lakes mentioned — whose outflows unite three miles south 
of Cooperstown, lying at the southern end of Lake Otsego — are the 
principal sources of the North, or Main, Branch of the Susquehanna 
River, which, flowing generally in a south-westerly direction to the Penn- 
sylvania State line, receives in its course in New York the Unadilla 
River and several smaller tributaries. Crossing the Pennsylvania 
boundary, near the extreme north-east corner of that State, the river 
flows around the base of a spur of the Allegheny range of mountains, in 
the townships of Harmony and Willingborough, Susquehanna (formerly 
a part of Luzerne) County — forming, in this grand sweep, what for 
many years has been called the Great Bend of the Susquehanna. Re- 
enterino; New York the river flows in a north-westerlv direction to 
Binghamton, whence — having received there the waters of the Chenango 
River — its course is west by south till it again makes an entrance into 
Pennsylvania in northern-central Bradford County. Then, running 

* See The Susquehanna Democrat (Wilkes-Barr4), November 15, 1822. 



34 

about six and a-half miles in a south-westerly direction, it receives its 
principal affluent, the Chemung, or Tioga, River.* 

The peninsula lying between, or at the confluence of, the Susque- 
hanna and the Tioga (it is a broad and nearly level plain, extending 
northward to the State line) bore in early times the name of Diahoga 




Tioga Point in 1900. 

or Tyogaf ; but for more than a hundred years now the locality has 
been known as Tioga Point. Near the southern end of this peninsula 
stands the town of Athens, laid out in May, 1786, under the auspices of 
the Connecticut Susquehanna Company, and incorporated as a borough 
in March, 1831. 

From Tioga Point the Susquehanna pursues, with many windings, 
a mean south-easterly course in Pennsylvania as far as the city of Pittston 
in the north-eastern corner of Luzerne County ; receiving on the way 
numerous small tributaries. Just at the northern boundary of Pittston 
— having entered Wyoming Valley through a precipitous gap — it is 
joined by the Lackawanna River, once a limpid stream of considerable 
volume and value, but now, for the most part, no more than a sluggish, 
unsightly creek. Three-quarters of a mile below the mouth of the 

* The Tioga River rises in the south-eastern part of Tioga County, Pennsylvania. Flowing north- 
ward in this county it receives the waters of several creeks and small rivers, and then, crossing the New 
York State line, it is joined by the Chemung River and flows south-easterly (for a considerable distance 
in New York, where it is called the Chemung River) to the Susquehanna at Tioga Point. On I,ewis 
Evans' map of Pennsylvania, published in March, 1749 (see Chapter IV), this river is indicated as the 
"Cayuga Branch" of the Susquehanna — "near as large as Schuylkill [River]." On the map on page 33, 
and on a "Map of the Province of Pensilvania" first published in 1756 (see Chapter V), "Caj'uga Branch" 
is shown, with the Tioga tributary noted as "Tohiccon." On a map of Pennsylvania and part of New- 
York by Reading Howell, published in 1791 (see Chapter XXIII), "Tyoga River" is thus indicated, both in 
New York and Pennsylvania. 

t On Evans' map of 1749 (see Chapter IV) the Indian town at that point is indicated as "Tohiccon." 
Evans had visited the locality in 1743. 

"Tyoga" is said by some writers to be derived from an Indian word '■^Teyaogen, meaning an interval, 
or anything in the middle of two other things." Other writers have stated that the parent- word means 
either "meeting-place" or "the meeting of the waters." Morgan, in his "League of the Iroquois" (edition 
of 1851, page 48), says that the parent-word is Td-yo-ga, meaning "at the forks." 

For further and more interesting details concerning Diahoga and Tioga Point see Chapter IV. 



35 

Lackawanna the Snsquelianna tnrns sharply to the sonth-west, and 
having flowed abont seven miles reaches Wilkes-Barre. Continuing- 
some nine miles farther, in a sinuous course, it rushes over the dam at 
Nanticoke Falls and leaves the valley, and then flows, generally in a 
south-westerly direction, to Northumberland in eastern-central Pennsyl- 
vania, where it is joined by the West liranch of the Susquehanna (which 
is more than 200 miles in length). From this point, increasing in width 
and volume as it receives other affluents, the river flows south, and then 
in a windino- course south-east, 153 miles to its mouth at the head of 
Chesapeake Bay in Maryland. 

F'rom Otsego Lake to Chesapeake Bay the Susquehanna flows a 
distance of a little more than 400 miles, and in its course passes through 
many wide-rolling, cultivated fields, tall, beetling cliffs, low-lying, rich 
meadows, bold, craggy and picturesque mountains and beautiful, pro- 
ductive valleys. From its source to its mouth the scenery along its 
banks is unsurpassed for variety, charm and grandeur. The North 
Branch is of no great width, although forty and more years ago it was 
of much greater width and depth — particularly in north-eastern Penn- 
sylvania — than it is now.* It is a shallow, meandering stream, "that 
gladdens every eye that once has known it and then comes back to see 
its face again." 

Some distance below Tioga Point the ^precipitous hills — from 300 
to 600 feet in height — which bound the river valley on each side, 
approach so closely in several places that the river flats are quite narrow 
and subject to overflow in the annual Spring freshets. Farther on the 
river valley is broad, and the ancient flood plain is many feet higher 
than any freshets have been in modern times ; then the shores of the 
river become frequently rugged and mountainous, with only occasional 
strips of alluvial land. Just above the mouth of the lyackawanna 
the Susquehanna breaks through the mountain — as previously men- 
tioned — that forms the north-western boundary of Wyoming Valley. 
At Nanticoke Falls it breaks out through the same mountain, and about 
eiofht miles lower down again overcomes it. It is difficult to account 
for this singular and aj)parently useless freak of the otherwise dignified 
and onward Susquehanna. It looks like the mere wantonness of 
conscious strenofth — a sort of Sam Patch ambition to show that some 
things may be done as well as others. 

Many green islands stud the Susquehanna throughout its whole 
length, while here and there gentle rapids, or riffles, and falls of no 
great height diversify the otherwise imruffled current. The most con- 
siderable falls in the North Branch of the river prior to the year 1830 
were those at Nanticoke at the lower end of Wyoming Valley, where 
the river breaks its way through the mountain, as just noted. Biit these 
falls had nothing of a cataract character, and in times of high water 
could easily be passed over by arks and rafts. On the plot of the 
Manor of Sunbury (referred to on page 51), and on William Scull's 
maps of Pennsylvania published in 1770 and 1775, these falls are noted 

♦According to measurements carefully made in September, 1809, the channel of the river was 894 feet 
in width from the top of the bank at the foot of Northampton Street, Wilkes-Barre, to the top of the 
opposite bank. As it was then a time of low water, and the elevation of the bank at Northampton Street 
was twenty-seven feet above the river's surface, it is probable that the stream at that time and place was 
at least 800 feet in width. 

In April, 1902, when the water was not at its lowest level, the width of the stream was measured at 
the Market Street bridge by an employe of the United States Geological Survey, and was found to be 
710 feet 



36 



as "Wyoming Falls" ; but their name was changed to Nanticoke Falls 
after the New Englanders had become established in the valley. Along 
the line of these natural falls the Nanticoke dam was erected in 1830, 
in conjunction with the North Branch Canal.* 

On the drafts of some of the earliest surveys made in Wyoming 
Valle}^, and on early manuscript and lithographed maps comprehending 
north-eastern Pennsylvania (for example, the map by Reading Howell 
mentioned in the note on page 3-4), "Wyoming Falls" are indicated at a 
point in the river a short distance above the mouth of Mill Creek. f 
Presumably these falls were of a more extensive and formidable char- 
acter a century and a-quarter ago than they are at this time. They are 
now — particularly in times of low water — no more than ordinary riffles 
or rapids, extending the full width of the stream and a short distance in 
its course, and are caused by the many boulders and irregularly-shaped 




Nanticoke Dam in 1899, from the West Shore of the River. 



rocks which lie in the bed of the stream at that point, over which the 
shallow water swirls and eddies. In times of high water the stream 
flows much more swiftly there than elsewhere in the vicinity of Wilkes- 
Barre, while the swirling noticeable at other times is then not so 
apparent. The head of these riffles or rapids is situated less than half a 
mile north of the city of Wilkes-Barre, nearly opposite the present 
Prospect Colliery of the Lehigh Valley Coal Company, or about midway 
between the bridge of the Wilkes-Barre and Eastern Railroad and that 
of the Bowman's Creek Branch of the Lehigh Valle}* Railroad. 
^■::.:^0n the Wilkes-Barre side of the river, just below where the Dor- 
rance Colliery of the Lehigh Valley Coal Company now stands, there 
were rapids of moderate extent some twenty-five years ago and more. 
To the Wilkes-Barreans of those da5^s they were known as "The Riffles." 
When, at this point, the construction of a fairway — intended to be of 
material aid to river navigation — was attempted by the Federal Govern- 

* See Chapter XI^VIII. 

fSee Chapter VII for a facsimile of a plot of the Manor of Stoke, made in December, 1768, whereon 
these falls are noted, but without a name. 



37 



iiient, by the erection of a line of timber cribs,* the character of "The 
Riffles" was considerably changed ; and within recent years, beginning 
near the foot of these rapids and extending almost to the North Street 
bridge, qnite a sizable island has gradnally risen up from the gravelly 
bottom of the river. In midsummer, or at other seasons when the stream 
is unusually low, this island is united to the west, or Kingston, shore by 
the dwindling away of the current on that side ; and all the water that 
then passes Wilkes-Barre in the river's bed, from North Street bridge to 
Toby's Kddy (see page 52), comes down through the narrow channel 
on the Wilkes-Barre side, at ''The Riffles." 




"Wyoming Falls," in Time of High Water, October, 1903. 

The Susquehanna was noted in earlier days for the clearness and 

purity of its waters. x\s late as February, 1860, in a communication 

to the Record of the Times (Wilkes-Barre) relative to the North Branch 

of the river, Charles Miner, the historian of Wyoming, wrote : 

"Is there in the wide world — we make no. exception, not one, from Pison to 
Euphrates — a river or stream purer than the Susquehanna, that flows right by our doors? 
Is it not so limpid, so clear, that floating down in a skiff or canoe 3'ou may see every- 
where, however deep, the sands at the bottom and mark the fish as they glide by and 
play around your boat? Is there in all its extent of 200 miles to Otsego a single 
stagnant pool ? On the contrary, is it not in its utmost length constituted by running 
brooks — living springs leaping from the mountains, no where on the wide earth sur- 
passed in salubrity?'- 

In these present days, owing to the diminution of the stream from 

various causes, the discharge into it not only of sewage matter from 

manv towns, but of "the viscous oozes of the Lackawanna" and vast 

quantities of turbid and polluted water pumped from the coal-mines and 

coal-washeries located in and near Wyoming Valley, the North Branch 

of the Susquehanna, from the head of Wyoming Valley southward for 

some distance, is no longer the absolutely pure and limpid stream that 

historians were wont to describe with delight and poets to rhapsodize. 

*See Chapter XLVI. 



38 




When the Susquehanna River first became known to white men 
they found that it was called by that name by the Indians who were 
familiar with it. Ever since then it has been known by the same name 
— slightly modified in its spelling, however, at different periods, as for 
example: "Sasquehannock", "Saosquahanunk", "Susquehannock", "Sas- 
quahanu", "Sasquahanough" and "Sisquehannah." The name is gener- 
ally spelled "Susquehannah" on many drafts of surveys and maps, and in 
official documents and other papers, executed or published between the 
years 1730 and 1790. 

According to Henry R. Schoolcraft* and others who have written 
about the North American Indians, the Susquehannocks, Minquas, 
Gandastogues or Andastes were a powerful tribe — "a brave, proud and 
high-spirited nation" — of aboriginals who, at a very early day, inhabited, 
principally, the western shore of Chesapeake Bay, near its head, within 
what is now the State of Maryland. The first of the four names men- 
tioned above was, apparently, an appellation given these Indians by the 
Virginia tribes ; the second, that given them by the Algonkins on the 
Delaware ; while Gandastogue as the French, or Conestoga as the 
English, wrote it, was their own tribal name, meaning "cabin-pole men" 
— natio perticarufn — from andasta^ "a cabin-pole."t On this point Prof. 
A. L. Guss, author of "Early Indian History on the Susquehanna,"^ 

says : "We can rest assured 
that 'Sasquesahanocks' [Sus- 
quehannocks] is a Tock- 
wock, or Nanticoke, term, 
and not the term that those 
'gyants' applied to them- 
selves. There is no subse- 
quent evidence that they 
called themselves by any 
such name as Sasquesahan- 
ocks, or that they were so 
called by any other Iroquois 
tribe, unless it was after they 
got it from the English." 

Captain John Smith, who 
visited and circumnavigated 
Chesapeake Bay in 1608, 
furnishes in his "Generall 
Historic of Virginia, New 
England and the Summer 
Isles" (original!}^ published 
in London in 1624) the first 
account of these Indians. 
He refers to them as the 
" Sasquesahanocks," num- 
bering 600 warriors (which 
would denote a population 
of about 3,000 souls), and being a "gyant like people" who "spoke in 



/" 



/> 




A SUSOUEHANNOCK CHIEF. 

From an original sketch by F. O. C. Darley, 
in possession of the author. 



* See his "History of the Indian Tribes of the United States," edition of 1857, pages 128, 131, 137 and 142. 
fSee I^arned's "History for Ready Reference," I : 105. 
JSeelEgle's "Historical Register," I : 252-267. 



;" 




w 




o 




Q 








OS 




M 




H 




W 




w 




oi 




H 




t/2 




K 




^H 




ilS 


o 


o 




^ 


a 






w 


- 










g 


j: 


O 


p. 


Di 


u 


Ph 


bo 




o 


< 


o 


'A 


,c 


'A 


u. 


'f, 


re 


ffi 


s 


W 

t3 


2 


0( 




X 




o 




Cfi 




W 




w 




H 




Ph 




p 












w 








K-* 





39 

a hollow tone with a full enunciation," and who, "when fio-hting, never 
fled, but stood like a wall as lon^:;; as there was one [Indian] remain- 
ing." Captain Smith was, without doubt, the first white man that met 
Indians who resided within the present limits of Pennsylvania. 

In 1()08 one of the towns of the Susquehannocks was exactly at 
the mouth of the Susquehanna River, and other of their towns were 
located at various points up the river for some distance. Professor 
Guss savs that "the chief town of the Susquehannocks was at the time 
of Smith's exploration probably near the mouth of Conestoga Creek," 
on the Susquehanna River, within the present limits of Lancaster 
County, Pennsylvania. On a very early map of the Province of Penn- 
sylvania* "Sasquahana Indian Fort" is indicated near the "Great P'all" 
in the Susquehanna, at no great distance from the river's mouth. 

Prior to IGOO the Susquehannocks and the Mohawks came into 
collision, and the former nearly exterminated the latter in a war that 
lasted ten years. In 1608 Captain Smith found them still contending 
with each other, equally resolute and warlike ; the Susquehannocks 
being impregnable in their palisaded towns, and ruling over all the 
Algonkin tribes. About the year 1630 the Susquehannocks claimed 
the exclusive right to the country lying between the Susquehanna and 
Potomac rivers. This was their hunting-ground, and marked the 
boundary-line between their jurisdiction and that of the Powhatanic 
confederacy of Virginia. Whatever were the local names of the bands 
occupying the banks of the several intermediate rivers, these bands 
were merely subordinate to the reigning tribe, primarily located near 
the mouth and along the shores of the Susquehanna. 

It is very probable that the Susquehannocks, or Conestogas, had 
occupied for many years not only the country about the lower Susque- 
hanna, but that as late as 153-1, at least, their territory extended as far 
north as the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and was contiguous to that of the 
Iroquois, or Five Nations — later the Six Nations — on the north before 
the Lenni Lenapes, or Delawares, began their westward movement. f 

The Susquehannocks were, undoubtedly, a branch of the great 
Huron-Iroquois family. From time immemorial they were friends and 
allies of the Hurons (a segregated Iroquois tribe), and not over friendly 
to the Five Nations. In 1647 the Susquehannocks, then able to place 
in the field 1,300 warriors (who had been trained to the use of fire-arms 
by three Swedish soldiers), despatched an embassy to Lake Huron with 
an offer to espouse the quarrel of the Hurons with the Iroquois, and 
a request that when the Hurons (who were then on the brink of ruin) 
needed aid they would call on the Susquehannocks. This proposed 
alliance failed, however. 

In 1661 the Susquehannock towns were ravaged by small-pox, and 
the loss resulting^ from this scouro^e was such as to weaken the tribe 
greatly. In this same year, also, some of the tribe were cut off by the 
Seneca Indians (one of the tribes of the Iroquois, or Five Nation, con- 
federacy). In 1663 an army of 1,600 Senecas marched against the 
Susquehannocks and laid siege to a little fort defended by 100 warriors 
of that tribe, who, confident in their own bravery and of receiving 
assistance from their brethren, held out manfully. At last, sallying out 

* See Egle's "History of Pennsylvania," p. 92. 

t See "Report on Indians in the TTnited States at the Eleventh Census (1S90)," page 277. 



40 

from the fort, they routed the Senecas, killing ten and recovering as 
many of their own people who had been captured by the Senecas. 

Concerning the Susquehannocks George Alsop wrote as follows in 
1666, in his "Character of the Province of Maryland" : 

' 'They are a people lookt upon by the Christian Inhabitants as the most Noble and 
Heroic Nation of Indians that dwell upon the Confines of America. Also, are so allowed 
and lookt upon by the rest of the Indians hj a submissive and tributary acknowledg- 
ment, being a people cast into the mould of a most large and warlike deportment, the 
mien being for the most part seven foot high in latitude, and in magnitude and bulk suit- 
able to so high a pitch ; their voyce large and hollow, as ascending out of a Cave ; their 
gate and behavior strait, stately and majestick, treading on the Earth with as much 
pride, contempt and disdain to so sordid a Center as can be imagined from a creature 
derived from the same mould and Earth. 

"These Susquehannock Indians are for the most part great Warriors, and seldom 
sleep one Summer in the quiet armes of a peaceable Rest, but keep, by their present 
power as well as by their former conquest, the several Nations of Indians round about 
them in a forceable obedience and subjection. Their government is an Anarch}'. He 
that fights best carries it. * * * ""' They now and then feed on the carcasses of their 
enemies. They intomb the mines of their deceased conquest in no other Sepulchre than 
their unsanctified maws. 

"They are situated a hundred and odd miles distant from the Christian Plantations 
of Mary Land, at the head [mouth?] of a river that runs into the Bay of Chesapike, 
called by their own name the Susquehannock River, where they remain and inhabit 
most part of the Summer time, and seldom remove far from it, unless it be to subdue any 
Forreign Rebellion. About November the best Hunters draw off to several remote 
places of the Woods, where they know the Deer, Bear and Elk useth. There they build 
several cottages, where they remain for the space of three months." 

The Susquehannocks seem to have been in almost continuous war- 
fare with the Iroquois from the year 1663 until 1675, when the former 
were completely overthrown. In the year last mentioned a party of 
about 100 Susquehannocks, having retreated from Pennsylvania into 
Maryland, became involved there in a war with the colonists and were 
well-nigh exterminated. The remaining members of the tribe sub- 
mitted to the Iroquois, who removed some of them from their old 
position near the mouth of the Susquehanna to one farther up the river 
— perhaps to or near Tioga Point, previously mentioned. iVll the rest of 
the Susquehannocks were forced to dwell at their old town of Conestoga. 

At a council held with the Six Nation Indians at Philadelphia, in 
October, 1736, at which the Hon. Thomas Penn, one of the Proprie- 
taries of Pennsylvania, was present, the Indians were told :* "The 
lands on Sasquehannah, we believe, belong to the Six Nations by the 
conquest of the Indians of that river." 

On the first arrival (in 1681) of the English in Pennsylvania 
messengers from Conestoga came to welcome them with presents of 
venison, corn and skins ; and in June, 1683, the whole tribe — together 
with the Lenni Lenapes and other Indian nations — entered into a treaty 
of friendship (the "Great Treaty") with the first Proprietary, William 
Penn, under the ancient elm at Shackamaxon on the Delaware, which 
treaty was "to last as long as the sun should shine or the waters run 
into rivers."t In 1701 Canoodagtoh, styled "King of the Susque- 
hannas," made a treaty at Philadelphia with William Penn, who was 
preparing to return to England, and in the record of that treaty the 
Indians are denominated "Minquas, Conestogas or Susquehannas." 

"Jealous of their tribal sovereignty, the Susquehannocks added, by 
intestine wars, to the natural deaths produced by decay and intemperance ; 
and when, like the other tribes, they began to assert their rights and 

*See "Pennsylvania Colonial Records," IV : 94. 
tSee "Pennsylvania— Colonial and Federal," I : 286. 



41 

sovereignty, and resist the encroachments of Europeans, they had already 
diminished so much in popuhition that they lacked the ability to main- 
tain their ground. They were outwitted in diplomacy by a civilized 
nation, and if they did not disappear before the steady progress of arts, 
industry and genius among the colonists, they were enervated during 
peace and conquered in war."* 

Thev still continued to hunt on their old grounds in southern 
Pennsylvania and in Maryland, and even ventured beyond the Potomac 
into Virginia. This caused a distigreement betw^een them and the 
southern Indians, and the loss of their king in a skirmish in the year 
1719. In consequence they applied to Governor Keith of Pennsylvania 
for protection, and in the Spring of 1721 the Governor went to Virginia 
^ to consult with the Governor of that Colony as to the best plan for the 
securit)' or common safety of the Indians. As a result of this interview 
Governor Keith notified the Six Nations and the Susquehannocks, or 
Conestogas as they were now generally called, that he would meet their 
representatives in conference on July 5, 1721, at Conestoga. Thither 
the Governor journeyed from Philadelphia, accompanied by seventy 
well-mounted and armed horsemen. In the course of the conference, 
which lasted several days, the Governor addressed the Conestogas as 
his "children," and referred to the Six Nations as their "friends." He 
reminded the former that their oppressor, Nathaniel Bacon of Virginia, 
had fallen a victim to his passions in 1677 ; that the then Governor of 
Virginia was their friend, and that he requested them not to cross the 
Potomac in future — promising that his Indians should not disturb the 
Conestogas in their hunting-grounds. "I have made this agreement, 
which you must keep," said Governor Keith. "It is but a few years 
since William Penn spoke to your nation in council, which your chiefs 
must well remember. Onas'\ gave you good counsel, which you must 
never forget." A Conestoga chief replying to Governor Keith said : 
"The roots of the Tree of Friendship are planted deep ; the tree top is 
high ; the branches spread in warm weather when the weary Indian 
sleeps beneath its shade. So is the Indian protected by Oiias when 
danger threatens from the deep and dark thicket. We have not for- 
gotten Oiias\ he promised us protection at Shackamaxon."| 

At a treaty held in 1742 the Conestogas appeared as a tribe, but 
they were then dwindling away. In 1763 the feeble remnant of the 
tribe was exterminated by the "Paxtang Boys."§ 

Various origins and meanings have been ascribed by historians and 
etymologists to the name "Susquehannock." Some of the earliest 
writers on the subject assumed that the Indians gave their name to the 
river ; but this seems highly improbable, for the word "Susquehannock" 
describes clearly and appositely the well-known peculiar characteristics 
of the river upon whose banks this particular tribe of Indians had 
its home. It was looked upon, and spoken of, as their river, and 
naturally, therefore, to the Indians themselves the name of their river 

♦Schoolcraft's "History of the Indian Tribes," page 135. 

fAn Indian word signifying "feather" or "quill." By it William Penn, during his lifetime, was 
usually designated by the Indians ; but later they used the word generally as their name for the Gov- 
ernor of Pennsylvania. 

JSee Hazard's Pennsylvania Register (February, 1835), XV : 138. 

\ See "The Harvey Book," page 747. 



42 

came in time to be applied by other tribes or nations. Heckewelder* 

states : 

"The Indians (L,enape) distinguish the river which we call Susquehanna, thus : 
The North Branch they call M'' chweuwamisipu, or, to shorten it, M'' chweuworviink , from 
which we have called it Wyoming. The word implies : The river 07i which are exten- 
sive, clear flats. The Six Nations, according to Pyriseus [a Moravian missionary], call it 
Gahonta, which had the same meaning. The West Branch they call Quenischachachgek- 
hanne ; but to shorten it they say Quenischachachki. This word implies : The river 
which has the long reaches, or straight courses, in it. From the forks, where now the 
town of Northumberland stands, downwards, the}' have a name (this word I have lost) 
which implies the Great Bay River. The word Susquehanna, properly Sisquehanne, 
from Siska for mud and hanne a stream, was probably at an early time of the settling of 
this country overheard by some white person, while the Indians were at the time of a 
flood or freshet remarking : '■Jah ! Achsisqnehanne,^ or 'Sisquehanna,^ which is How 
muddy the stream is ! and therefore taken as the proper name of the river." 

Professor Guss, however, declines to accept this theory and says 
(see Egle's "Historical Register") : "Heckewelder was long a missionary 
among the Delawares. He was so prejudiced in their favor that he 
could 'Delawareize' almost any word." Nevertheless, in 1884 certain 
Delaware chiefs who, in all probability, had never heard of Heckewelder 
(who had then been dead for more than sixty years), stated that the 
name Susquehanna was derived from ^"^ A-theth-qua-nee''' in their language, 
meaning "the roily river, "f 

Roberts Vaux, a Philadelphia Quaker, who, at an early date, was a 
diligent inquirer into matters relating to the Indians, gave "Saosqua- 
hanunk" as the original name of the Susquehanna ; its meaning being "a 
long, crooked river." J. R. Simms, in his "Frontiersmen of New York," 
originall}^ published in 1845, describes the name Susquehanna as "an 
aboriginal word said to signify crooked river " ; and J. Fenimore Cooper 
(whose home was at the source of the Susquehanna) gives that meaning 
to the river's name in his novel "The Pioneers." John Binns, familiar 
for a period of many years (beginning in the latter part of the eighteenth 
century) with the hydrography, history and traditions of the Susque- 
hanna, states in his "Life" : "Susquehanna is the Indian name of the 
river. The meaning of the word is said to be 'the river with the rocky 
bottom.' Never was a river more correctly named." 

The Rev. W. M. Beau champ, S. T. D., of Syracuse, New York, 
who is recognized as one of the leading and most reliable authorities of 
the present day on the Iroquois and other Indian languages, customs, 
etc., gives ^'Qiienischachschgekhanne as a word from which Heckewelder 
once thought Susquehanna might have been derived by corruption." 
This word means "river with long reaches" — a fair equivalent for "long, 
crooked river," and one giving a more accurate description of the river 
than the word meaning "muddy stream." 

F. W. Halsey says (page 19 of "The Old New York Frontier", 

previously mentioned) : 

"The Iroquois had another name for the Susquehanna, Ga-wa-no-wa-na-neh, which 
means 'great island,' and to which Gehunda. the common word for river, was added to 
get Great Island River. At the mouth of the stream, lying squarel}' athwart it, is an 
island perhaps a mile long, that was formerly known as Palmer's Island, but later has 

*JoHN G. B. Heckewelder, born in England in 1743; died at Bethlehem, Pennsj^lvania, in 182.3. 
From 1765 to 1771 he was employed as a teacher at the Moravian missions at Friedenshiitten and Sheshe- 
quin, in Pennsylvania. He then became an evangelist and was appointed assistant to David Zeisberger, 
vpith whom he labored in Ohio. He studied carefully the language, manners and customs of the Indians — 
particularly the Delawares. In 1810 he returned from Ohio to Bethlehem, where he engaged in literary 
pursuits until his death. Among the various books concerning the Indians which he published was one 
(in 1822) bearing this title : "Names which the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware, Indians gave to Rivers, 
Streams and Localities within the States of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia ; with 
their Significations." 

tSee "Transactions of the Buffalo (N. Y.) Historical Society" (1885), III : 102, 103. 



43 

been called Watson's Island. It lies exactly where lived the Susquehanna Indians. The 
mainland oy)posite has been found to be very rich in weapons, domestic utensils, etc., 
many thousands of specimens havinj^ l)een found. * * '•■ The vSusquehanna is remark- 
able elsewhere for the number and size of its islands, especially in Pennsylvania." 

Professor Gnss, in his article previonsl}' referred to on pag-e 38, 
says that he knows "of no anthority" for the meanin<; "lon^;, crooked 
river" applied to the word "Snsquehannock" or "Su.sqnehanna" ; and 
that the word si<Jiiifying "the river with rocks" is of Shawanese origin. 
As will be shown in the chapter following this, the Shawanese Indians 
did not become occnpants of the Snsqnchanna River region in north- 
eastern and eastern-central Pennsylvania until about the years IT'^.^-'^iS ; 
therefore it is hardly probable that prior to this period a name of Shaw- 
anese origin would have been selected by the Snsquehannock or an}- 
other Indian tribe for this important and well-known river. It was at 
a still later period than this that the Shawanese, Delawares and other 
Indians living on the upper branches of the river were referred to as 
"the Susquehanna Indians." 

Professor Guss entertains the opinion that the Snsquehannock 
Indians derived their name from that of the river, and he holds that 
this name means "brook-stream" or "spring-w^ater-stream" ; wherefore 
the Indians living along, or at the mouth of, this stream were called by 
other tribes "Susquehannocks, or brook-stream-land-ers, or spring-water- 
stream-region-people." This may appear to some readers to be a fanciful 
meaningf, but it is not more so than some of the other meanings given 
to the word. It really accurately describes the character of the river, 
for, from its source to its mouth, it is fed by a remarkably large number 
of brooks, creeks and small rivers that have their rise in mountain 
springs. This fact being generally known to the aboriginals, the tribe 
or nation living along the shores of this river would, very probably, be 
referred to by contemporary tribes as the people living in the region of 
the river fed by spring-water brooks ; or, in the picturesc^ue language of 
the Indians, as "brook-stream-land-ers." 

In line, apparently, with the opinion of Professor Guss it is stated 
in "Bulletin No. 197 of the United States Geological Survey" (page 
248), published in 1902, that "Susquehanna is derived from an Indian 
word, suckahanne^ meaning 'water'." 

It may be that the true meaning of the word "Susquehannock," 
or "Susquehanna," has vanished, never to be recovered, just as the 
nation that bore this name long ago disappeared ; but, whether this be 
so or not, the name of that nation will be perpetuated by their noble 
river, which is a more enduring memorial than the perishable monu- 
ments erected by man. 

Of the many valleys through which the Susquehanna courses its 
way seaward the most noted in history, poetry and legend, the richest 
in material wealth and, in the opinion of many, the most charming and 
attractive in physical features is Wyoming Valle)^ — "an island of beauty 
in a sea of billowy mountains." It is situated in Luzerne County, in 
north-ea.stern Pennsylvania, and is formed by detached, outlying ranges 
of the Allegheny mountain-system. Its shape is that of a long oval, or 
elliptical, basin, a little more than sixteen miles in length from north- 
east to south-west, with an average breadth of three miles.* Its upper 

* See the maps and reports of the United States Geological Survey relating to Pennsylvania, pub- 
lished in 1894. According to these it is 16.1 miles in a bee-line from the face of Campbell's l,edge to 
Nanticoke Falls. 



44 

end lies in latitude 41° 21' north, and in longitude 75° 47' west from 
Greenwich ; while its lower end is in latitude 41° 13' north, and in 
longitude 76° 1' west. 

Nearly in the center of the valley, chiefly on an oblong plain 
elevated from twenty-five to thirty-five feet above the surface of the river 
at its lowest level, lies Wilkes-Barre, the latitude of whose Public 
Square (almost centrally located in the town) is 41° 14' 40.4" north, 
and its longitude 1° 10' 4.6" east from Washington, or 75° 49' 55.4" 
west from Greenwich, as shown by the second geological survey of Penn- 
sylvania, made in 1881. According to the United States survey previ- 
ously referred to, however, the longitude of Public Square is 75° 52' 
55" west. The elevation of Wilkes-Barre above mean sea-level ranges 
from 531.5 feet at the base of the monument on the River Common 
near Northampton Street, or 541 feet at the base of the geological 
survey monument in Public Square, to 731 feet on the heights in the 
eastern and south-eastern parts of the town. The low-water level of the 
Susquehanna at Wilkes-Barre is 506 feet above mean sea-level.'*' 

Wilkes-Barre lies south, 57° 50' west, 149.8 miles in a bee-line 
(212 miles by railway) from Albany, New York ; north, 70° 34' west, 
107.5 miles in a bee-line (176 miles by railway) from the city of New 
York ; north, 25° 8' west, 97.9 miles in a bee-line (145 miles by railway) 
from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and north, 36° 59' east, 89.3 miles in 
a bee-line (118 miles by railway) from Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. 

The short mountain-range forming the north-eastern, eastern and 
south-eastern boundary of Wyoming Valley is known as Wilkes-Barre 
Mountain, and that forming the north-western, western and south- 
western boundary is called Shawanese Mountain. The continuation of 
the Wilkes-Barre range in a north-easterly direction from the head of 
Wyoming Valley is known by the name of Lackawanna Mountain ; 
while the continuation of Shawanese Mountain beyond and north-east- 
wardly from the Susquehanna at the head of the valley is called 
Capouse Mountain. That part of Wilkes-Barre Mountain lying between 
Laurel Run and Solomon's Creek was called in 1809-'13 (and, perhaps, 
before those years as well as later) "Bullock's Mountain" — evidently 
from Nathan Bullock, who, with his family, was an early settler on the 
mountain. 

Paralleling the Wilkes-Barre-Lackawanna range on the south-east, 
and lying near it, is a much longer and higher, although more broken 
and irregular, range bearing different names in different localities. At 
its south-west end, and thence for several miles north-easterly, it is 
known as Penobscot Mountain ; next for some distance it has the name 
Wyoming Mountain ;t then, farther on in a north-easterly direction, its 
name is Bald, then Jacob's, then Moosic, and then, near the boundary- 
line of the counties of Lackawanna and Wayne, Cobb's Mountain. 

That part of Wyoming Mountain which lies in an easterly and a 
south-easterly direction from Wilkes-Barre is, in a marked degree, a 

* On the records of the Court of Quarter Sessions of Luzerne County an entry was made in 1865 setting 
forth that at that period the low-water level of the Susquehanna at Wilkes-Barr^ was 512.9 feet above 
tide-water. (See Pearce's "Annals of Luzerne County," Appendix, page 561.) It has since been shown, 
however, that at the time mentioned the true low-water level was only 506.93 feet above tide-water. (See 
"Collections of the Wyoming Historical and Geological Society," I : 23.) 

t Locally this mountain was often called in earlier years "Five-Mile Mountain", for the reason that 
its north-western face, near the summit, is, for a considerable stretch, five miles distant from the Sus- 
quehanna. 




o 

'J 



X 5 

2 ". 



^^Ci 


J2 


Uh 


<u 




^ 


.-" 


c; 


-^ 


^ 






^ 


& 




r, 


< 


u 


> 









o 


o 


z 


a 


1^ 


ce 


<5 


^ 






,-' 


n 


^ 




> 


X 


?- 




fa 




o 
















w 








> 





45 

broad plateau or table-land, having an elevation ranging from 1,500 to 
1,800 feet above sea-level, with here and there knobs and short ridges 
rising np from 100 to 300 feet higher. One of the most elevated of the 
knobs (2,100 feet above sea-level) is five and a-half miles, "as the crow 
flies," in a south-easterly direction from the left bank of the river 
opposite Richard's Island (mentioned on page 52), and about a mile 
and a-quarter north of Crystal Lake in Bear Creek Township ; and at 
this elevated point the boundary-lines of the borough of Laurel Run and 
the townships of Hanover, Fairview and Bear Creek meet. South-west 
of this about one and three-quarters miles is Penobscot Knob — with an 
elevation of 2,140 feet — which connnands a view of nearly the whole of 
Wyoming Vallev and a wide extent of territorv besides. 

At some distance south-east of the Wyoming-Moosic range, and 
nearly parallel with it, runs the lofty, desolate and irregular Pocono 
range. The head-waters of the Lehigh River meander over its top, 
where lakes, ponds and sphagnous marshes lie embosomed in dense 
beech forests, and are fringed with laurel thickets, while here and there 
are large open tracts of territory almost destitute of trees. The spread- 
ing branches of Lackawaxen Creek, and the smaller Shohola, drain all 
the eastern parts of the range into the Delaware River. Lying chiefly 
in the counties of Carbon, Monroe and Pike, Pennsylvania, the Pocono 
Mountains form links in the chain of mountains that stretches through 
the Atlantic States from the Blue Ridge in North Carolina to the Cats- 
kills in New York. Writing of the Pocono Mountains in 1839 William 
L. Stone said ("Poetry and History of Wyoming," page 74) : 

"When the summit of Pokono is attained, the traveler is upon the top of that wild 
and desolate table of Pennsylvania, extending for upward of a hundred miles, between 
and parallel with the Delaware and Susquehanna rivers, and from twenty to thirty-five 
miles in breadth. Behind him is a noble landscape of wooded hills and cultivated 
valleys, bounded eastward and south by the Blue Mountains, which form a branching 
range of the Alleghenies. The Wind Gap is distinctly and beautiful!}' in sight. But 
facing westwardly, and glancing toward the north and the south, the prospect is as 
dreary as naked rocks and shrub oaks and stunted pines and a death-like solitude can 
make it. The general surface is rough and broken, hills rising and valleys sinking by 
fifties, if not by hundreds, over the whole broad mountain surface. In many places for 
miles there is no human habitation in view, and no one bright or cheerful spot upon 
which the eye can repose. The gloom, if not the grandeur, of a large portion of this in- 
hospitable region is increased by the circumstance that it is almost a continuous morass, 
across which the turnpike is formed by a causeway of logs insufficiently covered with 
earth, and bearing the appropriate name of a corduroy road." 

Parallel with the Pocono range, and from seven to ten miles distant 
from it, runs the long, regular and well-defined range known as the 
Kittatinny, or Blue, Mountains. The former name is derived from, or^ 
more probably, is a corruption of, the Indian word Kau-tat-in-chunk^ 
signifying "main, or principal, moitntain." About twenty miles north 
of Easton, Pennsylvania, and forty-three miles in a bee-line (.seventy-six 
miles by railway) south-east of Wilkes-Barre, the Delaware River breaks 
through the Blue Mountains at the celebrated Delaware Water Gap ; 
while some twenty-eight miles to the south-west of the Delaware the 
Lehigh River breaks through the same mountain range at the Lehigh 
Gap, Nearly midway between these two gaps is a remarkable depres- 
sion in the moimtain called the Wind Gap — not because it abounds in 
wind, but because it appears to have been made without the agency of 
water. It is a deep notch — suddenly reducing the height of the moun- 
tain by about two-thirds — towards which the leading roads on both sides 



46 

converge, and through which they pass in one great thoroughfare. The 
Bhie Mountains at the Delaware Water Gap are about 1,600 feet high, 
and the sharp, rocky crest of the range maintains itself in an almost 
perfectly even, horizontal line at that elevation above tide-water for 180 
miles across the State ; but the apparent height is diminished going 
west by the gradual elevation of the country in front of the mountains, 
which the}^ overlook. The range keeps a nearly straight course south, 
25° west, for 104 miles between the Delaware Gap and the gap at 
Harrisburg. 

Beyond Shawanese Mountain (the western and north-western 
boundary of Wyoming Valley as previously mentioned) lie, in confused 
and jumbled order, high knobs, short ridges and irregular spurs of 
mountains, ranging in height from 1,100 to 1,500 feet above sea-level, 
and interspersed with rolling uplands of considerable extent now well 
cleared and cultivated. This region extends many miles in a north- 
easterl}^ and south-westerly direction, and stretches w^estward and north- 
westward to the bold and impressive North Mountain range — 2,200 to 
2,400 feet above sea-level — on the border-lines of the counties of 
lyuzerne, Sullivan and Wyoming. 

To the early explorers and cartographers of north-eastern Penns}^- 
vania the mountains northward of W^^oming Valley w^ere denomi- 
nated the "Endless JNIountains," while those lying in a north-westerly 
direction were described as "inaccessible" — situated in a region contain- 
ing "nothing but mountains which no one can pass."* In this region 
lie some of the largest and most beautiful lakes in Pennsvlvania. 
Twelve miles north-west from W^ilkes-Barre in a bee-line, at an elevation 
of 1,226 feet above sea-level (according to the United States Geologi- 
cal Survey), is Harvey's Lake, the largest lake within the limits of the 
State. Fifteen miles due west from it, on North Mountain, 2,266 feet 
above sea-level, is Lake Ganoga, formerly known, locally, as Long Pond, 
but upon early maps of this region noted as "Shawanese Lake." Fifteen 
miles north-west of Lake Ganoga lies Eagles Mere, a beautiful sheet of 
water formerly called Lewis' Lake. It is larger than Ganoga, but not 
so large as Harvey's Lake, and its elevation above sea-level is 2,001 feet. 

The mountains that form the valley of Wyoming are quite regular 
in their conformation and appearance, and are almost uniform in height 
throughout their whole extent. The crest-line of Wilkes-Barre Moun- 
tain varies from 1,200 to 1,400 feet above sea-level, while that of Shaw- 
anese Mountain varies from 1,000 to 1,625 feet — its average height 
being about 1,450 feet. The following interesting record of mountain- 
measurements made from a station on the River Common at the foot of 
Northampton Street, W^ilkes-Barre, in the Summer of 1809, w^as printed 
in The Luzerne Federalist (Wilkes-Barre) of September 15, 1809, and 
was reprinted in Hazard's Register of Pennsylvania (II : 128) September 
6,1828: 

"Distance to the top of the mountain south-east of the borough, 4,685 yards. 
[This was the mountain then known as "Bullock's," and described on page 44.] Per- 
pendicular height of the sam.e, 305 yards. Distance to the top of the mountain north- 
west of the borough, 5,583 yards. [This was that portion of Shawanese Mountain Ij'ing 
back of the present boroughs of Kingston and Edwardsville.] Perpendicular height of 
the same, 227 yards. Distance from the top of one mountain to the other, 10,103 yards 
[5.74-1- miles]. Average height of the mountains above low- water mark, 275 vards, or 
827ifeet." 

* See map on page 33, maps of 17-J8 and 1749 in Chapter IV, and map of 1756 in Chapter V. 




<; 

<: 

Q 
< 



w 

o 
o 



O 
O 

O 



V 
HI 

a 

c 
o 



c 

Q 
W 
v-I 



K oj 



3 



3 
'J5 



O 



M 



:? o 






a 

CO 

u 
bo 
o 

o 



47 



Large areas of Shawaiiese Mountain were cleared of timber many 
years ago, and, in a general way, have been cultivated ever since ; but 
Wilkes-Barre Mountain is still almost entirely covered with a natural 
irrowth of brushwood, scrubbv thickets and small trees. Owing to the 
ax of the strenuous wood-chopper in earlier years, and the frequent and 
extensive forest-fires that have occurred in recent years, as well as to 
other causes, great changes have taken place with respect to the charac- 
ter of the woodlands on these mountains. In the year 1817 Isaac A. 
Chapman wrote concerning them as follows (see Hazard's Register^ 
V: 34): 

"On the mountains the prevailing timber is oak of various kinds, thinly intermixed 
with Yellow, Pitch and White Pine, which grow short and scrubby, there being ver}^ 
little of it proper for any other purpose than fuel. On the smaller hills, where the soil is 
better, the timber is larger and of a better quality, and consists also of a greater variety — 
such as hickory, lynn or linden, birch of three kinds, two kinds of maple^ two of ash, 
cherry and beech ; these being mixed, in every part of the county where the}^ are found, 
with hemlock, a species of timber improperly called spruce in many parts of the State — 
being the Finns Canadensis of botanical writers." 

Both ranges of the Wyoming Valley mountains are indented by 
several deep hollows or gaps. For example, in the south-eastern range, 
or Wilkes-Barre Mountain, are Warrior Gap, Sugar Notch, Solomon's 
Gap and Laurel Run Gap ; and in the north-western range, or Shaw- 
anese Mountain, are Mill (formerly Hartsough's) Hollow and Car- 
penter's (now Shoemaker's) Hollow. Here and there in both ranges 
are bulging knobs, precipitous ledges and sheer cliffs — wholly or in part 
barren of trees and undergrowth — from which extended and pleasing 
prospects of the valle^■s of Wyoming and Lackawanna may be viewed. 

At the head of Wyoming 
Valley, forming the north- 
eastern wall of the precip- 
itous gap through which 
the Susquehanna River 
enters the valley (see 
page 34), stands Camp- 
bell's Ledge. It is the 
south-western extremity 
of Capouse Mountain, 
mentioned on page 44, and 
at its highest point is 
1,3G4 feet above sea-level, 
or some 840 feet above 
the river's surface. This 
ledge was formerly called 
Dial Rock, from the fact 
that on its face, near the 
summit, there extends 
directly north and south 
a crescent of naked, green- 
ish-grey stone, which can 
be seen for a long distance 
if the weather be favor- 
able. Precisely at noon- 
tide this crescent receives 
on a cloudless dav the full 




Campbell's Ledge, 

From the road near its base, September, 



1!I08. 



48 



rays of the sun. Thus the husbandman of early days,, toiling either 

on the broad fiats lying near the base of the mountain and extending 

south and west along the Susquehanna, or elsewhere within sight of the 

rugged mountain's face, was enabled to determine, easily and cheaply, 

by the illuminated rock-dial the hour of noonday rest and refreshment. 

The name Campbell's Ledge is understood, and generally believed, to 

have been given to this precipice many years ago in honor of the author 

of "Gertrude of Wyoming" — mentioned hereinafter. There is current, 

however, a legend that claims a different origin for the name. 

"A man named Campbell was pursued by the Indians. He had taken refuge in 
the ravines of this mountain, where are many fine living springs, and where the thick 
foliage afforded a safe shelter. But the fierce Red Men are on his track. He is an old 
enemy, and is singled out for special torture. He knows his fate if taken. He tries everj- 
path that winds out into the deeper forest, but without success. He is hemmed in like 
the roe by the relentless wolves. But he does not hesitate ; he springs forward to the 
verge of the hanging rock. One glance behind him shows that escape is utterly hope- 
less. The shouts of the savages are heard as they rush upon their prey. With a scream 
of defiance he leaps into the friendly arms of death." — Peck^s " Wyoming,'''' page 348. 

Not far from the northern end of 
Campbell's Ledge, alongside the 
road leading up through the river 
"narrows," is a little stream that 
for many years has been a well- 
known and picturesque landmark 
in this region, and is called Falling 
Spring. 

The south-western extremity of 
Shawanese Mountain, at the point 
where the Susquehanna breaks out 
of the valley as described on pages 
35 and 36, is a rugged, precipi- 
tous ledge bulging out near its 
summit in a knob-like form. This 
ledge or cliff is somewhat similar 
to Campbell's Ledge, but its eleva- 
tion is only 1,000 feet above sea- 
level. For many years it has been 
known as Tillbury's Knob — hav- 
ing received this name from Abra- 
ham Tillbury, who dwelt within 
its shadow a hundred years ago 
and more,* 

Diagonally across the river from Tillbury's Knob is Honey Pot 
Mountain. This is the north-eastern extremity of Lee's Mountain, which 
is the continuation below Wyoming Valley of Shawanese Mountain. 
Honey Pot Mountain was so named about 1773 by Maj. Prince Alden, 
who owned several hundred acres of land in that locality, and, on his 
first entrance upon it, discovered a large quantity of the honey of wild 
bees. In the illustration on page 36 the extreme north-eastern part of 
Honey Pot is shown ; while nearly the whole of it is seen in the "View 
from Tillbury's Knob" facing this page. 

Mount Lookout is a dome-shaped section of Shawanese Mountain, 
and its extent is well defined by Carpenter's, or Shoemaker's, Hollow 

* See "The Harvej^ Book," pages 94 and 660. 




FalI/Ing Spring. 




s 






a 



< 

w 
0( 

CO 3 
w £ 

O a 



o 



Z 





Z 


XI 










tii 


S 




o 


^^ 




o 


,2 




hJ 


c 




CQ 
O 


cd 




z 


^ 




t^ 






w 


M 






O 


11 


>< 

OS 


■4-1 

o 


HJ 


t) 


a 


CJ 


P3 


« 


t/i 




r! 








>. 


h-a 


o 


> 


H 










0! 


^ 




K 


O 




I*-. 


r< 




o 


t^ 




45 






3 


^ 




O 


(—1 




"O 


> 





49 



and a smaller, nameless gap or hollow a short distance north-eastward. 
Its hi^i^hest elevation is 1,526 feet above sea-level, and it overlooks the 
plain whereon was fought the battle of Wyoming, July 3, 1778.* 

On the north-westerly face of Wilkes-Barre Mountain near its crest, 
1,300 feet above sea-level and 794 feet above the Susquehanna's low- 
water level, is Prospect Rock. It is almost due south-east from Public 
Square, Wilkes-Barre, two and a-quarter miles "as the crow flies," and 
is a steep ledge — limited in extent and very irregular in its conforma- 
tion — composed of light grey, almost white, conglomerate. 

For years it has been 
the favorite and most 
accessible point from 
which to obtain an al- 
most complete view 
of Wyoming Valley; 
being readily reached 
by the road (formerly 
the Easton and Wi.lkes- 
Barre Turnpike) lead- 
ing over the mountain 
from the end of North- 
ampton Street, Wilkes- 
Barre. f 

Through the whole 
length of Wyoming 
Valley the Susque- 
hanna flows a serpen- 
tine course of seventeen 
and one-half miles — 
nine and one-half miles 
from Coxton, at the 
base of CampbelTs 
Ledge, to Market 
Street, Wilkes-Barre, 
and thence eight miles 
to Nanticoke Falls. 
On both sides of the river, for nearly this whole distance, lie rich and 
fertile alluvial bottom-lands, forming plains or flats ;' at some points 
narrow and restricted in breadth, but at others stretching out towards 
the hills or mountains for at least a mile. In some parts of the valley 
a large portion of the surface of the plain is elevated about ten feet 
above the remaining portion, forming a sudden offset or declivity. As 
you get farther away from the river these bottom-lands gradually undu- 
late, until, at a distance of about a mile — in the middle of the valley, 
particularly — they rise into the mountains bounding the valley. The)'- 
contain several thousand acres, nearly all of which are well cultivated, 
and have been for more than a hundred years. Isaac A. Chapman, 
writing of them in 1817, said: "They [the flats] spontaneously produce 
quantities of plums, grapes, many kinds of berries and a great variety 
of wild flowers." 





*^^3^^^^^^~^wm^^ 


* ■" 




^Si' - SSli'-it^.Sk «-jBlSn^^^| 






klK'^^n^^^^^^^^^^^H^I^^I 










' -^-^MB^^P ^^''^'-'^•"' 




1 


^ m 




1 


^_y 




w" 




^^^^^iB^^^^^^^^^^^v " 


1 


jmSrn^ 


/-% ^^H 


— 1 



Prospect Rock in lilUo. 



* See ill Chapter XV reproductions of views of and from Mount Lookout. 

t For interesting and instructive papers on the geology and palseontology of Wyoming Va 
Johnson's "Historical Record," I ; 205. and "Proceedings arid Collections of the Wyoming Histor 
Geological Society," II : 239-277 ; V : 153-204 ; VI ; 27-36; VIII : 25, 42. 



llej- see 
Historical and 



50 

These flats or plains are known by different names in different 
localities. Abraham's Plains — originally so named for an Indian chief, 
fuller mention of whom will be made in the succeeding chapter — lie 
on the right bank of the river and extend from near the head of 
the valle}^ to the bend in the river opposite Ross Street, Wilkes-Barre. 
They are comprehended within the present limits of the townships of 
Plymouth, Kingston and Exeter, and, for convenience, have been for a 
number of years considered as three divisions, or sections, of land, com- 
monly known, respectively, as Upper Kingston Flats, Lower Kingston 
Flats and Upper Plymouth Flats. Lower Plymouth, or "Shawnee," 
Flats lie within the limits of the township of Plymouth on the right 
bank of the river, and extend from a point opposite the central part of 
the borough of Plymouth south-westward to within about one and a-half 
miles of Nanticoke Falls. Col. Timothy Pickering — concerning whom 
much of interest will be found in subsequent chapters — visited 
Wyoming in August, 1786, and at the time wrote as follows relative 
to the Plymouth and Kingston flats (see "Life of Timothy Pickering," 
II : 255) : 

"Leaving Harvey's [the home of Benjamin Harvey, about half-way between 
Harvey's Creek and the present Avondale] we entered on the Shawnee Plains, the most 
beautiful tract of land my eyes ever beheld ! The soil appears to be inexhaustibly fertile, 
and, though under ver}' slovenly husbandry, the crops were luxuriant, and the Indian- 
corn and grass of the richest green. * * * Passing over some commons and rising 
ground, we then came to another extensive plain [Abraham's], similar to the former, but, 
on the whole, less beautiful. Neat and industrious husbandmen would make the whole a 
garden." 

Jacob's Plains — originally so named for an Indian chief, to whom 
further reference will be made in Chapter IV — lie on the left bank of 
the river within the present limits of Plains Township. Nearl}^ the 
whole of Jacob's Plains lay within the bounds of the original town, or 
township, of Wilkes-Barre, prior to the erection of Plains Township in 
1851. Wilkes-Barre Flats lie within the limits of the city, below the 
bend of the river, and extend about a mile to the line of Hanover Town- 
ship ; whence they continue, under the name of Upper Hanover Flats, 
over one and a-half miles to the mouth of Solomon's, or Buttonwood, 
Creek. Beyond this, for about three-quarters of a mile, a spur of the 
Hanover hills supervenes — ending at the river's margin in a low ledge 
of rocks — and then the Lower Hanover Flats begin and extend to the 
mouth of Nanticoke Creek. 

Several islands, some of them of considerable extent, diversify the 
Susquehanna within the borders of W5'oming Valley. These islands 
are largely of the same alluvial and fertile character as the flats and 
plains previously described, and nearly all of them have been cultivated 
for many years. At the head of the valley, nearly abreast of the mouth 
of Lackawanna River, lies Scovell's Island. It received its name from 
Elisha and Jonathan Scovell (originally of Colchester, Connecticut), 
who, as early as 1776, were landholders and settlers in Exeter Township, 
to which this island is adjacent. 

Wintermute Island, named for a family bearing that name — of 
whom more will be said in a subsequent chapter — lies due south-east of 
Mount Lookout (described on page 48), opposite the battlefield of 
Wyoming. 

Monocanock Island is a long, narrow island opposite the lower end 
of the borough of Wyoming in Kingston Township, and a short 




CO 



u 
o 
Pi 

i" 
u 
w 
c^ 
en 
o 

OS 



O 
ai 

-w 

0! 

w 



o 



w 



52 

now in possession of the present writer, this island is noted as "Toby's 
Island." It is also shown, bnt without a name, on the manuscript map 
of 1811 mentioned on page' 51. Pearce refers to it as "Park's Island" 
in his "Annals of Luzerne County" (page 173), published in 1860 ; but 
not long after that year the annexation of the island to the Plymouth 
shore was begun and completed by the same causes that have been 
gradually producing the changes in Fish's Island, and Toby's, or Park's, 
Island has not appeared on any recent map. The river, at that partic- 
ular elbow or corner, has long been known as Toby's Eddy. Sixty 
years ago and more it was a picturesque locality, often resorted to in 
Summer-time by swimming and picnic parties. Dr. Peck, writing of it 
in 1858, said ("Wyoming," pages 425 and 426) : 

"But alas ! progress and civilization have made sad ravages upon this sweet and 
beautiful spot. The railroad [Lackawanna and Bloomsburg] has utterly ruined its 
beautiful unity. Its jagged, rock}' embankment, running through the center of the 
little natural paradise, has broken its ancient enchantments and dispelled the bewitching 
associations which clustered around it. * * What is called Toby's Cave is found in 
the hill-side west of the Edd}'. It is not deep or large, but might once have constituted 
a place of retreat for old Toby, the Indian, whose haunts were once along the creek to 
which his name has been given, and who planted corn upon the flats above." 

What is, and probably has been for many years, the largest island 
in Wyoming Valley, is the one whose upper end lies opposite the south- 
west corner of Wilkes-Barre on the left bank, and the north-west end of 
Plymouth Borough on the right bank of the river. This island is 
shown, but without a name, on the plots of the original surveys of the 
manors of Stoke and Sunbury previously referred to. On the draft of 
the 1787 survey of Plymouth Township mentioned above this island is 
called "Fuller's Island," and is noted as containing fifty acres and fifty- 
seven perches ; but on the manuscript map of 1811 mentioned on page 
51 it is called "Richard's Island," and under this name it has appeared 
on recent maps. Further references to this island will be made in the 
succeeding chapter. 

In its course through Wyoming Valley the Susquehanna receives 
the waters of a number of tributaries besides Lackawanna River. Not 
one of these is now either as sizable or of as much importance as it was 
even fifteen or twenty years ago. This is owing to one or more of a 
variety of causes — as for example, the denuding of the hills and moun- 
tains of their forests, the carrying on of coal-mining under or near the 
beds of the streams, or the deflecting of the waters, in part, from their 
channels for manufacturing, mining or other purposes. Chapman, in 
writing of these streams in 1817, said : "All of them are sufficient for 
mills and abound with fish." It is doubtful if there now flows in any 
two of them combined — barring Lackawanna River — enough water to 
run satisfactorily a single mill ; and as to fish, they are very few, very 
small, of little value and only to be found in the head-waters of the 
streams. Of those thus referred to the principal streams are : 

Abraham's Creek — called for the same Indian whose name was 
originally given, as previously mentioned, to the plains along the right 
bank of the river. This creek, having its principal source in Dallas 
Township, Luzerne County, and joined b)'' tributaries rising in the 
townships of Franklin and Exeter, flows south-easterly into the valley 
through Carpenter's, or Shoemaker's, Hollow, previously described, and 
then winds its course nearly south-west across Abraham's Plains to the 
Susquehanna at Forty Fort, about one and three-quarters miles below 



53 

Monocaiiock Island. In recent years the part of this creek that lies in 
the valley has sometimes been called "Tattle's Creek," from the fact 
that from abont 1798 to 1839 Henry Tnttle, followed by his son Joseph, 
owned and operated a y^rist-mill which stood on the bank of the creek 
just below what is now known as the "stone-arched bridge," almost on 
the dividing line between the boroughs of Forty Fort and Wyoming. 

Toby's Creek — named 
for an Indian who 
lived in the valley at 
one time, and was well 
known to the early 
white settlers. Fur- 
ther mention of him 
is made in Chapters VII 
and XIII. Pearce, in 
his "Annals of Luzerne 
Connty" (page 170), 
says : "Toby's Creek 
derives its name from 
Tobyhanna, signifying 
alder stream, from the 
abnndance of alders 
growing on its banks." 
This is rather a far- 
fetched derivation of 
the name of the Wyo- 
ming Valley stream. 
There is in Monroe 
County, Pennsylvania, 
at some distance from 
Wyoming Valley south- 
eastward, a stream call- 
ed Tobyhanna Creek — 
and it may be an '•''alder 
stream" ; but Toby's Creek has no cojinection with it either in name 
or in any other respect. 




Abraham's Creek, 

Near the "stone-arched bridge," in 187.S. 



;v' ■ ■ '•'- 






^^^*'»-'*:^ 




V 



A Glimpse of Toby's Creek. 



54 

The chief sources of Toby's Creek are in Dallas Township, previ- 
ousl}' mentioned, and the main body of the stream flows south-east into 
Kingston Township, where it is joined, among other branches, by one 
formed by the overflow from what in early days was known as Beaver 
Pond.* This pond, which lies in Lehman Township, Luzerne County, 
was purchased some years ago by the Wilkes-Barre Water Company, a 
dam was erected at its outlet, and the water from the reservoir thus 
formed — since known as Huntsville Reservoir — is conveyed in pipes 
to Wyoming Valley. f Rambling downward, here and there through 
picturesque bits of country, Toby's Creek enters the valley by way of 
Mill Hollow (mentioned on page 47), and, flowing south-west, passes 
through the boroughs of Kingston and Edwardsville into Plymouth 
Township. There, having been joined by a short branch that flows 
across the Lower Kingston Flats (partly within the limits of Dorrance- 
ton Borough) between Kingston Borough and Wilkes-Barre, the stream 
runs about a quarter of a mile and empties into the Susquehanna at 
Toby's Eddy, mentioned on page 52. 

Harvey's Creek — so named nearly one hundred and thirty years 
ago for Benjamin Harvey, an early Connecticut settler at Wilkes-Barre, 
who, in 1773, erected a saw-mill and made other improvements upon a 
large tract of land that had been granted to him along and near the 
creek mentioned. At that tiiue the source of this stream was unknown 
but in 1781 it was discovered by Mr. Harvey to be the large lake now 
— and since the year 1795, at least — called Harvey's Lake (mentioned 
on page 46). On the maps of 1748 and 1749 reproduced in Chapter IV 
this stream is shown, but without a name ; on the plot of the Manor of 
Sunbury referred to on page 51 the stream appears under the name of 
"Head's Creek" ; on the draft of a survey made in May, 1775, by 
Charles Stewart, Deputy Surveyor of Pennsylvania (an old copy of 
which is now in possession of the Wyoming Historical and Geological 
Society), the same stream is noted as "Falls Creek or Harvey's Creek," 
and on the manuscript map mentioned on page 27 it is called "Harvey's 
or Falls Creek." From Harvey's Lake this creek runs a zig-zag course 
— receiving several small tributaries on the way — to a point some 
twelve miles directly south, near the base of Tillbury's Knob (described 
on page 48), where it enters the valley, flows a short distance through. 
West Nanticoke and then empties into the Susquehanna at Nanticoke 
Falls. F'or many years Harvey's Creek was the most copious and 
powerful stream of all the Susquehanna's W^yoming Valley tributaries 
except Lackawanna River. That this was its character at an early day 
is shown by the following paragraph from a letter| to the Connecticut 
Susquehanna Company written in 1774 by Obadiah Gore, Jr., relative 
to this creek and the land contiguous to it : "There is no other stream 
of that bigness for man}- miles distance except the river." But now, at 
its mouth and for some distance up stream, the creek is so insignificant 
that its very rocky bed is more in evidence than its water — particularly 
during the Summer months. This is due to the fact that the stream, 
two or three miles back from its mouth, has been dammed in order to 
furnish the borough of Nanticoke with its water-supply. 

* See original 1787 survey of Plymouth To-vvnship pieviously mentioned. 

tSee Chapter XXXVII. 

tSee "The Harvey Book," page 623. 



.)0 




Harvp:y's Creek, 

Near the base of Tillbui-}''s Knob, in 189!). 



Nanticoke Creek — in Hanover Township on the sonth or left side 
of the river, into which the creek empties nearly a half mile east of 
Nanticoke Falls. The falls, the creek and the nearby borong-h of Nan- 
ticoke received their common name by reason of the fact that, prior to 
the first settlements in Wvomino^ bv white men, aband of Nanticoke 
Indians dwelt for a few years near this particular locality — as will be 
more fully related in a subsequent chapter. Nanticoke Creek is formed 
by two branches — one. the eastern branch, rising in the mountains back 
of the borong'h of Sugar Notch, flowing into the valley through Warrior 
Gap, and known in that locality as Warrior Rnn ; the other, the main 
branch, having its source partly in Newport Township, and joined by 
the eastern branch about one and a-half miles east of the borough of 
Nanticoke. Near its mouth the creek is joined by Newport Creek, 
which flows from the hills of Newport down between the borough of 
Nanticoke and Honey Pot Mountain to the lowlands. On the plot of 
the Manor of Stoke previously referred to Nanticoke Creek is set down 
as "Muddy Run" ; but certainly as early as 1776 — as is shown by the 



56 



Westmoreland records — it had received its present name. On the manu- 
script map referred to on page 27 Newport Creek is correctly shown, 
but bearing the name "Nanticoke Creek." 

Solomon's Creek — so called, says Pearce ("Annals," page 170), 
"from a Mr. Solomon who settled near its confluence with the Susque- 
hanna in 1774." This stream has its chief source in Wright Township, 
Luzerne County, whence it flows through Solomon's Gap, previously 
mentioned, into Hanover Township. It passes through the borough of 
Ashley, receiving in its course two or three small tributaries, the prin- 
cipal one of which rises in the uplands of Wilkes-Barre Township. 
Crossing the Wilkes-Barre -Hanover boundary -line it flows a short 
distance within the limits of the city of Wilkes-Barre, and then, flowing 
back into Hanover, pursues a south-westerly course along the margin 
of the Upper Hanover Flats to the river. From the Wilkes-Barre line 
to the river the stream has been known for some years as Buttonwood 
Creek, because there were at one time many buttonwood trees grow- 
ing along its banks. This stream — from source to mouth — is desig- 
nated as "Moses' Creek" on the plot 
of the Manor of Stoke previously 
mentioned ; and is indicated by the 
same name on William Scull's maps 
of Pennsylvania published in 1770 
and 1775. On the manuscript map 
mentioned on page 27 it is noted as 
"INIoses' or Solomon's Creek." Why 
the name "Moses" was given to it we 
do not know ; but in all probability it 
was named for some Indian chief who 
dwelt hereabouts in early days, and 
was known by the name of "Moses" 
to the traders and surveyors who 
\-isited the valley at that period. 

The accompanying photo-illustra- 
tions of the Lower and Upper Falls of 
Solomon's Creek are reduced copies of 
wood-engravings, after drawings by 
Jacob Cist of Wilkes-Barre, published 
in The Portfolio of Philadelphia in the year 1809 — the one in the 
November and the other in the December issue of the maeazine. In 
the latter issue there appears, also, the following description (in part) 
of these falls — written without doubt bv Mr. Cist : 




Lower Fai,ls. 



'•.■\niong the mnnerous streams that rush from the mountain into the bosom of 
the majestic Susquehanna, the beautiful cascade of Solomon's Falls is well calculated to 
gratify the ardent admirer of the works of Nature. It is situated about three miles from 
Wilkesbarre, the county-town of Luzerne, Pennsylvania. Surrounded with dark hem- 
locks, the rocks stained willi moss and partially covered with laurel and other ever- 
greens, it forms one of the finest scenes for the pencil of the painter. Dashing, foaming 
and working its tempestuous way down the mountain's side, it here precipitates itself, in 
the most romantic and picturesque manner, over a ledge of rocks between fift}' and sixty 
feet high into a natural bason of about twentj'-five feet diameter ; from which, winding 
beneath o'erhanging rocks, it passes through a narrow, perpendicular fissure and pours 
into a second bason, forming the lower fall — from which latter it runs in a rapid and 
winding course to the river." * * * 



57 



Sharp D. Lewis of Wilkes-Iiarre, writing of these falls in 1S30, 
said (see Chapman's "Wyoming," Appendix, page 186) : 




"In Solomon's Creek, about niidwa}' up 
the mountain and two miles from Wilkes- 
barre, in what is called Solomon's Gap, is a 
l)eautiful cascade, which has lon,<; been visited 
as a great natural curiosity. Its wild and 
romantic aspect, and the delightful natural 
scenery around it, have, within a few years, 
been considerably injured by the erection of 
a very superior merchant mill immediately 
below the falls, by Gen. William Ro.ss of 
Wilkesbarre, who is the projirietor of this 
valuable water-power." 

A visitor of to-day to the locality 
jttst described would find it difficult 
to discover manv remains or traces 



'delight- 



flowing 



Upper Falls. 



of the "picturesque" and 
ful" conditions mentioned as exist- 
ing there seventy and more years 
ago ; and which, in fact — as the 
present writer remembers — con- 
tinued in evidence, to a degree, up 
to about thirty or thirty-five }'ears 
ago. 
Mill Creek — rising in Jenkins Township, Lnzerne County, and 
from two sources in two branches (one of which is locally 
known as Gardner's Creek) into Plains Township, where, near the 
village of Hudson, the branches unite. Flowing in a zig-zag cotirse 
throtigh the latter township Mill Creek is joined by Laurel Run near the 
northern boundary of 
Wilkes-Barre, from 
which point the 
creek runs about 
three-quarters of a 
mile east to the river. 
Laurel Run rises in 
Bear Creek Town- 
ship and flows into 
Wilkes-Barre Town- 
ship, whence, run- 
ning a north-easterly 
cotirse between Wyo- 
ming Mountain and 
Wilkes-Barre ]\Ioun- 
tain, it enters Plains 
Township, then runs 
rapidly down into 
the valley through 
Laurel Run Gap pre- 
viously mentioned. Both Mill Creek and Laurel Run were streams of 
considerable size and importance up to about thirty years ago. IMill 
Creek was originally known as "Beaver Brook," but on the plot of the 
Manor of Stoke reproduced in Chapter VII it is noted as Mill Creek. 




Mill Creek near its Mouth, 

October, 1903. 



58 




A GiMMPSE OF IvAUREL RUN, 
August, 190:i. 



On drafts of surveys* made by Charles Stewart for the Proprietaries 

of Pennsylvania in 1771, in the region through which this creek runs, 

it is designated "Beaver Brook — now Mill Creek." On William Scull's 

maps of Pennsylvania published in 1770 and 1775 it is noted as Mill 

Creek. This name it has borne to 
the present time without change. 
The fact that this stream — 
as well as the pond mentioned 
on page 54 — once bore the name 
"Beaver," would indicate that at 
the time the name was applied it 
was known that beavers lived and 
worked in and about those partic- 
ular bodies of water. The remark- 
able animals known by this name 
are now said to be very rare, even 
in remote parts of the United States 
and Canada ; and, until the year 
1901, none had been seen in Penn- 
sylvania — except in captivity — for 
many years. But in the year men- 
tioned it was discovered that several 
beavers had settled themselves in a 
swamp near Stroudsburg, in Mon- 
roe County — which, by the way, is 

almost on the south-eastern border of the old-time Wyoming region. 

In consequence of this new "settlement" the Pennsylvania Legislature 

at its last session passed a law for the protection of beavers, f 
In addition to the streams just 

described there were in Wyoming 

Valley, in early days, several other 

brooks and creeks tributary to the 

Susquehanna. Of some of these the 

beds still remain, and along them 

rivulets run for a few days during 

seasons of rains and fre.shets ; but of 

the other streams and their chan- 
nels every trace has disappeared. 

Among the latter was a little brook 

that had its source in .several springs 

lying near the intersection of tlic 

present "Washington and Jackson 

streets, Wilkes- P>arre. Flowing 

.south to a point a little way above 

the present West Market Street, 

between North Baltimore Street and 

the tracks of the Lehigh Valley 

Railroad, this brook was joined by Anothkr \-ih\v of Laurel Run. 

* See early copies in possession of the Wyoming Historical and Geological Society. 

tit is a well-authenticated fact that in early times the Iroquois Nation once made war against the 
Illinois Indians, and nearly destroyed that trihe. because they had \-iolated one of the game-laws of the 
hunting nations in not leaving a certain number of male and female beavers in each pond or stream 
where thev had their habitat. 




another little stream flowing- down from near the corner of the present 
Scott and Bowman streets. At abont Market Street the brook flowed into 
a "bog-pond" or marsh lying along the foot of the heights to the sonth- 
east of Pnblic Sqnare. Thence the brook meandered in a sonth- 
westerly conrse down to a point a little below the corner of the present 
Wood Street and Sonth Main Street ; then tnrned to the north and 
flowed to abont the corner of the present Terrace and West River streets, 

' whence, changing its conrse slightly, it ran a short distance across the 
flats and emptied into the river at its elbow, where the swirling waters 
long bore the name of Fish's Eddy.* The conrse (across the flats) of 
this old-time, nameless brook is fairly well shown on the plot of the 
Manor of Stoke reprodnced in Chapter VII, and also on a "Map of the 
Wyoming and Lackawanna Valleys" facing page 328 of The American 

Journal of Science and Arts for Jnly, 1830 '(No. 2 of Vol. XVIII). 

Henry B. Plnmb, referring to this brook, says in his "History of 

Hanover Township" (page 39) : 

"It is entirely unknown to the present generation, the sources of it having been 
cut oflF by the digging of the canal in 1833, and its bed having been filled in nearly all 
the way from the canal to the river ; but, at and near the river, there is quite a depression 
where the creek once ran and fell into the larger stream. This creek carried off the water 
— the surface drainage — from the region now known as 'Moseytown,' and from all the 
back part of ancient Wilkes-Barre Borough. This creek, or 'small stream,' emptied into 
the river at the place where the ice-pondf now [1885] is, but its channel then was as 
deep as the river bed, and passed along the upper side and partly through the present 
ice-pond, and emptied into the river six or eight rods above the foot of Ross Street. 
This is about midway between Market Street and the island [Fish's]." 

It is impossible now to state with any certainty when the name 
Wyoming — considered in any one of the various forms in which it has 
appeared in the past — was first applied to the region jnst described. 
According to Heckewelder (mentioned on page 42) the word W'yoming 
is a corruption of MaugJi-ican-wa-uie^ the name given to the valley by the 
Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians ; which name being compounded of 
the words mangh-waii^ meaning "large, or extensive," and zva-ine^ 
signifying "plains, or meadows," may be translated "The Large Plains." 
Chapman, Stone, Miner, Pearce and other authorities have adopted this 
explanation of the origin and meaning of the name.| 

Heckewelder says, further, that the Dela wares pronounced the first 
syllable of Alangh-wau-zva-me short, and the early Moravian- mission- 
aries, catching the sound as nearly as they could, "wrote the name 
Af chzveii-zi'a-jniy This form of the name, however, does not occur 
anvwhere in the records of the manv formal and informal transactions 
that took place between the different Governors of Pennsylvania and the 
Indians in early times. The first allusion to Wyoming in those records 
— so far as can now be ascertained — is contained in the minutes of a 
conference held by Governor Gordon with Indians from the Susque- 
hanna "at the great meeting-house in Philadelphia" in June, 1728, on 
which occasion Sassoonan, or Allummapees, King of the Delawares, 
stated that the Monseys, or Minsis, lived "in the Forks of Susquehanna 
above Meehayomy [W^•oming]." In September, 1732, at a conference 

* See Miner's "Wyoming," page 343. 

t 'I'hi.s ice-pond was situated on a small plot of ground in the territory now bounded by West Koss, 
West River, Terrace and Sheldon streets. 

I See I-saac A. Chapman's ".^ Sketch of the History of Wyoming," page 10 ; W. I^. Stone's "Poetn.- and 
History of Wyoming," page 80; Charles Miner's "HLstory of Wyoming,'' page xv ; Stewart Pearce's 
"Annals of Luzerne County," page 15S), and Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey. No. 197, 
page 278. 



GO 

in Philadelphia between the Governor and some Indians from Onondaga, 
New York, the chief speaker in behalf of the latter requested that they 
be helped on their "■journey homewards with horses, from Tulpehocken 
[in Berks Count)-] to Meehayoiny.'''"^ In this same year Governor 
Gordon received information from four Shawanese chiefs relative to 
the removal in 1728 of certain Shawanese from Pechoquealin on the 
Delaware River to ^'' McJieahozvming (Wyoming-), by order of the Six 
Nations."! These recorded forms, '•'Meehayomy'^^ and ''''Meheahozvniing'^\ 
resulted, without doubt, from the writers' attempts to spell the name 
AlaiigJi-waii-wa-me^ or A-f diweu-wa-mi^ according to their conception 
of its pronunciation. 

In later years other corruptions and pronunciations succeeded 
those mentioned, and we find, in official and other authentic records, 
"Weyomin," in the year 1742 ; "Woyumoth" and "Woyumok" used 
at an Indian Council at Philadelphia in April, 1743 ; "Wyomic" 
and "Wajomick" used at this same period by Moravian missionaries ; 
"Wioming" on Lotter's map of 1748 and Evans' map of 1749, reproduced 
in Chapter IV; "Wioming" on Kitchin's map of 1756 (reproduced in 
Chapter V), on Scull's map of Pennsylvania published in 1759, and 
even on a map of the United States published in London, England, as 
late as December, 1783. In numerous official communications that 
passed betw^een Governor Hamilton of Pennsylvania and Conrad Weiser 
(Indian Agent and Interpreter for the Province) during the 3'ears 1753- 
''hh "Wyomink" was the form generally used by both men ; although 
Weiser sometimes used the form "Wyomock." "Wyoming" is the 
form used on Scull's maps of Pennsylvania published in 1770 and 1775, 
by which time — or, in fact, a few years earlier — the spelling and pro- 
nunciation of the name had become pretty generally well settled, and 
have remained so to the present time. 

But, for a period of thirty or more years, Wyoming was known to 
many Indians (particularly the Iroquois) and some white men by 
another name also — ^'' Skehaiitozvana''^ or '■'•Skahendozvana.'''' In April, 
1737, Conrad Weiser referred to a visit that he had made to ^'■Skehan- 
dozvana''' a short time previously when returning from a journey to Onon- 
daga. In 1 742 Count Nicolaus Ludwig Zinzendorf (of wdiom much is 
related in succeeding chapters) wrote in his "Narrative" a brief account 
of his visit to '•'•Skehandozvana.''''X In March, 1755, Conrad Weiser wrote 
Governor Morris relative to the contemplated settlement of New England 
men at '•'■ Scaha)ttozuana?'' % In July, 1755, deputies of the Six Nations 
in conference with Sir William Johnson said : "The land which reaches 
down from Oswego to Schahandozvaiia^ we beg may not be settled by 
Christians." Conrad Weiser reported to Governor Morris in December, 
1755, relative to certain Delaware Indians living at Nescopeck, "half 
way from Shainokin to ScJiaudozvana or Wyomick" ;|| and in the same 
month the Rev. Gideon Hawley, at Aughquagey [Oquaga, or Ocquaga], 
New York, wrote to vSir W'illiam Johnson concerning a certain English- 
man who, shortly before, had gone to ^'■Sca/iandozvaua^ alias Wioming. "T[ 

♦See \V. C. Reichel's "Memorials of tlie Moravian Cliiirch," I: 119. 

tSee Pearce's "Annals." page 24. 

JSee Reichel's ".Memorials of the Moravian Church," I : (iO. 

g See "Tennsylvania Archives," Hirst Series, II : "Jo!'. 

P See Reichel's "Memorials," 1 : 69, 70. 

1[See "Documentary History of the Colony of New York," VII : 47. 



61 

Colonel Stone says in his "Poetry and History of W>-oniing" (note, 
page 81) : "I have two mannscript letters of Sir William Johnson dated 
March 2o and 25, 1763, in both of which he writes \Skaliaiidowana, or 
Wyoming;'." Referring to this name, Chapman says : "The lower flats 
of the valley — both Wilkesbarre and Plymouth — probably contained 
no trees of any consequence. The name SgaJiontoivano ('the large flats') 
given to the valley by the Six Nations, would indicate this ; gaJwnio 
meaning in their language 'a large piece of ground without trees.' "* 
Relative to this seldom-used and less-familiar name of Wyoming, 
the Rev. Dr. Beauchamp, previously mentioned, has recently given the 
writer this information : 

'^Skehantoraana is Iroquois, variously spelled. Zeisberger (in his Onondaga Lexi- 
con) gives Gahunta as 'a fy^Xd^ —Gahuntorvan iia as 'flat country.' Although a notable 
authority, I rarely depend on him. In Onondaga, Kahentah is now 'a field' ; in Mohawk, 
Kaheaiita; in Cayuga, Kalieantae. These differences disappear in combination, and 
secretaries and interpreters did not always hear or spell alike. Of course there are some- 
times several words to express the same thing. Thus Kzvana, lo and Goiuah all mean 
'great' ; so that Skehaiiiowana and Skehandoiva are essentially the same. The con- 
tracted prefix 's' is locative, and does not materially affect the meaning ; it is added or 
dropped at pleasure. In combinations of nouns and adjectives there is often a contrac- 
tion, and sometimes the original word is contracted. Thus the Senecas call Elmira 
[New York] by contraction Skujedoa, 'Great Plain', from the longer form once applied 
to Wyoming, and meaning the same. Among the Iroquois 'd' and 't,' also 'g' and 'k,' 
are interchangeable. 

"The definition of this word as now used in Onondaga would be 'great plain, or 
field,' from Skahenta, or Kahentah, 'field,' and either Gowah, or Gzuaiiiie, 'great.' All 
the other variations depended on the ears and hands of early writers ; and from my own 
experience in taking down Indian words these variations are not surprising. Chapman's 
explanation is good, but Gahonto is simply 'a field,' not a large field." 

Reference is made in the preceding chapter to some of the many 
histories of Wyoming that have been published. In all of them are to 
be found passages, more or less interesting, describing some of the 
natural beauties of the valley. But, in addition to the publications 
mentioned, others issued from the press within the past century and 
a-quarter have contained many contributions of prose and verse to the 
collection of descriptive and legendary literature relating to Wyoming ; 
and it is a fact, without much doubt, that up to about fifty years ago 
poetry and legend had done more than anything else to immortalize the 
name and the beauty of this valley — for strangers and pilgrims came to 
it, visited its historic spots, wandered through its woods, floated on the 
bosom of its river and climbed its mountains quoting Campbell, Halleck 
and other writers not historians. 

In the circumstances, therefore, it seems appropriate and desirable 

to gather into this chapter at this point, and make readily accessible, 

some extracts from a few of the most interesting poems and descriptive 

passages referred to ; especially in view of the fact that within recent 

years great changes have taken place in the physical as well as the 

artificial features of the valley. Villages, towns and cities now crowd 

upon each other throughout the whole length of the valley, where, less 

than one hundred years ago, there were only a few hamlets sparsely 

inhabited. But, although the Genius of Civilization has despoiled 

Wyoming of many of its natural beauties and charms, still 

"From the fair glory of her girdling hills. 
To Flora's inmost fane, on fair Wyoming 
Lingers a grace of outline fine, which fills 
Brimful the sense of beauty I" 

* See page 42, quotation from Heckewelder. 



62 

Charles INIiner, who had come to Wyoming in the year 1800, and 
who lived here for the greater part of his life thereafter, wrote of the 
valley in 1845 (see his "History of Wyoming," pages xiii and xiv) : 

"The valle}', itself, is diversified b}- hill and dale, upland and intervale. Its 
character of extreme richness is derived from the extensive flats, or river bottoms, which 
in some places extend from one to two miles back from the stream, unrivalled in expansive 
beauty ; unsurpassed in hixuriant fertility. Though now generally cleared and culti- 
vated, to protect the soil from floods a fringe of trees is left along each bank of the river 
— the sycamore, the elm and, more especialh^ the black-walnut ; while here and there, 
scattered through the fields, a huge shellbark yields its Summer shade to the weary 
laborer, and its Autumn fruit to the black and graj^ squirrel or the rival plough-boy. 

"Pure streams of water come leaping from the mountains, imparting health and 
pleasure in their course, and all of them abounding with the delicious trout. Along 
those brooks and in the swales, scattered through the uplands, grow the wild-plum and 
the butternut, Avhile, wherever the hand of the white man has spared it, the native grape 
may be gathered in unlimited profusion. I have seen a grape-vine bending beneath its 
purple clusters, one branch climbing a butternut tree, loaded with fruit, another branch 
resting on a wild-plum tree, red with its delicious burden ; the while growing in their 
shade the hazlenut was ripening its rounded kernel. 

"Such were common scenes when the white people first came to Wyoming, which 
seems to have been formed by Nature a perfect Indian paradise. Game of everv sort was 
abundant. The quail whistled in the meadow ; the pheasant rustled in its leafy covert ; 
the wild-duck reared her brood and bent the reed in every inlet ; the red-deer fed upon 
the hills, while in the deep forests, within a few hours' walk, was found the stately elk. 
( Several persons now living delight to relate their hunting prowess in bringing down 
this noblest of our forest inhabitants. ) The river yielded at all seasons a supply of fish — 
the yellow-perch, the pike, the cat-fish, the bass, the roach and, in the Spring season, 
myriads of shad." 

The Rev. Edmund D. Grifhn, a grandson of Col. Zebulon Butler, 

and at the time of his death in 1830 a member of the faculty of 

Columbia College, New York, wrote as follows in 1817 (when he was 

only a youth) after a visit to Wyoming : 

' 'When we had ascended the second mountain we went a short distance from the 
road upon a ledge of rocks* — and what was it first struck my sight ? Was it a darkly 
frowning wilderness beneath me ? Did a rushing, foaming cataract pour its streams 
along ? No ! a scene more lovel)- than imagination ever painted presented itself to my 
sight — so beautiful, so exquisitely beautiful, that even the magic verse of Campbell did 
not do it justice. The valley extends far and wide, beautified with cultivated fields, and 
interspersed with beautiful groves. The Susquehanna meanders through it, now disap- 
pearing and losing itself among the trees, now again appearing to sight, till it is at last 
entirely hidden among the mountains. * * * 

"Farewell, Wyoming! perhaps farewell forever, thou that art beautiful enough 
to be called the elysium of the ancients, or the promised paradise of JMahomet. Thy 
groves might be the recesses of departed sages ; thy forests, those of the forgotten Druid's 
of antiquity ; thy cultivated fields, the product of the amusement of those who during 
life loved rural scenes and employment ; thy open areas, the places where the shades of 
youth exercised themselves in warlike sports ; thy Susquehanna, the bathing-place of 
nymphs and naiads, and thj' houses, the dwellings of those who had formerly been dis- 
creet housewives." 

Prof. Benjamin Silliman of Yale College, who spent a number of 

days in Wvoming in the vSpring of 1830, wrote as follows under date of 

May 24, 1830 : 

"It [the valley] is bounded by grand mountain barriers, and watered b}^ a noble 
river and its tributaries. The first glance of a stranger entering at either end, or crossing 
the mountain ridges which divide it ( like the happy valley of Abyssinia) from the rest of 
the world, fills him with the peculiar pleasure produced by a fine landscape, combining 
richness, beauty, variety and grandeur. From Prospect Rock near the rocky summit of 
the eastern barrier, and from Ross Hill on the west, the valley of Wyoming is seen in 
one view as a charming whole, and its lofty and well-defined boundaries exclude more 
distant objects from mingling in the prospect. 

"Few landscapes tliat I liave seen can vie with the valley of Wyoming. Excepting 
some rocky precipices and cliffs, the mountains are wooded from the summit to their 
base ; natural sections furnish avenues for roads, and the rapid Susquehanna rolls its 
powerful current through a mountain gap on the north-west and immediately receives the 
Lackawanna, which flows flown the narrower valley of the same name. A similar pass 

* Prospect Rock, described on page 49. 



()3 

between the mountains, on the south, gives the Susquehanna an exit, and at both places 
a slight obliquity in the position of the observer presents to the eye a seeming lake in the 
windings of the river, and a barrier of mountains, apparently impassable. 

"From the foot of the steep mountain ridges, particularly on the east side, the 
valley slojies away with broad, sweeping undulations in the surface, forming numerous 
swelling hills of arable and grazing laiul ; and, as we recede from the hills, the fine flats 
and meadows covered (as I saw them in May, 1830) with the richest grass and wheat, 
complete the picture by features of the gentlest and most luxuriant beauty. 

"An active and iiitelligent population fills the country. Their buildings and farms 
bear witness to their industry and skill. Several villages or clusters of houses give 
variety to the scene, and Wilkcsbarre, a regular and well-built borough having 1,000 or 
1,200 inhabitants, with churches, ministers, academy, alile teachers and schools, and 
with many enlightened, moral and cultivated people, furnishes an agreeable resting-place 
to the traveler. In a word, splendid and beautiful in the scenery of its mountains, rivers, 
fields and meadows ; rich in the most productive agriculture ; possessed by the still sur- 
viving veterans and by the descendants of a high-minded race of men ; full of the most 
interesting historical associations, and of scenes of warfare, where the precious blood of 
fathers, husbands and sons so often moistened their own fields, the valley of Wyoming 
will always remain one of the most attractive regions to every intelligent and patriotic 
American. 

"Mining districts are rarely rich in soil — the sterility of the surface being compen- 
sated by the mineral treasures below. Seldom are both advantages combined ; we see it 
occasionally in some of the coal districts of Britain. In this respect the valley of Wyo- 
ming is particularly happy. It is rich in soil and in the best agricultural productions. 
Its extensive meadows are unrivaled in fertility and beauty, and its undidating surface, 
between the meadows and the mountains, is a fine region for grass and wheat." 

Ill line with the idea set forth in the last paragraph is the follow- 
ing, extracted from a "Report on the Coal Trade" made by a committee 
of the Pennsylvania Senate March 4, 1834 (see Hazard's Pennsylvania 
Register, XIII : 200) : 

* * * "The beautiful and fertile valley of Wyoming, one of the most productive 
and excellent agricultural districts in Pennsylvania. Alike rich in its agricultural pro- 
ductions as abundant in its mineral treasures, the same acre of land may furnish employ- 
ment for both the agriculturalist and the miner. While the farmer is occupied upon 
the surface, at the handles of the plough, in preparing the rich soil for its seed ; or the 
field, waving with rich luxuriance, bends before the sickle, the miner, like the antipodes 
of another region, may be actively engaged in the interior, beneath his feet, in mining 
and bringing forth the long-hidden treasures of the earth. The different branches of 
industry, therefore, may here not only be placed side b}- side, but literally one on top of 
the other." 

The Rev. Nicholas Murray, D. D., was pastor of the Presbyterian 

Church at Wilkes-Barre from 1S29 to 1833, and about that period he 

wrote in the following terms relative to Wyoming Valley : 

"As the traveler reaches the brow of the eastern mountain a scene of surpassing 
loveliness spreads itself beneath him, and he feels that if peace has not utterly forsaken 
our world, its residence must be there. The valley seems as if expressly made for the 
home of the Indian ; and for moons beyond the power of his arithmetic to calculate, the 
red man fished in that river and planted his corn in that rich bottom and sought his game 
upon the mountains. And before he could be compelled to yield it, he made the white 
man feel the power of his anger in many a dreadful surprise. 

"It has been my lotto wander upon foreign shores. I have gazed upon Italian 
skies and scenes ; I have wandered over the mountains and vales of Switzerland ; I have 
traversed the Rhine, the Rhone, the Clyde ; I have gazed upon most of the beautiful 
scenery of Britain, and yet I turn to Wyoming as unsurpassed in quiet beatity by any 
vale that I have ever seen. 

" 'A valley from the river shore withdrawn ; 

:^ ^ ^ :{: ;1< 

So sweet a spot on earth, you might, I ween. 

Have guessed some congregation of the elves, 

To sport by Summer moon, had shaped it for themselves.' " 

William L. Stone — mentioned on page 19 — wrote as follows of 
Wyoming after his visit here in 1839 (see his "Poetry and History of 
Wyoming," pages iii, 77 and 307) : 

"The 'Happy Valley' to which the illustrious author of 'Rasselas' introduces his 
reader in the opening of that charming fiction, was not much more secluded from the 
world than is the valley of Wyoming. Situated in the interior of the country, remote 



64 

from the great thoroughfares of travel, either for business or in the idle chase of pleasure, 
and walled on every hand by mountains lofty and wild, and over which long and rugged 
roads must be traveled to reach it, Wyoming is rarely visited, except from stern necessity. 
And yet the imagination of Johnson has not pictured so lovely a spot in the vale of 
Amhara as Wyoming. 

''The iirst glance into the far-famed valley of W3^oming, traveling westwardly, is 
from the brow of the Pokono mountain range, below which it lies at the depth of 1,000 
feet, distinctly defined b}' the double barrier of nearly parallel mountains, between which 
it is embosomed. There is a beetling precipice upon the verge of the eastern barrier, 
called 'Prospect Rock,' from the top of which nearly the entire valley can be survej'ed at 
a single view, forming one of the richest and most beautiful landscapes upon which the eye 
of man ever rested. Through the center of the valley flows the Susquehanna, the wind- 
ing course of which can be traced the whole distance. Several green islands slumber 
sweetly in its embrace, while the sight revels amidst the garniture of fields and wood- 
lands ; and to complete the picture, low in the distance may be dimly seen the borough 
of ^^'ilkesbarre — especially the spires of its churches. 

"The hotel at which the traveler rests in Wilkesbarre is upon the margin of the 
river, the waters of which are remarkably transparent and pure excepting in the seasons 
of the spring and autumnal floods. * * From the observatory of the hotel a full view 
of the whole valley is obtained — or rather, in a clear atmosphere, the steep, wild moun- 
tains by which the valley is completely shut in, rise on every hand with a distinctness 
which accurately defines its dimensions ; while the valley itself,* especially on the 
western, or opposite, side of the river presents a view of several small towns, or scattered 
villages, planted along, but back from, the river at the distance of a few miles apart — ■ 
the whole intervening and contiguous territory being divided into farms and gardens, 
with fruit and ornamental trees. Comfortable farm-houses ai'e thickly studded over the 
valley, among which are not a few more ambitious dwellings, denoting by their air, and 
the disposition of the grounds, both wealth and taste. Midwaj- through the valley winds 
the river, its banks adorned with graceful and luxuriant foliage, and disclosing at every 
turn some bright spot of beauty. On the eastern side, in the rear of the borough, and 
for a few miles north, the dead level of the valley is rendered still more picturesque by 
being broken into swelling elevations and lesser valleys, adorned in spots with groves 
and clumps of trees, with the ivj' and other creeping parasites, as upon the river brink, 
clinging to their branches and adding beauty to the graceful foliage. * * * [The 
mountains] are in general yet as wild as when discovered, and are clothed with pines, 
dwarf oaks and laurels, interspersed with other descriptions of woods, deciduous and 
evergreen. * * * 

"Wyoming is indeed a lovely spot, which, had Milton seen it before the composi- 
tion of his immortal epic, might well have suggested some portions of his gorgeous 
descriptions of Paradise. The lofty and verdant mountains, which shut the valley from 
the rest of the world, correspond well with the great poet's 

'* * * * enclosure green. 

Of a steep wilderness ; whose hairy sides 

With thicket overgrown, grotesque and wild, 

Access denied ; while overhead up grew 

Insuperable height of loftiest shade, 

Cedar and pine and fir and branching palm, 

A sylvan scene ; and as the ranks ascend, 

Shade above shade, a woody theatre 

Of stateliest view.' 
"Wyoming is larger, by far, than the Thessalian vale which the poets of old so 
often .sang, though not less beautiful. If its mountain-barriers are not honored by the 
classic names of Ossa and Olympus, they are much more lofty. Instead of the Peneus, a 
mightier river rolls its volume through its verdant meadows ; and if the gods of the 
Greek Mythology were wont to honor Tempe with their presence in times of old, they 
would prove their good taste and their love of the romantic and beautiful in these 
modern days, by taking an occasional stroll among the cool shades and flowery paths of 
Wyoming. ' ' 

Thoma.s Campbell, the vScotti.sh poet, was the first writer of renown 
to embalm Wyominjr in verse, which he did in his "Gertrude of Wyo- 
ming," given to the public early in 1809. The first two of the ninety- 
two stanzas of this poem are as follows : 



"On vSusquehannah's side, fair Wyoming ! 
Although the wild-flower on thy ruin'd wall, 
And roofless homes, a .sad remembrance bring 
Of what thy gentle people did befall. 



()5 

Yet thou wert once the loveliest land of all 
That see the Atlantic wave their morn restore. 
Sweet land ! may I thy lost delights recall, 
And paint thy (icrtnidc in her bowers of yore, 
. Whose beauty was the love of Pennsylvania's shore ! 

II. 

'•Delightful Wyoming! beneath thy skies 
The liapp}' shei)herd swains had naught to do 
Rut feed their flocks on green declivities. 
Or skim perchance thy lake with light canoe, 
From morn till evening's sweeter pastime grew, 
With timbrel, when beneath the forests brown 
Thy lovely maidens would the dance renew ; 
And aye those sunny mountains half-wa}' down 
Woiild echo flageolet from some romantic town." 

There is no great .scope in the stor)' of this poem, but it contains 
passages of exquisite grace and tenderness, and others of spirit and 
grandeur. The Wyoming of Campbell is, and always will be, a creation 
lovely to the heart and imagination of mankind ; but the poet has given 
to the world a creation that is onlv imao^inar^'. His Wvoming is not 
the Wyoming of prosaic realit}', nor is the tale to which he has married 
it in accordance with the facts of history. As Campbell had never been 
in America, and his knowledge of Wyoming and its history was — 
according to his own statements — derived from Adolphus' history, 
Jefferson's "Notes on Virginia," and other books of a similar character, 
the poem abounds in improbabilities, misdescriptions and anachronisms 
that are very glaring to the reader familiar with the real Wyoming and 
its histor}'. 

"And yet, O W^'oming ! Campbell 
Hath linked thy name with fancy's dreams, 

And thrown a magic charm around 
Thy purple hills and winding streams, 

.\nd made thy valley classic ground." 

In 1854 it was proposed by admirers of Campbell to erect a 
memorial statue to the deceased poet in "Poets' Corner," Westminster 
Abbey, London. The fee required to be paid to the authorities of the 
Abbey for this privilege amounted to £200, and it was deemed proper to 
appeal to the people of the United States to contribute this sum. Rela- 
tive to this matter The Evening Post of New York printed the following 
in September, 1854 : 

"A marble obelisk, inscribed with the poet's name, on some spur of the woodland 
mountain range which overlooks the vale of Wyoming (the scene of his poem), conspic- 
uous from the banks of the river at a distance either way, would be a far more signal 
testimony of the esteem in which his writings are held than an effigy in the 'Poets' 
Corner' of the great monumental church of England." 

The following brief paragraph by Charles Miner on this subject was 
printed in the Record of the Tinies^ Wilkes-Barre, September 27, 1854 : 

"Until the monument erected by the ladies of Wyoming, in memory of the heroes 
who fell in the massacre, is completed and rendered an ornament instead of a dreadful 
eyesore, it would do us no credit to aid in erecting a monument to Campbell. When one 
is finished, let us vinite to honor the author of 'Gertrude' by placing on Prospect Rock a 
marble obelisk inscribed with the poet's name." 

Alexander Wilson, the celebrated ornithologist, was the next writer 
of note following Campbell to praise in verse the valley of Wyoming 
and its noble river. In the i\utumn of 180o he traveled on foot from 
Philadelphia to Niagara Falls, and later he wrote a poem entitled "The 



GG 

Foresters," which was descriptive of his journey, and was first published 

in July, 1809, in The Portfolio (previously mentioned). The author 

refers therein to his first impressions of our historic vale, in the follow- 

iuQ- lines : 

"And now Wiomi opens on our view, 
And, far beyond, the Allegheny bine 
Immensely stretch'd ; upon the plain below 
The painted roofs with gaud}' colors glow, 
And Susquehanna's glittering stream is seen 
Winding in stately pomp through valleys green. 

Hail, charming river ! pure, transparent flood ! 
Unstain'd b}' noxious swamps or choking mud. 
Thundering through broken rocks in whirling foam, 
Or pleased o'er beds of glittering sand to roam. 
Green be th}^ banks, sweet forest-wandering stream. 
Still may thy waves with finn}' treasures teem ; 
The silver}- shad and salmon crowd thy shores ; 
Thy tall woods echoing to the sounding oars. 
On thy swol'n bosom floating piles appear, 
Fill'd with the harvests of our rich frontier ; 
Thy pine-crown'd cliffs, thy deep, romantic vales, 
Where wolves now wander and the panther wails. 
In future times (nor distant far the day) 
Shall glow with crowded towns and villas gay. 
Unnumber'd keels thy deepen'd course divide, 
And airy arches pompously bestride ; 
The domes of Science and Religion rise. 
And millions swarm where now a forest lies. 

^ ^: :|; ;;< :|; :J: 

By Susquehanna's shores we journey on. 
Hemmed in by mountains over mountains thrown, 
Whose vast declivities rich scenes display 
Of green pines mix'd with yellow foliage gay. 
Each gradual winding opening to the sight 
New towering heaps of more majestic height. 
Grey with projecting rocks, along whose steeps 
The sailing eagle* many a circle sweeps." 

In 1826 or '27 Fitz Greene Halleck,t a poet of much geniality and 
tender feeling, visited Wyoming, "led by his admiration of the poetry 
of Campbell, the author of 'Gertrude.' " In memory of this visit 
Halleck wrote his very spirited and entertaining poem "Wyoming," 
which he handed to his friend and fellow-poet William Cullen Br3^ant, 
by whom it was first published in 1827 in TJie United States Review 
(New York), at that time conducted by Mr. Bryant. Since then this 
poem has appeared in all editions of the collected writings of Halleck, 
and is as follows : 

I. 

"Thou com'.st, in beauty, on my gaze at last, 
'On Susquehanna's side, fair Wyoming !' 
Image of many a dream, in hours long past. 
When life was in its bud and blossoming, 
And waters, gushing from the fountain-spring 
Of pure enthusiast thought, dimmed my young eyes, 
As by the poet borne, on unseen wing, 
I breathed, in fancy, 'neath thy cloudless skies, 
The Summer's air, and heard her echoed harmonies. 

II. 

"I then but dreamed ; thou art before me now 
In life, a vision of the brain no more. 
I've stood upon the wooded mountain's brow. 
That beetles high thy lovely valley o'er ; 

* "The white-headed, or bald, eagle. — A. li'ilsoii." 

t Born in Guilford, Connecticut, July S. 171K1 : died there November lii, lS(i7. 



I 



67 

And now, where winds thy river's greenest shore, 
Within a bower of sycamores am laid ; 
And winds, as soft and sweet as ever bore 
The fragrance of wild flowers through sun and shade, 
Are singing in the trees, whose low boughs press my head. 

III. 

"Nature hath made thee lovlier than the power 
Even of Campbell's pen hath pictured ; he 
Had woven, had he gazed one sunny hour 
Upon thy smiling vale, its scenery 
With more of truth, and made each rock and tree 
Known like old friends, and greeted from afar. 
And there are tales of sad reality. 
In the dark legends of thy border war, 
With woes of deeper tint than his own Gertrude'' s are. 

IV. 

"But where ai-e they, the beings of the mind, 
The bard's creations, moulded not of clay, 
Hearts to strange bliss and suffering assigned — 
Young Gertrude, Albert, Waldegrave — where are they ? 
We need not ask. The people of to-day 
Appear good, honest, quiet men enough, 
And hospitable too — for ready pay ; 
With manners like their roads, a little rough. 
And hands whose grasp is warm and welcoming, though tough. 

V. 

"Judge HALI.ENB.A.CH,* who keeps the toll-bridge gate 
And the towm records, is the Albert now 
Of Wyoming ; like him, in Church and State, 
Her Doric column. And upon his brow 
The thin hairs, white with seventj- winters' snow. 
Look patriarchal. Waldegrave 'twere in vain 
To point out here, unless in yon -scare-crow 
That stands full-uniform'd upon the plain. 
To frighten crows and black-birds from the grain. 

VI 

"For he would look particularly droll 
In his 'Iberian boot' and 'Spanish plume,' 
And be the wonder of each Christian soul 
As of the birds that scare-crow and its broom. 
But Gertrude, in her loveliness and bloom. 
Hath many a model here ; for woman's eye. 
In court or cottage, wheresoe'er her home, 
Hath a heart-spell too holy and too high 
To be o'erpraised even by her worshipper — Poesy. 

VII. 

"There's one in the next field — of sweet sixteen — 
Singing and summoning thoughts of beauty born 
In heaven — with her jacket of light green, 
'Love-darting e)^es, and tresses like the morn,' 
Without a shoe or stocking— hoeing corn. 
Whether, like Gertrude, she oft wanders there, 
With Shakespeare's volume in her bosom borne, 
I think is doubtful. Of the poet-player 
The maiden knows no more than of Cobbett or Voltaire. 

VIII. 

"There is a woman, widowed, gray and old, 
W^ho tells you where the foot of Battle stopped 
Upon their day of massacre. She told 

♦Reference is here made to Judge M,a.tthias Hollenback of Wilkes-Barr^. He was never, how- 
ever, either toll-collector at the Wilkes-Barre bridge or keeper of the town records. He was the first 
President of the bridge companj-, and held this office in 1826 and '27. At that time Judge Jesse Fell was 
Town Clerk of Wilkes-Barre town and towuship. 



68 

Its tale, and pointed to the spot, and wept, 
Whereon her father and five brothers slept, 
Shroudless, the bright-dreamed slumbers of the brave, 
When all the land a funeral mourning kept. 
And there, wild laurels planted on the grave 
By Nature's hand, in air their pale-red blossoms wave. 

IX. 

"And on the margin of j-on orchard hill 
Are marks where time-worn battlements h^ve been. 
And in the tall grass traces linger still 
Of 'arrowy frieze and wedged ravelin.' 
Five hundred of her brave that valley green 
Trod on the morn in soldier-spirit gay ; 
But twenty lived to tell the noonday scene— 
And where are now the twenty ? Passed away. 
Has Death no triumph hours, save on the battle-da}^?" 

i 
The following stanzas are from a poem entitled "Wyoming," com- -j 

posed by a now unknown author whose pen-name was "Desmond." i 

The poem was originally published July 24, 1 830, in Hazard's Register 

of Pennsylvania (VI : 61), and in all probability has been read by few 

persons of the present da3\ 

"And is this Wyoming? O Wj-oming ! 
Am I within thy fairy bowers ? Are these | 

The classic shades mine island bard doth sing ' I 

So sweetl}- ? Was it 'neath those dark green trees ' 

That Henry woo'd his Gertrude ? Is this breeze, ' 

That fans my brow with its cool morning wing, ; 

The same that 'mid the sweeping circle bore 
Dark OutalissVs song around yon sunn}' shore ? 'i 

"O vale of bliss ! Though bosomed in the wild, 
Deep in the silent west, thou'rt not unsung. 

How oft o'er yon blue sea, while yet a child, \ 

O'er tales of thee enraptured have I hung. 
And roam'd in fancv these wild shades among- ■ 

And now I smile to see thee, though exiled. | 

Roll up, ye mists of morn ! that I may view I 

If of those dew}- bowers my childhood's dream be true. 

"The same — yet no ! Not even the poet's song, 
Or pencil's skill, can sketch thy waters wide, 
Blue Susquehanna, as thou sweep'st along 
Through those wild woods that wave upon thj- side — 

Here dashing o'er the rocks in crested pride, i 

There stealing silently the shades among ; 

Here hiding thy bright ripples 'midst the trees, 1 

There flashing to the sun and foaming to the breeze. ' 

"Genius of Europe ! Look'st thou on the Rhine i 

With bold-swept lute and wildly beaming eyes? i 

Do Thames' bright waters in thy numbers shine j 

So oft, so brilliantly? Awake! Arise! 
The western world unveils its mysteries ! 
Come to these fore.sts ! Turn that glance of thine 

On these majestic waters as they gleam ! ( 

\\"hat is thy wildest flood to them ? A brook — a stream ! ' 

"One solitary lute lias sung of thee. 

Fair Susquehanna ! While by bright Garonne \ 

A hundred bards awake their minstrelsy, i 

Praising its beauties at the set of sun. ( 

Yet oh 1 through yonder mists uprolling dun, j 

How grandly wave your forests to the sky, \ 
Fresh as when finst chaotic glooms uncurl'd, 

And show'd to angels' eyes the new-created world. i 



69 

"And silent as that world these woods ! There wakes 
No shout from far ; that early l)anqueter, 
The bee, to his wild flowers amid the brakes, 
Hums j^faily past ; the wild birds also stir, 
But still, in yon fair town, the villajfer 
Is wrapped in sleep ; abroad the wild deer takes 
A quiet glance, for in his native woods 
He hears no hunter's step stir on his solitudes. 

"Dew-diamonds fall around me from the trees. 
And mornint;^ flow'rets peep from forth the maze 
Of the wild woods 'roimd. Ikit what are these? 
I heed them not. With fix'd glance .still I gaze 
On yon bright flood. Alas ! far fiercer blaze 
Than now illumes thy wave m}' fancy sees. 
Fair river ! though thus smilingly you flow, 
As if on thy green banks ne'er woke the wail of woe. 

"Rush o'er my soul the horrors of that night. 
When on thy blood-stained wave pale look'd the moon ! 

* * * * * * 

^ i%' ^ ^ ^ ^' 

:}; * * ^' ^ * 

"Not then, on smiling plains, fair Wyoming, 
Awoke as now the glorious eye of morn ; 
But pale forms on thy steep banks weltering — 
Thy homes in ruin — thy green forests torn — 
And here and there some bleeding swimmer borne 
Down the deep stream, all madly buffeting 
For life the wave, yet pausing oft to hear 
If still the cry of blood rang on his tortur'd ear. 
^ ^ * ^- >|: . 

" 'Tis past ! x\nd ever past be that fell scene ! 
Ah ! lovely bowers, ye were not made for war ! 
Ne'er may your wave reflect a redder sheen 
Than the mild twinkle of the morning star ; 
Ne'er on this breeze may harsher music jar 
Than hunters' merry shout from forest green, 
The sheep-bell's distant tinkle on the gale. 
Or, whistling wild at eve, the wish-ton-wish's wail. 

"And here, at eve, let sylvan lovers roam, 
Where once disturbed the woods the battle-cry ; 
Borne down the wave let the soft flute-note come, 
In sweet accordance with the lover's sigh ; 
Or, let some exile lone go musing by 
On the far beauties of his island home ; 
Yet turning to find solace in the scene 
For Albion's broomy bourns or Erin's hills of green." 

Ill 1843 Mrs. Lydia Huntley Sigourney,* having visited Wyoming, 
wrote and published the following poem, which was much admired at 
the time and appeared in various publications. 

"To THE Susquehanna," 

On its junction with the Lackawanna. 

"Rush on, glad stream, in thy power and pride, 
To claim the hand of thy promised bride, 
For she hastes from the realm of the darkened mine 
To mingle her murmured vows with thine. 
Ye have met ! Ye have met ! and your shores prolong 
The liquid tone of your nuptial song. 

* A well-known American authoress, born at Norwich. Connecticut, September 1. 1791 ; died at Hart- 
ford, Connecticut, June 10, 18t>5. In 1S22 she published a descriptive poem entitled "Traits of the Aborig- 
ines of America," and in 1824 a ' Sketch of Connecticut Forty Years Since." These were followed by 
manj- other poems and essays, and in 1810, having visited Europe, she wrote "Pleasant Memories of 
Pleasant Lands." 



70 i 

"Methinks 3'e \ved as the white man's son I 

And the child of the Indian king have done. ! 

I saw the bride as she strove in vain j 

To cleanse her brow from the carbon stain ; 

But she brings thee a dowry so rich and true ; 

That th5^ love must not shrink from the tawnev hue. ,! 

i 
"Her birth was rude in a mountain cell, 

And her infant freaks there are none to tell ; 

Yet the path of her beaut)' was wild and free, 

And in dell and forest she hid from thee ; 

But the day of her fond caprice is o'er, 

And she seeks to part from thy breast no more. 

"Pass on, in the J03' of thy blended tide. 
Through the land where the blessed Miquon died ; 

No red man's blood, with its guilty stain, I 

Hath cried unto God from that broad domain. I 

With the seeds of peace they have sown the soil — I 

'Bring a harvest of wealth for their hour of toil. i 

"On, on through the vale where the brave ones sleep, ! 

Where the waving foliage is rich and deep. " 5 

I have stood on the mountain, and roamed through the glen, ; 

To the beautiful homes of the Western men ; ■ 

Yet naught in that region of glory could see ! 

So fair as the vale of Wyoming to me." I 

i 

The following verses are from a poem by J. R. Barstow, of Phila- | 

delphia, which appeared originally in The Model American Courier^ I 

and was reprinted in the Luzerne Democrat (Wilkes-Barre), February I 

21, 1849. ' 

' ' Pennsylvani.^. ' ' 

"A song of home, a song of modern days, j 

A tribute to my glorious native land ! I 

Oh ! would the muse but aid my feeble praise, ' 

And nerve with honest pride my faltering hand ! i 

The Keystone of this might}- arch, which holds I 

A continent within its vast embrace ; ' 

Which to the waiting eye of Hope unfolds ; 

Of Freedom and of Peace the resting place. 
Far in her quiet vallej's many a gem I 

Of rarest beaut}- greets the asking eye, 
As emeralds of Nature's diadem j 

Lie shining green beneath the bending skj'. 
Fairest of these, and fairer far than all, ' 

Brightest of scenes whose beauties never pall, 

Queen of the Keystone, on thy mountain throne { 

Thou reign'st, Wyoming, b}' thj* grace alone ! 

The stranger pausing on the rocky brow ; 

That far above absorbs the lingering glow 
Of the fast setting sun, will feel the power 

That oft, in such a scene and such an hour, ■ 

Can lend imagination all it needs, i 

Filling the heart with Poesy's bright seeds, ; 

.\nd, but for Holy Writ, might locate there 
The garden of the lost, primeval pair. 

As if creating Nature, sunk to rest, j 

Had laid her fairest offspring on her breast. 

Susquehanna, on the earth's green breast 

No brighter river greets the morning ray ; J 
No sweeter river, flowing to its rest. 

Adds its fresh tribute to the ocean's spra}'. \ 

1 see in many a sorrow-fostered dream ] 
The mountain-guarded home of other )-ears. ; 

Thy shelving beach and rock-reflecting stream — 
They stir once more the fountain of my tears." 

:J: :|i :*: :j< 

I 

i 
I 



71 

Thomas Buchanan Read (born 1822; died 1>S72), well known as 
an artist, a sculptor and a poet, but chiefly Remembered as the author 
of "Sheridan's Ride" — that spirited poem, "one of the literary hits 
made during the American Civil War" — published in ]<S55 "The New 
Pastoral," from which the following verses have been extracted : 

"Fair Pennsylvania ! than thy midland vales, 
Lying 'twixt hills of green, and bound afar 
By billowy nionntains rolling in the l)lue, 
No lovelier landscape meets the traveler's eye. 
There Labor sows and reaps his snre reward, 
And Peace and Plenty walk amid the glow 
And perfiune of fnll garners. I have seen 
In lands less free, less fair, bnt far more known. 
The streams which flow through histoi-y and wash 
The legendary shores, and cleave in twain 
Old capitals and towns, dividing oft 
Great empires and estates of petty kings 
And princes, whose domains full many a field. 
Rustling with maize along our native West, 
Out-measures and might put to shame ! And yet 
Nor Rhine, like Bacchus crowned, and reeling through 
His hills — nor Danube, marred with tyranny. 
His dull waves moaning on Hungarian shores. 
Nor rapid Po, his opaque waters pouring 
Athwart the fairest, fruitfulest and worst 
Enslaved of European lands — nor Seine, 
Winding uncertain through inconstant France, 
Are half so fair as thy broad stream whose breast 
Is gemmed with many isles, and whose proud name 
Shall yet become among the names of rivers 
A synonym of beauty — Susquehanna !" 

The following poem was written in October, 1860, by George 
Alfred Townsend, well known to readers of the present day as a 
popular newspaper correspondent and writer of fiction over the pseu- 
donym "Gath." 

"Wyoming," 

From Prospect Rock. 
(During the .State Agricultural Fair.) 

"The dream of my childhood lies under my lashes ; 

Wyoming looks up from her Autumn repose ; 

I catch the sweet breath of the lingering rose, 
And see in the vale where the rivulet flashes. 
These meadows are rich with old altars and ashes ; 

These bright skies are hoh', and hymns haunt these hills ; 

Old tales tinkle up from these myriad rills. 
And ghosts wander forth where the withered bough crashes ; 

Stealthy eyes glare like fiends where the thickets are gloaming, 

And the consecrate mountains are rumbling — 'Wyoming.' 

"I kneel where the savage looked down in the olden 
On glimpses of meadow and wilderness blue, 
And swore that the prow of his birchen canoe 

Should ripple again where the river was golden ; 

That the beautiful vale where his fathers were moulding 
The stranger should never forever profane. 
Though the hatchet should reek with the blood of the slain, 

And the stars close their lids the red carnage beholding. 
The pale face survives, the red children are roaming. 
And the smoke of sweet households curls over W^yoming. 

"I see the lone pine where the 'Shawnee' ascended, 

And mark the gray shaft where the martyrs are cherished ; 
And see the grim ridge where the pioneer perished, 
And gaze at the rock where the death-rite was ended. 
The homes have been blighted which heroes defended, 



72 

But here do the sons of the forefathers dwell, 
And Gertrudes 3-et Avander o'er meadow and dell. 
All romance and song in this Aiden are blended ! 

These scenes like a dream on the pilgrim are gleaming, 
And blessed be the eyes which thus worship Wyoming. 

"In this stillness ambition its murmuring hushes, 

And pietj' needs not in anguish to pray, 

F'or here there is heaven and beauty alwaj-. 
And the clouds, looking down, lose their sadness in flushes. 
The glad Susquehanna sings ever and blushes. 

And ever looks back with a gurgling regret, 

And the tear-sparkling stars most reluctantly set ; 
And the screams of the hawk are as soft as the thrush's ; 

And the mountains, like caskets of azure are gloaming. 

To shut from the world the jewel Wyoming. 

"On the massacre-plain mounds of canvas appear. 

And yeomen are clustering, armed for the battle ; 

With the neigh of the steed comes the lowing of cattle. 
And the plowshare flashes in lieu of the spear. 
The valley Gertrudes know never a fear. 

And the Indian Queen sleeps under the river ; 

The arrow is rusting, and rotting the quiver. 
The scalp of the crow and the blood of the deer 

Alone are sought, in the cornfield roaming. 

For the farmer has nestled in sweet Wyoming." 

The following stanzas by an unknown author Avere printed in the 
Luzerne Federalist (Wilkes-Barre), November 14, 1806. 

"When Nature's God outspread the earth, 
And gave to hills and valle5-s birth, 
What place was made of greatest worth ? 
Wyoming ! 

"When Boreas, roaring from the North, 
With Winter arm'd, comes raging forth. 
Thy mountains shield thee from his wroth, 
W3-oming. 

"When Summer's sun resumes his sway, 
And beams intolerable da}-. 
Then through thy vale cool breezes pla^-, 
Wyoming. 

"Th}^ fields are spread with fairest flowers, 
Thy air is cleared with freshest showers. 
And Ceres plenty on thee pours, 
Wyoming. 

"When the rude savage from afar 
Pour'd on our land the scourge of war. 
On thee was left the deepest fear, 
Wyoming. 

"To tell — it wrings my heart with pain — 
How many heroes press'd the plain. 
How many of thy sons were slain, 
Wyoming. 

"But now, thank God I we hear the sound 
Of peace and industry resound ; 
Thy plains with health and joy are crown'd, 
Wyoming." 

The following "Lines, written on revisiting the Susquehanna," 
were printed in the SusquchaiDia Democrat (Wilkes-Barre), Jul}^ 24, 
1829. 



to 

"Still rolling on, resistless stream, 

llovv clear and calm thy waters rnn ! 
Or how, when vex'd, thy billows gleam 

And sparkle in the burning sun, 
And through romantic scenery roam 
While hastening to thy ocean home ! 

"The oaks that shade thy smiling face, 

The cultured fields that grace thy banks. 
The scaly brood — the finny race — 

That in thy bosom play their pranks, 
Throw bright enchantment 'round the scene. 
And rouse the poet from his dream. 

"And could thy rippling currents speak 

A language audible to man. 
From thy harsh tongue what strains would break, 

Of deeds too deep for eyes to scan ! 
When War stalked forth in open dav. 
And thousands sank beneath his sway. 

"Of Indian pow-wows on thy shore, 

Of battle brands and scalping-knives ; 
Of fairest fields drenched with red gore, 

In that wide waste of human lives 
'Ere Freedom's angel from on high 
Waved her white banner through the sky. 

"Yes, on the fair and pleasant site 

"Where Wilkesbarre's thriving village stands, 

The red chief, in his hour of might. 

Sent forth his stern and harsh commands 

To fish, to fowl and beasts of prey, 

And tribes of men as wild as they. 

"Nations have risen, flourished and then died ; 

Wooden nutmegs have had their day ; 
And works of art, displayed with pride, 

Have passed from splendor to decay. 
Sweet river, thou still flow'st sublime, 
Unmindful of the shifts of Time. 

"Then still roll on, grand stream, and waft 

To busy marts our choicest wealth ; 
And send by the returning craft 

That best material — save health — 
The coin, for which man wastes his strength 
And dies a beggar-wretch at length." 

The following stanzas, originally pnblished in the Mount Cai'-mel 
Register, were reprinted in the Record of the Times (Wilkes-Barre), 



June 21, 1854. 



"There's a rolling stream with a silver}' tide. 
And a moss clad valley deep and wide, 
And velvety banks with flowerets gay, 
And rock crags crowned with pine and bay. 
And laurel boughs, rich mantled o'er, 
Where the red man trod in days of yore. 
I love that stream ! 

"I've seen that stream in the moon's clear light. 
When silver tipped each dizzy height. 
And gauzy mists like fairies played 
On the mountain's brow in the mellow shade ; 
And the twinkling stars, with diamond gleam, 
Gemmed the mirrored breast of that silver stream. 
I loved that stream ! 



74 

"I've seen that stream when the demon roar 
Of the wild tornado swept its shore ; 
When the lightning fell with forked tongue. 
And- thunder-bolts like hail were flung ; 
And the mountain pines from the rocks were reft, 
And the billowy foam b)^ the crags was cleft — 
And I loved that stream. 

"And when dread Winter's hoarj- chain, 
By the breath of Spring was cleft in twain, 
And the angr}' flood with hideous groan 
Mocked the growling ice-rift's thunder tone, 
I've seen that river's giant tide 
Spread desolation far and wide — 

Yet I loved that stream. 

"On its silvery breast, when the night was young, 
With early friends I've floated and sung 
To the mellow tones of the breathing flute, 
And the ringing viol's thrilling note ; 
While the merr}- jest and repartee 
Gave fairy wings to the hours of glee — 

And I loved that stream. 

"Sweet river ! in memory's fading dream 
I see thy bold, majestic stream. 
Thy sparkling ripples and glittering spray. 
Though I, alas ! am far away. 
Thou roliest ever, but I decay, 
And soon from hence shall pass away. 
Then gladly I'd rest, when my toil is o'er, 
'Neath the deep, cool shade on the pebbly shore. 
For I love that stream." 

The following poem, entitled "Wyoming," was written in 1872 by 
Miss Susan E. Dickinson, who, at a later period, was for some years a 
resident of Wyoming Valley and was quite widely known as a- news- 
paper correspondent and a writer of verse. 

"Storm has gone by ; the trailing clouds that linger. 
Add glor}' to the October afternoon — 
Touched by the artist sun with loving finger. 
With gold and rose hues of a dawn of June. 

"On the far hill-range purple mists are lying, 

Struck through with golden light in wavering gleams ; 
On nearer slopes the Autumn woods are dj'ing. 
Robed in rich tints that mock the artist's dreams. 

• 'The rare day woos us forth to gather treasure 
Of unexpressed delight for heart and brain ; 
Each moment brings us some new sense of pleasure, 
Or takes away some touch of former pain. 

"We trace the mountain road, each turn unfolding 
A rarer beauty to the raptured eye ; 
Each glen and stream and deep ravine is holding 
Its own rich store of Autumn's pageantry. 

"Our hearts spring up — the clear brook by us flowing 
Voices our gla(ine.ss with its silver tone. 
We find the keen, clear air new life bestowing, 

More sweet than Summer's breath o'er roses blown. 

"Fain would we linger ; but at last, regaining 
The open vale, new joy each spirit thrills. 
No Alpine ro.seate glow, the ice-peaks staining. 
Outrivals that which crowns these eastern hills. 




04 



O 

u 



Q 
O 
O 

H 

< 
2 



>-i c^ 

t/5 K 

O S 

Pi s 



b 


5 


O 


u 

^ 


Q 


08 


J5 


- 


W 


rj^ 




cs 


Pi 


iSA 


w 


o 


fc 


n 


cu 


X 


U) 


c. 


w 


rt 


K 


c 


t-i 


o 


^_, 


fe 


< 




o 




q! 




tL, 




> 




w 




>-f 




ij 




-< 




> 




o 




^ 




t— 4 




S 




O 




>< 








^ 




K* 




b 




O 




^ 




w 




HH 




> 




< 





// 



3Hi 



75 

"Above the western slopes the sun, retiring, 
Sends ever and anon a siirj^e of ^ohl ; 
Now rising, now retreating, now expiring — 
How shouUl such scenes be fitly sung or told ? 

"O fair vale of Wyoming ! O soft sjilendor 

Of hill and stream and rare, autumnal skies ! 
One heart will thrill with recollections tender 
Of all your beauty, until memory dies !" 

Theron G. Osborne, a resident of Wyoming Valley, and an occasional 
contributor of poetry to the periodical press, is the anthor of the follow- 
ing- pleasing verses — first published in TJie Evening Leader (Wilkes- 
Barre), August 19, 1895. 

"Susquehanna. ' ' 

"Flashing love-light from her waters 

To her streamlets every one. 
Peerless Susquehanna loiters 

On her pathway in the sun ; 
'Mid her hills of darksome verdure. 

And her meadows smiling green, 
'Neath the cliffs that she has fashioned — 

High, precipitous, serene — 
Where the mountain-pine stands sentry, 

Firm, though scant his foothold be. 
Cleaving skyward, staunchly builded. 

True to God and gravit}-. 
'Round her bluffs of furrowed granite, 

O'er her fields of pebbles spread — 
With the quiet in her bosom 

Of the azure overhead — 
LfOiters on, her love-light flashing 

To her streamlets every one. 
As she dreams through pool and shallow 

In the shimmer of the sun — 
Bends and winds and stretches languid, 

Like a serpent in the sun." 

So much having been published respecting conditions picturesque 
and matters romantic and fanciful in Wyoming, as well as concerning 
its historic events, one may readily believe that the name and the fame 
of the valley are wide-extended. And furthermore, that her name and 
her fame will live "till time shall be no more" ; for the events, the 
sceries and the legends of Wyoming will never be forgotten while the 
grand old valley has a name, or as long as she has a descendant to keep 
her in memory. Her name will certainly live, for, through either her 
loving and loyal descendants or her admirers, it has been conferred upon 
the next to the newest — but one of the most interesting — of the States 
of the Union, upon three counties in three different States, upon four 
townships in as many different States, upon thirteen villages and towns 
in the same number of States, and upon one village in the Province of 
Ontario, Canada ; while in the cities of Washington, St. Louis, Scranton 
and W^illiamsport, and a score of other cities and towns outside W^yo- 
ming Valley, there are streets and avenues bearing the name "W^yoming." 

It must be borne in mind that ours is the original Wyoming. 
And it is doubtful if the name of any town or locality in the United 
States has been put to so many and such varied uses as has the name of 
this valley. Relative to this the editor of the Record of tJie Times (Wilkes- 
Barre) printed the following paragraph in his paper in December, 1857 : 



76 

"A writer in the Scranton Republican very properly protests against giving the 
name 'Wyoming' to all the oyster-saloons, barber-shops and halls in Scranton. We are 
glad to see this protest. A beautiful name belonging to this vallej^ has been 'run into 
the ground' — to use a common expression — by attaching it to counties, hotels and post- 
offices all over the countr}-." 

The editor mio-ht have added "breweries," "brass-bands" and "canal- 
boats" to his list, and yet have kept within bounds. Apropos of this, 
the present writer well remembers that about 1863 (at which period there 
were very few colored people in Wyoming Valley) a number of colored 
women in Wilkes-Barre, banded together for some purpose or another, 
in order to raise funds for their organization arranged to provide a 
supper for the public's patronage. Outside the hall where the supper 
was served they hung up a banner bearing this inscription : "Supper 
bv the Dauehters of Wvomino- !" It seems needless to state that, while 
it is probable that the slipper of the "Daughters of W3'oniing" did not 
receive an overwhelming patronage, yet it is certain that their banner 
was the subject of a large amount of curious comment. 

Within recent years all sorts of things constructed by the hand of 
man — from ferry-boats to apartment-houses, in the cit}^ of New York 
and elsewhere — have been named "Wyoming" ; and quite lately a horse, 
presented to the President of the United States by admiring friends in 
the State of Wyoming, was given the same name. As early as 1830 a 
merchant-vessel bearing the name Wyoming was sailing between Phila- 
delphia and certain Mediterranean ports ; and in the Spring of 1846 a 
handsome packet-ship christened Wyoming^ belonging to the line of 
boats operated b}' the Messrs. Cope between Philadelphia and Liverpool, 
made her first voyage to the latter port. 

In 1858 eight "third-class steamers" were being constructed for the 
United States Government, and in March, 1859, the Navy Department 
directed that one of the largest of these should be named Wyoming. 
She was built by Merrick and Company of Philadelphia, and was a 
sloop-of-war of 726 tons, carrying four 32-pounder broadside guns, two 
11-inch Dahlgren pivot guns and a complement of 160 officers and 
men. Her sister-ship was the Kearsarge^ later to acquire success and 
fame in naval affairs during the War for the Union. In 1863 there was 
a rebellion in one of the provinces of Japan, and from their forts and 
armed boats the rebels fired upon certain alien vessels — among them a 
steamer bearing the United States flag. The little wooden Wyomi?ig^ 
then attached to the Asiatic Fleet, was hurried by her commander 
(Captain McDougal) to the scene of trouble in Japanese waters, and 
there, in the Straits of Shimonosdki, July 14, 1863, performed what has 
been described as "the most gallant action of a single ship under a single 
commander known in the annals of the United States Navy." "The 
Jiyojning fired fifty-five rounds in seventy minutes, and came out of the 
battle iu good fightiug trim, though hulled ten times and struck in ten 
other places." In 1S(;7 — .still on the Asiatic Station — the Wyoming, in 
connection with the U. vS. S. Hat'tford, performed important services at 
the island of Formo.sa. 

The active life of that old-fashioned war-vessel came to an end a 
number of years ago, but her name once more appears in the Register 
of the Navv attached to a steel-.sheathed monitor 252 feet in leneth, of 
3,214 tons displacement, with engines of 2,400 horse-power, and carry- 



77 



ing SIX 



guns 



in her main battery. This lVyo7niiig^ although a new 
vessel, belongs to a class of war-ships that is fast disappearing from the 
navy lists of the j^owers. She is one of the last group of "harbor-defense 
vessels" that is ever likely to be built. She was launched at San 
Francisco September 8, 1900 — the event being made a featnre of the 
semi-centennial celebration of California's admission into the Union. 
Earl)- in li>0;> this latest-lK)rn Wyoiiiiifg went into commission. 




CHAPTER III. 

THE AMERIND PEOPLE— THE MOUND-BUILDERS— THE ABORIGINALS OF 

NEW YORK AND PENNSYLVANIA. 



"Not raanj^ generations ago, where you now sit circled with all that exalts aud 
embellishes civilized life, the rank thistle nodded in the wind, and the wild fox dug his 
hole unscared. Here lived and loved another race of beings. Beneath the same sun 
that rolls over your heads, the Indian hunter pursued the panting deer ; gazing on the 
same moon that smiles for you, the Indian lover wooed his dusky mate." 

— Rev. William B. Sprague, S. T. D. 



"Chieftains and their tribes have perished, 
Like the thickets where they grew. ' ' 



When, in 1492, Christopher Columbus set forth on his voyage of 
discovery, it was in pursuance of a design (conceived nearly twenty 
years before) to seek out a new route to India — not a new continent. 
When land was found (what is now called Watling's Island, in the 
Bahamas, was probably the first land sighted by this venturesome 
voyager) it was believed to be part of India, or, at least, islands adjacent 
to India ; and, fourteen years later, Columbus died still "believing that 
what he had found was in fact the eastern coasts of Asia." Because of 
this belief Columbus and his followers called the native people whom 
they encountered Indians ; and by this name — or, more commonly in 
later years, i\merican Indians — have all the aboriginals of America 
(both North and South) been called ever since. 

Some five or six years ago, however, a world-famous lexicographer 
compounded from the words "American" and "Indian" the word 
"Amerind" — a sort of half-and-half concoction — to denote collectively 
all the Indians who live or once lived in this hemisphere (including the 
Eskimos and the Fuegians), as distinguished from the natives of India 
and neiohboring: reg-ions ; holding- that this word desig-nated the aborig-- 
inals of the American Continent better than any word or combination 
of words used, and that it was preferable to "American Indian," so 
generally in use, because that term had come to designate to the 
average man's mind the red man who inhabited North America alone. 
This word "x'lmerind" was early adopted b}' the well-known explorer 
aud anthropologist Maj. John W. Powell, founder and, until his death. 
Director of the United States Bureau of Ethnology ; and other anthro- 
pologists and ethnologists of note and various authors of standing have 
since made use of the word, believing it to be "correct, convenient and 
comprehensively expressive" — a pretty good word, in fact (as words of 

78 



7U 



modem manufacture go), born of a suflficiently ingenious effort to get 
around and over a large but pardonal)le mistake made something over 
400 vears ago by certain men of more enterprise than information. 
There are scientists, however — "Americanists," they style themselves — 
who display a fierce animosity against "Amerind," asserting that "it is 
a hybrid, a mongrel and a monster, and should be abandoned," because 
it was not coined from Latin or Greek words. 

To any one familiar with only a 
tithe of the present-day American 
periodical literature, and the pub- 
lishers' announcements of new works 
of history, social science and fiction 
in the English language, it is very 
evident that interest in the Amerind 
people — particularly the red men of 
North America — seems to increase 
(at least in this country) in the same 
proportion that the members of the 
race are diminishing. Signs, too, 
are not lacking which reveal that 
there is considerable interest shown 
in England over certain books that 
have appeared from time to time on 
this side of the ocean dealing with 
the North American Indian as he 
was when the early English and 
Dutch colonists were successfully 
striving to establish homes in this 
country — notably in central New 
York. Such books have lately oc- 
cupied much space in the review columns of London literary journals. 
Archaeologists, anthropologists and "Americanists" are devoting 
much time and patience to a comparative study of North American 
Indian life, customs and products, particularly w^th regard to the theory 
of the ethnic unity of the aboriginal tribes and their distinctive charac- 
ter when compared with other nations. Relative to this interesting and 
important work much has been published in this country within recent 
years, not only by societies and individuals, but by our National and 
State Governments.* This has been done largely with the hope that 
it would arouse a deeper public interest in the collecting of information 
concerning a people who not very long ago were masters on this conti- 
nent, but now are fast disappearing ; and whose records and remains 
will cease to exist with them if an immediate and a determined effort 
is not made by white men to put the records into some lasting form and 
to guard the remains against decay and destruction. The North Amer- 
ican Indians have no written literature, but thev will have one when the 
enormous number of their legends, myths, songs and ceremonial lore, 
mnemonically recorded, shall have been written down by white men. 

* In an address on "Rare Books Relating to the American Indians," read before the Anthropological 
Society of the city of Washington in May, 1901, Ainsworth R. Spofford, of the Library of Congress, said 
that "books and pamphlets relating tothe aboriginesof both Americas and theirislands amount to many 
thousands of volumes in many languages — Latin, Spanish, French. English, German, Dutch, Italian. 
Portuguese, Swedish, Russian and native Indian of many varying dialects." 




A Modern "Amerind" 
OF THE United States. 



80 

What shall be known of the prehistoric race, or races, of America 
miist be learned largely by means of their remains. It is true that in 
various parts of the country collections of these remains are being 
formed ; they are carefully preserved, and all the circumstances in rela- 
tion to them are as careful!}' ascertained and recorded. In the mean- 
time associations of learned men in many places are devoting their time 
and means, as previously hinted, in tracing through these objects the 
story of the people, or peoples, who left no other records. In this way 
the work in one locality supplements and advances the research in 
another, and what seems an unsolvable problem in one instance becomes, 
by reason of examination and comparison, a link in a chain of evidence 
tending to the corroboration or disproval of some theory or belief. If, 
therefore, there is any good in Amerian archaeology, these relics — the 
means of its study and elucidation — are of value ; and the associations 
and individuals who intelligently gather them, and render them avail- 
able for reference and study, are doing a commendable work which is 
sure to be appreciated and acknowledged. But much more than is now 
being done along these lines could and should be done. 

The time is not far distant when all that has been collected and 
preserved concerning the aboriginals of North America will be deemed 
not only interesting, but extremely valuable. Particularly will this be 
so in Wyoming Valley, whose early history is so intimately connected 
with the aboriginal inhabitant, whose literature commemorates so many 
deeds of heroism, trial and adventure growing out of that relation, and 
where have been found so many evidences of the Indian occupation. 

Many and various have been the theories advanced by anthropolo- 
gists and historians as to the origin of the red men of North America. 
Assuming them to be non-indigenous, whence came they and how and 
when? William Penn, the founder of Pennsylvania, in a letter to a 
Friend, dated at Philadelphia, August 16, 1683, said on this subject : 

"For their original, I am ready to believe them of the Jewish race ; I mean of the 
stock of the Ten Ti'ibes, and that for the following reasons : First, they were to go to 
a 'land not planted or known,' which, to be sure, Asia and Africa were, if not Europe ; 
and He that intended that extraordinary jvidgment upon them might make the passage 
not uneasy to them, as it is not impossible in itself, from the eastermost parts of Asia to 
the westermost of America. In the next place, I find them of like countenance and their 
children of so lively resemblance, that a man would think himself in Duke's-place or 
Berry-street, in London, when he seeth them. But this is not all : they agree in Rites ; 
they reckon by Moons ; they offer their First Fruits ; they have a kind of Feast of 
Tabernacles ; they are said to lay their Altar u-\^oxv Twelve Stones; their 3Io7irning a 
Year, Customs of Women, with many things that do not now occur." 

Zinzendorf (mentioned on page 60), writing in 1742, stated that 
the savages of North America "are thought to be partly mixed Scythians, 
and partly Jews of the Ten Lost Tribes, which thro' ye great Tartarian 
wilderness wandered hither by way of hunting, and so they came farther 
and farther into ye country."* This theory of the Jewish origin of the 
red men had been suggested by John Eliot, "the Apostle to the Indians," 
before Penn had ever seen an Indian and long- before Zinzendorf was 
born ; and the same theory, or idea, was taken up later by many writers 
in the early days of the American Colonies. In recent years, men who 
have lived among the Apache Indians have noted social resemblances as 
well as customs, by wliich this old theory has been strengthened. How- 
ever, the "lost Ten Tribes of Israel" ha\-e been sought for in almost 
every quarter of the globe, and their de.scendants have made their 

*See Reichel's "Memorials of the Moravian Churcli,' I : 18. 



81 

appearance in various localities, accordinj^;- to many iiucstioators — the 
latest of whom has bestowed the honor upon the Hawaiian Islands. 

The traditions of the Lenni Lenapes, as recorded by Heckewelder, 
and, in fact, the traditions of all those related tribes (including the 
Lenapd) whom we now know by the name of Algonkins, were to the 
effect that their ancestors had come from the far West, beyond the 
Mississippi, and that their mio^rations eastward had occupied many 
years. On the other hand — according to the statements of many writers 
— the sacred legends of the Iroquois, or Five, later the Six, Nations, were 
the reverse. Their ancestors had sprung from the ground itself. In his 
"History of Wyoming" Charles Miner prints the following '-Indian 
tradition concerning the origin of the Five Nations," as given by 
Canassatego* a noted Onondaga chief and orator, who, at the period of 
Zinzendorf's sojourn in this country, was active and prominent in the 
councils of the Six Nations. 

"When our good Maniiiaf raised A ka?iis/noneg-yt out of the great waters, he said to 
his brethren, how fine a country is this ! I will make Red men, the best of men, to enjoy 
it. Then with five handfuls of red seeds, like the eggs of flies, did he strow the fertile 
fields of Onondaga. Little worms came out of the seeds and penetrated the earth, when 
the spirits who had never yet seen the light, entered into and united with them. Ma^iitta 
watered the earth with his rain, the sun warmed it, the worms, with the spirits in them, 
grew, putting forth little arms and legs, and moved the light earth that covered them. 
After nine moons they came forth, perfect boys and girls. Maiiitta covered them with 
his mantle of warm, purple cloud, and nourished them with milk from his fingers' ends. 
Nine Summers did he nurse them, and nine Sunmiers more did he instruct them how to 
live. In the meantime he had made for their use trees, plants and animals of various 
kinds. Akaiiishionegy was covered with woods and filled with creatures. 

"Then he assembled his children together and said : 'Ye are Five Nations, for ye 
sprang each from a different handful of the seed I sowed ; but } e are all brethren, and' I 
am your father, for I made ye all. I have nursed and brought you up. Mohocks, I have 
made you bold and valiant ; and see, I give you corn for your food. Oneidas. I have 
made you patient of pain and of hunger ; the nuts and fruits of the trees are yours. 
Senekas, I have made you industrious and active ; beans do I give you for nourishment. 
Cayugas, I have made you strong, friendly and generous ; ground-nuts and every root 
shall refresh you. Onondagoes, I have made you wise, just and eloquent ; squashes and 
grapes have I given you to eat, and tobacco tosmoke in Council. The beasts, birds and 
fishes have I given to you all in common. As I have loved and taken care of you all, so 
do you love and take care of one another. Communicate freely to each other the good 
things I have given you, and learn to imitate each other's virtues. I have made you the 
best people in the world, and I give you the best country. You will defend it from the 
invasions of other nations, from the children of other Manittas, and keep possession of 
it for yourselves, while the sun and moon give light and the waters run in the rivers. 
This you shall do if you observe my words. 

"Spirits, I am now about to leave you. The bodies I have given you will in time 
grow old and wear out, so that you will be weary of them ; or from various accidents thev 
may become unfit for your habitation, and you will leave them. I cannot remain here 

* Canassatego (whose name appears again in subsequent pages) was not only famous but remark- 
able as an Iroquois orator and counselor, and his covmsels and memory were cherished by the Indians of 
the Six Nations for a long number of years. Schoolcraft says he was honored and admired by the 
Indians as an orator, "and, indeed, by the whole world,'' for his "simple and eloquent mode of express- 
ing aboriginal thought." According to the journal of Witham IMarshe, of Maryland, relating to an im- 
portant Indian conference held at Lancaster, Pennsylvania, in 1744, Canassatego', who was an active par- 
ticipant in the conference, was at that time "a tall, well-made man ; had a very full chest and brawny 
limbs and a manly countenance, mixed with a good-natured smile ; was very active and strong and had 
a surprising liveliness in his .speech." He was about .sixty years of age at that time. 

For thirty years Canassatego was chief spokesman at many important treaties and conferences, and 
"vpas the last of the great Iroquois diplomats who yielded not to the allurements of the white man's strong 
drink ; who knew his people, and could hold the 'conflicting interests of the Six Nations in hand." He 
died at Onondaga, the Iroquois capital (the present Syracuse, New York). September 6, 1750. (See "Con- 
rad Weiser and the Indian Policy of Colonial Pennsylvania," pages 100, '-'Ort, 238 and 240.) 

\ Munito, or Manitou, the name given among American Indians to a spirit, god or devil. Two spirits 
are especially spoken of by these names— one, the spirit of good and life ; the other, the spirit of evil and 
death. 

X The Iroquois called themselves the " Ho-de-no-sau-nec" (the "People of the Long House"), and Mor- 
gan says that "aniong themselves they never had any other name." "Akanishionegy." given above, is a 
corrupted or twisted form of '\-\quanuschioni,'" a name by which, says Stone ("Poetry and History of 
Wyoming," page 92), "the Six Nations have been frequently called by modern writers." ''Aquinoshioni,^' 
''Acivinoshioni^' and " Akquinashioni" are three other such forms, used by Schoolcraft, who says that 
this name, "under the figure of a long house, or council lodge, is indicative of their [the Iroquois, or Six 
Nations] confederate character. " It is quite possible that all these forms are corruptions of the name 
"Hodhiosaiinee," made use of by interpreters and others ignorant of the true word. 



82 

always to give j-ou new ones. I have great affairs to mind in distant places, and I can- 
not again attend so long to the nursing of children. I have enabled you, therefore, 
among yourselves to produce new bodies to supply the place of old ones, that every one 
of you, when he parts with his old habitation, ma}' in due time find a new one, and never 
wander longer than he choose under the earth deprived of the light of the sun. Nourish 
and instruct your children, as I have nourished and instructed you. Be just to all men, 
and kind to strangers that come among you. So shall 3^011 be happ}- and be loved b)- all, 
and I myself will sometimes visit and assist you.' 

"Sa5'ing this, he wrapped himself in a bright cloud and went like a swift arrow to 
the sun, where his brethren rejoiced at his return. From thence he often looked at 
Akanishionegy, and, pointing, showed with pleasure to his brothers the country he had 
formed and the nations he had produced to inhabit it." 

The Rev. Jacob Johnson, A. M., a graduate of Yale College, and 
from 1749 to 1772 pastor of the Congregational Church at Groton, New 
London County, Connecticut, and later, for a number of years, pastor of 
the Church in Wilkes-Barre (for a sketch of his life see Chapter XXX), 
spent considerable time as a missionary among certain of the Iroquois 
tribes prior to the year 1770. The following communication written by 
him was printed in the Nezv London Gazette^ Connecticut, October 20, 
1769, and, so far as the present writer can learn, has never been repub- 
lished until now. 

"Of the Descent, Time and Manner of the Indians coming into America, 
according to an old tradition of theirs. 

"Having more lately come out of the country of the Six Nations of Indians, M^here 
I resided some months as their instructor or minister, I had an opportunit}- to observe 
their genius, customs, traditions, &c. I shall only take notice of one ancient tradition 
the}^ have among them, concerning the time and manner of their first coming into this 
land, which they say was in the days of Joshua the Robber, before whose face they fled, 
and kept on their way (as they were led) till they came to a high mountain from whence 
they took a prospect and beheld a narrow sea. While the}- were consulting which way 
to go, and what to do, there was at length a voice spake unto them from the Great Spirit, 
saying : 'Look over that narrow sea, and behold a countr}^ for you and your children !' 
Whereupon they came down from the mountain and crossed the sea, and came into this 
country. This was the first compan3^ Afterwards they were followed by a great many 
more companies, who came in the same path, till they had filled the country. 

"From this brief tradition (which carries the appearance of truth with it) many 
things may be learned and remarks made, as : First. If the Indians came into this 
country so long ago as the daj's of Joshua (the Captain of the Jewish hosts) 'tis no 
wonder they have so little knowledge of their coming ; yea ! it is more to be wondered at 
that they have any, since they have no writing, that we can learn, among them. 

"Again, if they fled before the face of Joshua it does not appear that they are of 
the seed of the Jews (at least not by the whole blood), but rather descendants from 
Abraham by Hagar, the Egj^ptian, and her son Ishmael, who dwelt in Mount Paran, the 
road Israel came into the Holy Land — of which so much notice is taken in Hol}^ Writ. 
See and compare Genesis, XXI : 21 ; Deuteronomy, XXXIII : 2 ; Habakkuk, III : 3. 

"But again, if they fled from the face of Joshua and came hither, then there is a 
way by land to come here (saving the narrow sea they speak of), lying betwixt the north- 
eastern parts of Asia, or the north-western parts of Europe ; or it maj- be still nearer b}- 
Hudson's Bay. 

"Once again, if they came at different times no wonder they are of different tribes 
and nations ; yea ! and languages, customs, &c., partly Jewish and partly Heathen. But 
I pass over many things worthy remark, by which it would appear that the Indians are 
the seed of Abraham by Ishmael, for whom that great father so earnesth' pra3-ed, and at 
length received an answer. See Genesis, XVII : 20. 

"Let us persevere in our prayers, and endeavors to propagate the gospel among 
them, till the blessing descends from Heaven upon them, and all nations, both Jews and 
Gentiles, imder the whole Heaven. 

"The person, genius, life and whole character of the Indian, according to my obser- 
vation, does most exactly agree to that of Ishmael's ; wherefore I must rather think they 
are descendants from him than from any other nation on earth." 

According to this statement the tradition held b}- the Six Nations 

concerning their origin was quite similar to the belief of the Algonkins 

as to their own beginning, but very different from the tradition of the 

Six Nations as related by Canassatego. As a probable explanation of 

this it ma}- be stated that, when >\Ir. Johnson began his ministerial work 



on 
OO 

in New London County, what is now Montville in that county contained 
within its limits certain "sequestered lands" occupied by a remnant of 
the Moheo-an tribe of Indians (of the Algonkin family), with all their 
native and seigniorial rio-hts. Here, for many }'ears, had been the seat 
of the o-reat sachem Uncas, the faithful ally of the English colonists. 
It is presumable, therefore, that Mr. Johnson was as familiar with many 
of the traditions and myths of the Mohegan and allied tribes as he was 
with those of the Iroquois, and that he chose to adopt the belief, or tradi- 
tion, of the Algonkins concerning- their origin as one referring to the 
origin of all the North American Indians, irrespective of tribe or nation. 
Under any circumstances, however, the statement of Mr. Johnson given 
on the preceding page is interesting. 

The Rev. Cotton Mather, the noted Boston minister and writer 
(1663-1728), who believed in witches, and seemed to have an intimate 
acquaintance with Lucifer, did some guessing as to the advent of the 
Indians on the American continent. He said — in one of the 382 books 
and pamphlets that he published : 

"And though we know not when or how the Indians first became inhabitants of 
this mighty continent, yet we may guess that probably the Devil decoyed these miser- 
able salvages hither, in hopes that the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ would never come 
here to destroy or disturb his absolute empire over them." 

In regard to the creation of human and animal life in the world 

the Arapaho Indians, who are now located in Oklahoma and Wyoming, 

say (see "Indians in the United States at the Eleventh Census," paore 

628) : ■ " 

' 'Long ago, before there were any animals, the earth was covered with water, with 
the exception of one mountain : and seated on this mountain was an Arapaho, crying and 
poor and in distress. The gods looked at him and pitied him, and they created three 
ducks and sent them to him. The Arapaho told the ducks to dive down in the waters 
and find some dirt. One went down in the deep waters and was gone a long time, but 
failed. The second went down and was gone a still longer time, and he also came up, 
having failed. The third then tried it ; he was gone a long time. The waters where he 
went down had become still and quiet, and the Arapaho believed him to be dead, when 
he arose to the surface and had a little dirt in his mouth. Suddenly the waters subsided 
and disappeared, and left the Arapaho the sole possessor of the land. The water had 
gone so far that it could not be seen from the highest mountains, but it still surrounded 
the earth, and does so to this day. 

"Then the Arapaho made the rivers and the woods, placing a great deal near the 
streams. The whites were made beyond the ocean. They were then all different people, 
the same as at the present day. Then the Arapaho created buffaloes, elks, deer, ante- 
lopes, wolves, foxes, all the animals that are on the earth, all the birds of the air, all 
the fishes in the streams, the grasses, fruit, trees, bushes, all that is grown by planting 
seeds in the ground. This Arapaho was a god. He had a pipe, and he gave it to the 
people. He showed them how to make bows and arrows, how to make fire by rubbing 
two sticks, how to talk with their hands — in fact, how to live. His head and his heart 
were good, and he told all the other people— all the surrounding tribes— to live at peace 
with the Arapahoes. " * * * 

Most American Indians have some faint tradition of the deluge — a 
general deluge, by which the races of men were destroyed.* The event 
itself is variously related by an Algonkin, an Iroquois, a Cherokee or a 
Chickasaw. An Iowa tribe gives a most intelligible account of it, while 
several Alaskan tribes say that the waters were hot. All coincide in the 
statement that there was a general cataclysm, and that a few persons 
were saved. George Catlin,t a native of Wilkes-Barre, spent many years 
among North American Indians studying and writing about their habits 
of life and their ancient beliefs and customs, and painting hundreds 

* See Schoolcraft's "History of the Indian Tribes of the United States,'' page .571. 
t See his portrait and biography in a subsequent chapter. 



84 

of portraits of individual Indians and pictures of their e very-day life. 
jNIr. Catlin says in his "Last Rambles Amongst the Indians of the 
Rocky Mountains and the Andes" (Chapter X) : 

"Of 120 different tribes which I have visited in North, South and Central America, 
every tribe has related to nie, more or less distinctly, their traditions of the deluge, in 
which one, or three, or eight persons were saved above the waters, on the top of a high 
mountain ; and also their peculiar and respective theories of the Creation. Some of these 
tribes, living at the base of the Rockj' Mountains and in the plains of Venezuela and the 
Pampa del Sacramento in South America, make annual pilgrimages to the fancied sum- 
mits where the antediluvian species were saved in canoes or otherwise, and, under the 
mysterious regulations of their medicine (mj-stery) men, tender their prayers and sacra- 
fices to the Great Spirit, to insure their exemption from a similar catastrophe. One 
thing is certain — the Indian traditions everywhere point distinctl)' at least to one such 
event, and, amongst the Central and Southern tribes, they as distinctly point to two such 
catastrophes in which their race w^as chiefly destroyed ; and the rocks of their countries 
bear evidence yet more conclusive of the same calamities, which probably swept off the 
populations in the plains and, as their traditions say, left scattered remnants on the sum- 
mits of the Andes and the Rocky Mountains. 

"Indian traditions are generally conflicting, and soon run into fable ; but hov^r 
strong is the unanimous tradition of the aboriginal races of a whole continent of such an 
event ! How strong a corroboration of the Mosaic account, and what an unanswerable 
proof that the American Indian is an antediluvian race ! " 

In 1841 Mr. Catlin first published his great work entitled "Letters 
and Notes on the Manners, Customs and Condition of the North Amer- 
ican Indians ; Written During Eight Years' (1832-'39) Travel among 
the Wildest Tribes of Indians in North America." Of this book ten 
editions were published — the last one in 1866 — and in it the author 
says : 

"As to the probable origin of the North American Indians, which is one of the first 
questions that suggests itself to the inquiring mind, and will be perhaps the last to be 
settled, I shall have little to say in this place, for the reason that so abstruse a subject, 
and one so barren of positive proof, would require in its discussion too much circumstan- 
tial evidence for my allowed limits. * * * Very many people look upon the savages 
of this vast countrj' as an anomaly in nature, and their existence and origin and locality 
things that needs must be at once accounted for. * * * It seems natural to inquire at 
once who these people are and whence they came ; but this question is natural only 
because we are out of nature. To an Indian such a question would seem absurd. 
->:- -:r * I never yet have been made to see the necessity of showing how these people 
came here, or that they came here at all, which might easil)- have been done by the way 
of Behring's Strait from the north of Asia. * * "- 

"For myself, I am quite satisfied with the fact — which is a thing certain and to be 
relied on — that this continent was found peopled in ever)' part by savages, and so nearl}- 
every island in the South Sea, at a distance of several thousand miles from either continent. 
■r * * fi^Q North American Indians, and all the inhabitants of the South Sea Islands, 
speaking some two or three hundred different languages, entirely dissimilar, may have 
all sprung from one stock. * " ■■' I believe with many others, that the North Ameri- 
can Indians are a mixed people ; that they have Jewish blood in their veins — though I 
would not assert, as some have undertaken to prove, that they are Jews, or that they are 
the lost Ten Tribes of Israel. From the character and conformation of their heads I am 
compelled to look upon them as an amalgam race, but still savages ; and from many of 
their customs (whicli seem to me to be peculiarly Jewish), as well as from the character of 
their heads, I am forced to believe that some part of those ancient tribes who have been 
dispersed by Christians, in so man}- ways and in so many different eras, have found their 
way to this country, where they have entered amongst the native stock and have lived 
and intermarried with the Indians until their identity has been swallowed up and lost in 
the greater numbers of their new acquaintance. * * * I am compelled to believe that 
the continent of America, and each of the other continents, have had their aboriginal 
stocks, peculiar in color and in character, and that each of these native stocks has under- 
gone repeated mutations (at periods of which history has kept no records) by erratic 
colonies from abroad that have been engrafted upon them. By this process I believe that 
the North American Indians, even where we find them in their wildest condition, are 
several degrees removed from their original character, and that one of their principal 
alloys has been a part of those di.spersed people, who have mingled their blood and their 
customs with them. * * * 

"The first and most striking fact amongst the North American Indians that refers 
us to the Jews is that of their worshipping in all parts the Great Spirit, or Jehovah, as the 
Hebrews were ordered to do by divine precept, instead of a plurality of gods, as ancient 



85 

pagans and heathens did, and their idols of their own formation. The North American 
Indians are no where idolaters. They appeal at once to the Cireat Spirit, and know of no 
mediator, either personal or symbolical. * * * As the Jews had, they have their high 
priests and their prophets. Amongst the Indians, as amongst the ancient Hebrews, the 
women are not allowed to worship with the men, and in all cases also they eat separately. 
The Indians everywhere, like the Jews, believe that they are the favorite people of the 
Great Spirit, and they are certainly, like those ancient people, persecnted. * * * In 
their marriages the Indians, as did the ancient Jews, nniformly buy their wivefe by giving 
presents. In their preparations for war, and in peace-making, they are strikingly similar. 
In their treatment of the sick, burial of the dead and mourning they are also similar. 
In their bathing and aI)lutions, at all seasons of the year, as a part of their religious 
observances — having separate places for men and women to perform these immersions — 
they resemble again. * * * 

"Amongst the list of their customs, however, we meet a number which had their 
origin, it would seem, in the Jewish ceremonial code, and which are so very peculiar in 
their forms that it would seem quite improbable, and almost impossible, that two different 
people should ever have hit upon them alike without some knowledge of each other. 
These, I consider, go farther than anything else as evidence, and carry, in my mind, con- 
clusive proof that these people are tinctured with Jewish blood, even though the Jewish 
Sabbath has been lost and circumcision probably rejected ; and dog's flesh — which was 
an abomination to the Jews — continued to be eaten at their feasts by all the tribes of 
Indians, not because the Jews have been prevailed upon to use it, but because they have 
survived onl}', as their blood was mixed with that of the Indians, and the Indians have 
imposed on that mixed blood the same rules and regulations that governed the members 
of the tribes in general. 

"Many writers are of opinion that the natives of America are all from one stock, 
and their languages from one root ; that that stock is exotic, and that that [parent] 
language was introduced with it. And the reason assigned for this theory is, that 
among,st the various tribes there is a reigning similaritj- in looks, and in their languages 
a striking resemblance to each other. Now, if all the world were to argue in this way, I 
should reason just in the other, and pronounce this, though evidence to a certain degree, 
to be very far from conclusive ; inasmuch as it is far easier and more natural for distinct 
tribes or languages, grouped and used together, to assimilate than to dissimilate — as the 
pebbles on the sea-shore, that are washed about and jostled together, lose their angles, 
and incline at last to one rounded and uniform shape. So that if there had been, ab 
oj'igine, a variety of different stocks in America, with different complexions, with dif- 
ferent characters and customs, and of different statures, and speaking entirely different 
tongues ( where they have been for a series of centuries living neighljors to each other, 
moving about and intermarrying), I think we might reasonably look for quite as great a 
similarity in their personal appearance and languages as we now find. On the other 
hand, if we are to suppose that they were all from one foreign stock, with but one 
language, it is a difficult thing to conceive how or in what space of time, or for what 
purpose, they could have formed so many tongues, and so widely different, as those 
that are now spoken on the continent. " * * 

"I do not believe, with some verj' learned and distinguished writers, that the 
languages of the North American Indians can be traced to one root, or to three or four 
or any number of distinct idioms ; nor do I believe all or any one of them will ever be 
fairly traced to a foreign origin." 

In 18G1 — twenty years after the first publication of his "Letters and 
Notes," from which the foregoing paragraphs have been extracted — 
Mr. Catlin published his "Life x^mongst the Indians" ; and seven years 
later (in ISOS) he published the "Last Rambles" previously mentioned. 
In these two books the author gives his final speculations in relation to 
the origin of the North American Indians. Years of observation of the 
red men, aided bv extensive readins^ and a.ssociation with men learned in 
the various branches of science, in all parts of the world, had peculiarly 
fitted Mr. Catlin for discussion as to the ethnology of the Indian. In his 
earliest works he avoided ethnological discussion, and gave expression 
to very few speculative theories. He was preeminently an observer and 
a chronicler, not a discusser of theories. The following paragraphs are 
from Chapters IX and X of "Last Rambles" : 

"The reader has learned, by following me through these two little volumes, that 
I have, during fourteen years of research — not amongst books and libraries, but in the 
open air and wilderness — studied the looks and character of the American native races 
in every latitude, from Behring's Strait to Terra del Fuego ; and here will be learned 
that, from the imnuitable, national, physiological traits with which the Almighty 



86 

stamps this and every other race, I believe the native tribes of the American continent 
are all integral parts of one great family, and that He who made man from dust created 
these people from the dust of the country in which they live, and to which dust their 
bodies are fast returning. I believe they were created on the ground on ivhich they have 
been found, and that the date of their creation is the same as that of the human species 
on other parts of the globe. I can find nothing in historv, sacred or profane, against 
this. * *^ * 

"The* American Indians are as distinct from all the other races of the earth as the 
other races of the earth are distinct from each other, and, both in North and South and 
Central America, exhibit bi:t one great original family type, with only the local changes 
which difference of climate and different modes of life have wrought upon it. ^^ * * 
Some of those writers who have endeavored to trace the American Indians to an Asiatic 
or Egyptian origin, have advanced these traditions [relating to a deluge] as evidence in 
support of their theories — which are as 3'et but unconfirmed hypotheses ; and as there is 
not yet known to exist (as I have before said) either in the American languages, or 
in the Mexican or Aztec or other monuments of these people, one single acceptable 
proof of such an immigration, these traditions are strictly American — indigenous and 
not exotic. If it were shown that inspired history of the deluge and of the Creation 
restricted those events to one continent alone, then it might be that the American 
races came from the Eastern Continent, bringing these traditions with them ; but until 
that is proved the American traditions of the deluge are no evidence whatever of an 
Eastern origin." 

John Ledyard, the noted American traveler of the eighteenth 
century, was (so far as the present writer can ascertain) the first investi- 
gator and writer who, from personal knowledge of and experience with 
both Siberian Tartars and iVmerican Indians, confidently and earnestly 
declared that the two races were one and the same people.* This 
declaration was made as early as the year 1787. Ledyard was born 
in Groton, Connecticut, in 1751, f during the ministry there of the Rev. 
Jacob Johnson (as mentioned on page 82), and it may be possible that 
he derived his first ideas as to the eastern origin of the red men from the 
Groton minister. Ledyard seems to have early made a study of the 
characteristics and habits of the Mohegan Indians who dwelt in his 
native county of New London, as well as of the Indians of the Mohegan 
and other tribes who were his fellow-students in 1772 in the Rev. 
Eleazer Wheelock's school (afterwards Dartmouth College). 

In 1787 Ledyard journeyed from Irkutsk to Yakutsk in Siberia, a 

distance of over 1,500 miles, and from the journal which he then kept 

many interesting facts may be gleaned. At Irkutsk he met a French 

exile who at one time had been an Adjutant at the City of Quebec, 

Canada, and who was of the opinion that the Tartars in Siberia w^ere 

"much inferior to the American Indians, both in their understanding 

and persons." Ledyard wrote : 

"Among the Kalmuks I observe the American moccasin, the common moccasin, 
like the Finland moccasin. The houses of the Kalmuks have octagonal sides, with a 
fire-place in the center and an aperture for smoke ; the true American wigivatn. * '- 
The Tartars from time immemorial (I mean the Asiatic Tartars) have been a people of a 
wandering disposition. Their converse has been more among beasts of the forest than 
among men ; and when among men it has only been those of their own nation. They 
have ever been savages, averse to civilization. * * * I know of no people among 
whom thei'e is such a uniformity of features (except the Chinese, the Jews and the 
Negroes) as among the Asiatic Tartars. The}^ are distinguished, indeed, by different 
tribes ; but this is only nominal. Nature has not acknowledged the distinction, but, 
on the contrary, marked them, wherever found, with the indisputable stamp of Tartars. 
Whether in Nova Zembla, Mongolia, Greenland or on the banks of the Mississippi, 
they are the same people, forming the most numerous and, if we must except the 
Chinese, the most ancient nation of the globe. But I, for myself, do not except the 
Chinese, because I have no doubt of their being of the same family. The Tongusians 
[wandering Tartars living solely by the chase], the Kuriles and the Nova Zembleans 
are tattooed. The Mohegan tribe of Indians in America practice tattooing. J 

* See 'Life of John Ledyard" bj- Jared Sparks, pages .327, 859, etc. 

t He died at Cairo, Egypt, in November, 1788, in the thirty-eighth year of his age. 

t So, also, did the Lenapf , or Delaware, tribe. See page 104. 




||ilI|lJI»»;iFfii||ii(i| 




87 

"T find as yet nothing analogous to the Amer- 
ican calumet,''' except in the use of it. The Tar- 
tars here when they smoke the pipe give it round 
to every one in the compan}'. The form of the 
pipe is universally the identical form of the 
Chinese jnpe. I expect to find it in America, 
since the form of the pipe on the tomahawk resembles it 
■X- * * All the Asiatic Tartars, like the aborigines of 
America, entertain the same general notions of theology, 
namely, that there is one great and good God, and that He i.'^ 
so good that they have no occasion to address Him for the 
bestowment of any favors ; and, being good, He will certainly 
do them no injury. But they suffer many calamities ; so 
they say there is another being, the source of evil, and that 
he must be very powerful because the evils inflicted on them 
are numerous. The Tcaiiipum so universally in use among 
the Tartars, apparently as an ornament, I cannot but suspect 
is used as a substitute for letters in representing their language, 
by a kind of hieroglyphic record." 

Such were some of the observations of this 
traveler regarding the aboriginals of Siberian 
Asia. In considering the Kalmuks, Tongnsians and Yakuti as descend- 
ants of the Mongols he was in accord with other writers ; but in clas.s- 
ifying all these races with the North American Indians, Greenlanders 
and Chinese he advanced a novel and bold opinion — but one which now, 
after the lapse of nearly a century and a-quarter, is firmly held by many 
anthropologists. After his return from Siberia Ledyard wrote to 
Thomas Jefferson, and others, on this subject as follows : 

"The difference of color in the human species (the observation applies to all but 
the Negroes, whom I have not visited) originates from natural caiises. * •' The Asiatic 
Indians, called Tartars, and all the Tartars who formed the later armies of Genghis 
Khan, together with the Chinese, are the same people ; and the American Tartar is of 
the same famil}' — the most ancient and numerous people on earth, and the most wm.- 
formly alike. * * I am certain that all the people you call red people on the conti- 
nent of America, and on the continents of Europe and Asia as far south as the southern 
parts of China, are all one people, by whatever names distinguished ; and that the best 
general name would be Tartar. I susjject that all red people are of the same family. I 
am satisfied that America was peopled from Asia, and had some, if not all, its animals 
from thence." 

On the subject of the difference of color in man Ledyard wrote, at 
one time, that he considered it to be "not the effect of any design in 
the Creator, but of causes simple in themselves, which perhaps will soon 
be well ascertained." Sometime later he wrote : "I am now fully con- 
vinced that the difference of color in man is solely the effect of natural 
causes, and that a mixture by intermarriage and habits would in time 
make the species in this respect uniform. I have never extended mv 
opinion, and do not now, to the Negroes." 

Thomas Pennant, LL. D,, F. R. S. (born 1726; died 1798), a cele- 
brated Welsh traveler and writer — some of whose works extorted from 
Dr. Johnson the remark, "He's the best traveler I ever read, he observes 
more things than any one else does" — believed that the inhabitants of 
the American continent were originally derived from eastern Asia. 
About the time of the death of Ledyard, Pennant wrote as follows con- 
cerning certain customs common to the inhabitants of both continents : 

"The custom of scalping was a barbarism in use with the Scythians, who carried 
about with them at all times this savage mark of triumph ; they cut a circle round the 
neck, and stripped off the skin as they would that of an ox. A little image, found among 
the Kalmuks, of a Tartarian deity, mounted on a horse, and sitting on a human skin, 



* A pipe with a stone bowl and reed stem, adorned with feathers, and used as the symbol of peace 
and hospitality by the Indians of North America. See pages 94 and 104. 



88 

with scalps pendant from the breast, fullv ilhistrates the custom of the Scythian progen- 
itors, as described by the Greek historian. This usage, as the Europeans know b}- horrid 
experience, is continued to this day in America. The ferocit}- of the Scythians to their 
prisoners extended to the remotest part of Asia. The Kamtschadales, even at the time 
of their discover}- by the Russians, put their prisoners to death bj' the most lingering and 
excruciating inventions — a practice in full force to this very daj- among the aboriginal 
Americans. A race of the Scythians were styled Anthropophagi, from their feeding on 
human flesh. The people of 5s''ootka Sound still make a repast of their fellow creatures ; 
but what is more wonderful, the savage allies of the British army have been known to 
throw the mangled limbs of the French prisoners into the horrible cauldron, and devour 
them with the same relish as those of a quadruped. 

"The Scythians were said, for a certain time annually, to transform themselves into 
wolves, and again to resume the human shape. The new discovered Americans about 
Nootka Sound disguise themselves in dresses made of the skins of wolves and other wild 
beasts, and wear even the heads fitted to their own. These habits they use in the chase 
to circumvent the animals of the field. But would not ignorance or superstition ascribe 
to a supernatural metamorphosis these temporary expedients to deceive the brute creation ? 
* * * In their march the Kamtschadales never went abreast, but followed one another 
in the same track. The same custom is exactly observed by the Americans. 

"The Tungusi, the most numerous nation resident in Siberia, prick their faces with 
small punctures, with a needle, in various shapes ; then rub charcoal into them, so that 
the marks become indelible. This custom is still observed in several parts of America. 
The Indians on the back of Hudson's Baj^ to this day perform the operation exact!}- in the 
same manner, and piincture the skin into various figures, as the natives of New Zealand 
do at present, and as the ancient Britons did with the herb glastum, or woad, and the Vir- 
ginians, on the first discovery of that country \>y the English. Herodian delivers down 
to us this custom of the Britons. He says that they painted their bodies with figures of 
all sorts of animals, and wore no clothes lest they should hide what was probably intended 
to render themselves more terrible to their enemies. 

"The Tungusi use canoes made of birch bark, distended over ribs of wood and 
nicely sewed together. The Canadian and many other American nations use no other 
sort of boats. The paddles of the Tungusi are broad at each end ; those of the people 
near Cook's River and Oonalaska are of the same form. In burying of the dead many of 
the American nations place the corpse at full length, after preparing it according to their 
customs ; others place it in a sitting posture, and lay by it the most valuable clothing, 
wampum and other matters. The Tartars did the same, and both people agree in cover- 
ing the whole with earth, so as to form a tumulus, barrow or carnedd. 

"In respect to the features and form of the human body, almost ever}- tribe found 
along the western coast has some similitude to the Tartar nations, and still retain the 
little eyes, small noses, high cheeks and broad faces. They vary in size from the lusty 
Kalmuks to the little Nogaians. The internal Americans, such as the Five Indian 
Nations, who are tall of body, robust in make and of oblong faces, are derived from 
a variety among the Tartars themselves. The fine race [tribe] of Tschutski* seem to be 
the stock from which those Americans are derived. The Tschutski again from that fine 
race of Tartars the Kabardinski, or inhabitants of Kabarda." 

Coming down to more modern times we find that twenty years ago, 
at least, many noted and con.servative anthropologists and archseologists 
entertained the belief that the earliest men in America came here from 
Asia. Among those who thus believed was Prof. Daniel G. Brinton,t 
M. D., LL. D., of Philadelphia, one of the most eminent and authori- 
tative ethnologists of his time. "Who are the Indians?" "When was 
America peopled?" and "By what route did the first inhabitants come 
here?" were three extensive and knotty questions which he discussed 
in a course of lectures prior to 1890. In that year he stated in "Races 
and Peoples : Lectures on the Science of Ethnography," that, in the 
earlier lectures referred to, he had marshalled "sufficient arguments 
to show satisfactorily that America was peopled during, if not before, 
the great Ice x\ge ; that its first settlers probably came from Europe 

* Chnckcliee. See page 90. 

t Daniel Garrison Brinton, born in Chester County, rennsylvania, IMay 13, 1S37 ; graduated from 
Yale College, 185S ; received degree of .M. I), from Jefferson Medical College in ISliO ; from 1S67-'S7 Editor 
of The Medical and Su7g!cal Repoiter : in 1886 became Professor of American Linguistics and Archaiologj- 
in the University of Pennsylvania— which chair he held until his death. July" 31, 1899. He was the 
author of "The Myths of the New World: a Treatise on the Symbolism and Mythology of the Red 
Race of America" ; "Essays of an Americanist" : "The American Race : a Linguistic Classification and 
Ethnographic Description of the Native Tribes of North and South .-Vmerica." and many other books, 
essays and lectures. 



89 

h\ \va^• of a land connection which once existed over the northern 
Atlantic, and that their lono- and isolated residence in this continent 
has molded them all into a singnlarly homooeneons race, which \-aries 
bnt sliohtly anywhere on the continent, and has maintained its type 
unimpaired for countless o-enerations. Never at any time Ijefore 
Columbus was it influenced in hlood, lang-uage or culture b>- any 
other race." 

The following- parao-ra])hs are from an article entitled "The First 
Americans," published in //arpcr's Magazine, August, 1882, page ooo : 

"When we speak of the discovery of America we always mean the arrival of 
Europeans, forgetting that there was probably a time when Europe itself was first dis- 
covered by Asiatics, and that for those Asiatics it was almost as easy to discover America. 
* * * Bering vStrait is but little wider than the English Channel, and it is aa easy to 
make the passage from Asia to America as from France to England ; and indeed easier for 
half the year, when Bering Strait is frozen. Besides all this, both geology and botany 
indicate that the separation between the two continents did not always exi.st. * * * 

"The colonization of America from Asia w-as thus practicable, at any rate, and that 
far more easilv than any approach from the European side. The simple races on each 
side of Bering Strait, which now communicate with each other freely, must have done 
the same from very early times. They needed no consent of sovereigns to do it ;_ they 
were not obliged to wait'humbly in the antechamber of some king, suing for permission 
to discover for him another world." 

The lack of scientific evidence to demonstrate the possible origin 
of American races in Asia, led to the sending of an expedition to British 
Columbia in 1897, under the leadership of Dr. Franz Boas, in charge of 
the ethnological collections of the American Museum of Natural Histor)-, 
in the cit^• of New York. A large number of articles, either taken 
from Indian burial-places or obtained from people then living, was 
brought back by this expedition ; and as a result two other expeditions 
with similar objects in view were sent out in March, 1898, one of them 
goino- to Bering Strait and the other to Mexico, and both of them — as 
the expedition of the previous year had been — provided for by the 
liberality of INIorris K. Jesup of New York, President of the American 
Museum of Natural History. 

About that time Maj. J. W. Powell, then at the head of the United 
States Bureau of Ethnology, declared : 

"Many attempts have been made to prove that aboriginal America was peopled ■ 
from Asia by way of Bering Strait, and a vague belief of this nature has spread widely ; but 
little scientific evidence exists to sustain it. On the other hand, investigations in archae- 
ology have now made it clear that man was distributed throughout the habitable earth at 
some very remote time or times, in the very lowest stage of human culture, when men 
employed stone tools and other agencies of industry of a like lowly character ; and that 
from this rude condition men have advanced in culture everywhere, but some to a much 
greater degree than others. The linguistic evidence comes in to sustain the conclusions 
of archaeology, for a study of the languages of the world leads to the conclusion that they 
were developed in a multiplying of centers ; that languages of distinct stocks increase in 
number as tribes of lower culture are found, and that probably man was distributed 
through the world anterior to the development of organized or grammatic .speech." 

The following extract is from an article published in Self-Culture 
about the time of the return of the first Jesup expedition : 

"Though similarity in religious rites and ceremonies, relics of civilization and 
numerous traditions would seem to indicate relationship with Asiatic peoples, still there 
are features in Indian physiognomy and physiological structure, as well as mental and 
moral characteristics, that essentially distinguish him from every other race. 

"From the fact that in their physical character, in color, form and features, the 
aborigines throughout the whole continent present remarkable uniformity, it seems to be 
sufficient evidence that they had never intermingled with other varieties of the human 
family. Some, indeed, think the Indian but a mixture of Polynesian, IMongolian and 
Caucasian tvpes ; or possiblv the grafting of other races upon an original American race. 
Bancroft, in his 'Historv of the United" States' (Vol. II), expresses his opinion on the 



origin of the Indian. He discovers a striking resemblance bet^veen the Mongolian of 
Asia and the native of North America, yet he says : 'Nothing is so indelible as speech ; 
sounds that, in ages of unknown antiquit}-, were spoken among the natives of Hindu- 
stan, still live with unchanged meaning in the language which we dailj- utter. The 
winged word cleaves its way through time, as well as through space. If the Chinese 
came to civilize, and came so recently, the shreds of their civilization would be still 
clinging to their works and their words. ' 

"So we conclude that if the aborigines did really emigrate from the East, and if 
there ever existed any vital connection between them and the people of Asia, it was- 
certainly in the far-distant past, into which neither the memory, tradition nor history of 
man can penetrate." 

The results accomplished by the Jesup expeditions of 1897 and 
1898 were so important that general attention was drawn to them 
thronghont the scientfic world, and the origin of the American aborig- 
ines began to be discussed with renewed interest and acuteness. 
Obviously, scientists were forced to choose between two possibilities in 
this field of speculation : Man either was developed on this continent 
independently of the human race elsewhere, or he was an immigrant. 
The latter view was adopted by the most up-to-date and wide-awake 
ethnologists, and in the July, 1900, issue of Knowledge Lydekker, the 
well-known English geologist and palaeontologist, ably expounded this 
theory — holding that all the Indians of North and South America, 
in spite of minor differences, are derived from one stock. He, like 
many x^merican authorities, asserted his belief that the aborigines 
of this continent came from Asia and are of Mongolian origin. They 
were men — not apes — and Mongols when they first appeared in this 
country. 

Early in 1900 ]\Ir. Jesup again provided funds for sending out a 
party of explorers, to be known as the North Pacific Expedition. This 
was planned and directed by Dr. Franz Boas, previously mentioned, and 
its main object was to study the little-known and obscure tribes of north- 
eastern Asia, and compare their habits and culture with the Indian and 
Eskimo inhabitants of the extreme north-western part of America. 
]\Iessrs. Bogoras and Jochelson, members of the St. Petersburg Academy 
of Sciences, were the leaders, or principals, of this expedition, which 
spent about two years in the field exploring the Okhotsk Sea and Kam- 
chatka regions, and northern-central Siberia as far as the Lena River — 
the very territory that, one hundred and fourteen years previouslv, Led- 
yard had set out to explore, but only a small part of which he was able 
to visit and describe. The members of this North Pacific Expedition 
traveled about 15,000 miles, chiefly over a frozen and trackless territory — 
horses, dogs, reindeer, rafts and boats being used in their transportation. 
They brought back a comprehensive and valuable collection of 15,000' 
or more specimens of various kinds, man}- of which they obtained from 
burial-mounds which they explored,''' or, by barter, from the different 
tribes with whom they came in contact. This collection is now in New 
York, and far surpa.sses anything of a like character elsewhere in the 
world. 

The explorers visited the Chuckchee tribe, t inhabiting the countr^■ 
nearest to the coast line occupied by the Asiatic Eskimos. Their terri- 
tor)- is about as large as the German Empire, and the people resemble 
the American Indian as to stature and general appearance. Their 
legends and religion are not like those of the Eskimo, but have many 

* See foot-note, page 90. t See page 88. 



91 

points in connnon with those of the Indian. Farther inland, inliabiting 
a tract of country ahnost as large as that t^f the Clinckchees, are the 
Koryaks and Kereks, with whom the Indian characteristics are still 
more noticeable than with the people who live nearer to the Bering Sea. 
They are bronze-colored, have straight noses, are tall and well formed, 
and their legends, religion and customs are like those of the North 
American Indian. The Chuvantzis are the farthest inland tribe reached 
by the explorers. Unlike their neighbors they do not raise cattle or 
reindeer, and they prefer to walk, no matter how great the distance may 
be, rather than employ the reindeer. They are morose, brooding and 
fierce, and exceedingly vindictive. Although they live thousands of 
miles away from the coast, the explorers, who studied their habits and 
characteristics, think that they bear a clo.ser resemblance to the Ameri- 
can Indians than any of the other tribes. 

From the mass of information gathered by these explorers — photo- 
graphs* and measurements of some 1,500 Siberian natives; war imple- 
ments, ceremonial objects and household utensils ; bones and fossils — 
astounding similarities have been found as to mode of life and mythology,, 
which go far to point to a common and kindred origin of all the tribes- 
of north-eastern Asia and the Eskimo and Indian tribes of north-western 
America, which had its rise possibly at a remote time during the land 
connection between the two shores. 

In view of the discoveries made Dr. Boas says it is certain that 
the customs, traditions, manners and fundamental religious beliefs of 
the Siberian natives so closely resemble those of the North American 
Indian of the North Pacific slope as to warrant a conclusion that the 
same "culture," as it is termed, exists in both peoples. But this "cul- 
ture," while an important feature of the investigation, does not have 
any bearing as a matter of scientific proof upon the more important ques- 
tion whether the North American and the North Siberian natives are of 
the same origin. That may onh- be obtained by a comparison of the 
varied data collected. IM. Bogoras is of the opinion that he and the other 
explorers found indisputable evidence of the connection between the 
North American Indians and the Palseo-Asiatic races on the Bering 
Sea coast. Concerning the peopling of America, he has formed the 
hypothesis that this occurred at a period when the Malay archipelago, 
the Philippines, Formosa and the Japanese Islands either formed a con- 
tinental peninsula connected with Kamchatka or an unbroken series of 
islands, and when Asia and Alaska were connected. 

In concluding this branch of our subject it may be stated that many 
anthropologists now believe that the cradle of the human race was south- 
eastern Asia — that region being the focus from which the earliest streams 
of emigration radiated. 

Prof. F. W. Putnamt declares (and he is supported in his opinion 
by the testimony of many other scientists) that "we have in this country 
the conclusive evidence of the existence of man before the time of the 
glaciers,]: and, from the primitive conditions of that time, he has lived 

* Some of these pliotographs— of Kahnuk girls in particular — are, seemiiiglj', perfect representations 
of modern North American Indian squaws. 

t Curator of the Peabody Museum. Cambridge, Massachusetts, and Professor of American Archaeology 
and Ethnology at Harvard" University. He is one of the leading explorers and writers in the line of 
American archseology. 

J See quotation from Dr. Brintou, page 88. 



92 



liere and developed through stages which correspond in many particu- 
lars to the Homeric Age of Greece." But the Jiistory of the North 
American Indian begins with the advent of the white people upon this 
continent. Back of that time all is speculation and \\\y\\\^ and much 
that has been written about the pre-Columbian, or pre-historic, period 
is only a repetition of old legends and traditions. Lewis H. Morgan 
(referred to on page 107), writing in 1876, stated his belief to be "that 
there never was a pre-historic American civilization, properly so called, 
but only an advanced and wonderfully skillful barbarism, or semi-civili- 
zation at the utmost." The Europeans found the Indians self-sustain- 
ing and self-reliant, with tribal governments, man}' forms of worship and 
many superstitions ; with ample clothing of skins and furs, and food 
fairly well supplied — all these conditions being characteristics of an 
ancient people. But they were wild men and women, to whom the 
restraints of a foreign control became as bonds of steel. 

"It is in evidence that many Indian tribes have become extinct 
from various causes, especially war, famine and disease, since the 
European has been on the continent ; others were described b}- the 
Indians as having become extinct long prior to the white man's arrival. 
So that by observation and tradition, as well as their own statements, 
the thought is forced that the Indian nations or tribes or bands were on 
the decline at the date of the arrival of the whites under Columbus. 
Still, with all this presumably large aboriginal population in what are 
now the United States, not a vestige remains to tell of the so-called pre- 
Columbian men and women except traditions and legends, and now and 
then a mound, a fort, a pueblo or a grave."t 

The earthworks or fortifications, stockades and mounds foimd in New^ 

York, Ohio, Tennessee and elsewhere 
were erected for residence, defense 
or burial-places. The earthworks 
were generally built alongside 
streams — often on high banks — and 
were frequently in the vicinit)- of 
rich alluvial soil, where corn and 
other crops were easily raised ; the 
streams supplying fish and mussels, 
and the forests game in abundance. 
The accompanying plan is a reduced 
reproduction of a ground-j)lan by 
Professor Putnam of afortified village 
on Spring Creek, Tennessee, which 
was published in 1882. This (as 
well as the illustration following) 
will, better than words, give the 
reader a good idea as to the usual 
shape of the earthworks referred to 
and the character of the locations in which they were most frequently 
established. It will be ob.served that in the Putnam plan an "Elm tree, 
4 feet and 2 inches in diameter" (which would indicate a tree of great age), 
is noted as growing in the embankment — the presumptionbeing, of course, 
that the tree had sprung into life after the earthwork was constructed. 




t "Report on Indians in the fnited States at the Eleventh Census," page -Ji). 



!);] 




T'he first illustration 
shown on this page is a 
reduced reproduction of a 
view of an earth work in the 
township of Oakfield, Gen- 
esee County, New York, as 
it appeared about the year 
1859. In that year E. (j. 
Squier"*' thus referred to it 
in his "Ancient Monu- 
ments of the United 
States" (see Harper''s 
Magazine^ XX : ToT) : 

"It is remarkable as being one of the best preserved and most distinct of any in the 
State. It is situated upon the western slope of one of the billowy hills which characterize 
the rolling lands of the West, and between which the streams find their way to the rivers 
and lakes. The banks of the little stream which washes the work upon the north are 
steep, but not more than ten feet in height. Upon the brow of the bank, where the 
stream approaches nearest the work, the intrenchment is interrupted, and the slope 
toward the water is more gentle than elsewhere — indicating an artificial grade. The 
embankments will now probably measure six feet in average height. "" * * At the 
sides of the principal gateway leading into the inclosure from the east, according to the 
statement of an intelligent aged gentleman who was among the earliest settlers in this 
region, traces of oaken palisades were found, upon excavation, some thirty years ago 
[circa 1829]. They were, of course, almost entireh' decayed. A part of the area is still 
covered with the original forest, in which are trees of the largest dimensions. An oaken 
stump which measures upward of two feet in diameter stands upon the embankment." 

Some of the most elaborate series of works, as those at Marietta and 
Circleville, Ohio, have yielded from their deepest recesses articles of 
European manufacture, showing an origin not farther back than the 
historic period. But we need not go so far as this to observe the analo- 
gies of structure in the earthworks found in the different parts of this 
country. If we look at Professor Putnam's ground-plan on the pre- 
ceding page, and compare it with a similar plan of a modern Mandan 
village (in what is now North Dakota) as given by Prince Maximilien 
of Wied-Neuwied in his "Voyage in the Interior of North America," 
published at London in 1843 (see Harper''s Magazine for August, 1882, 
page 350), we find their 
arranoement to be essen- 
tially the same. Each is 
on a promontory, or high 
bank, protected by the bed 
of a stream ; each is sur- 
rounded by an embank- 
ment which was once, in 
all probability, surmount- 
ed by a palisade. Within 
this embankment were the 
houses, distributed irreg- 
ularly in Putnam's plan, 
as will be observed. I. 

* Ephraim Ghorge Squier (born al Bethlehem, New York, in 1821 ; died at Brooklyn in 1888) was 
an indefatigable explorer, archaeologist and author. For a number of years he was a successful news- 
paper editor. In 1849 he was appointed United States charge d'affaires to the States of Central America, 
and while occupying that position carried on extensive geographical and archjeological explorations in 
those regions. For these researches he received a gold medal from the Geographical Society of France. 
He published numerous books, pamphlets and magafeine articles relating to his explorations. 



' r:\^ 






w^^ 





94 




II. 



The accompanying illustrations are reduced reproductions of draw- 
ings made by George Catlin for his "Letters and Notes," mentioned on 
page 84. The original pictures represented by these drawings were 
painted by ]\Ir. Catlin in the Summer of 1832, during a stay of three 
months in the principal town of the Mandans 1,800 miles above St. 
Louis, on the west bank of the Missouri River, near the present 
town of Mandan, North Dakota. The first picture (I.) gives a distant 
view of the town, and shows the character of its location, while the 
second (XL) is a bird's- 
e3^e view of the same 
town. In 1832 the Man- 
dans numbered, accord- 
ing to Mr. Catlin, 2,000 
souls. They occupied 
two permanent towns, 
each of which was forti- 
fied by a strong palisade 
of pickets eighteen feet 
high, and a surrounding 
ditch. Each town was 
further protected in front 
by the river, with a bank 
forty feet high. The 
lodges, varying in size from forty to fift}' feet in diameter, were circular 
in form and covered with mud, which had become so compact by long 
use that men, women and children reclined and played upon the tops 
-of the lodges in pleasant weather."^' 

*'rhe Mandans, or Miahtanees, "People of 
the Bank," now a feeble tribe of only 247 souls, the 
remnant of a once powerful nation, have resided 
on the upper Missouri for a long time. Catlin, in 
his various works, describes their manners, cus- 
toms and personal appearance. Thej' were looked 
upon as the best of the North American Indians 
when Catlin first wrote about them. Thej' were 
industrious, well armed, good hunters and brave 
warriors. In personal appearance they were not 
surpassed bj? anj' nation in the North-west. The 
men, who wore their hair banged, were tall and 
well made, with regular features and a mild ex- 
pression of countenance not usually seen among 
Indians. Their complexion was a shade lighter 
than that of other tribes, often approaching very 
near to some European nations, as the Spaniards. 
Another_ peculiarity was that some of them had 
light hair, and some gray or blue eyes, which are 
very rarely met with among other tribes. The 
picture of the head-chief here shown is a reduced 
copy of a drawing made bj"- Mr. Catlin after a 
portrait painted by himself in 1832. Mr. Catlin 
described this chief as "a haughty, austere, over- 
bearing man, respected and feared by his people 
rather than loved. * * The dress of this chief 
was one of great extravagance and some beauty, 
manufactured of skins ; and a great number of 
quills of the raven forming his stylish head-dress. 
He is represented holding two calumets or pipes of 
peace." 

Mr. Catlin had a theory of the Mandans being 
Welsh, and of their ancestors coming from across 
the Atlantic to a southern port, and afterwards 
migrating to the upper :Missouri. However, this 
idea concerning Welsh Indians was not original 
with Mr. Catlin. In the seventeenth centurj- John 
Josselyn, in his "Voyages to New England,'"' men- 
tioned that the customs of the inhabitants re- 
sembled those of ancient Britons ; and Sir Thomas 
Herbert, another traveler of the same period, in 
his "Travels" gave Welsh words in use among 
these Indians. A centurj' later reports from several 
traders and others were received of an Indian 
tribe that possessed manuscript, spoke Welsh and retained ceremonies of Christian worship. Among 
•other information then published was the report of Capt. Abraham Chaplain of Kentuckj-, that his gar- 







Ha-n.^-t.-v-nu-mauk 

("Wolf Chief") 



Head of the Mandan tribe 
in 1832. 



The remains of iiiaii}' earthworks have been disco\ered, from time 
to time, in New York State, and mnch has been written concerning- 
them. The latest pnblication on the snbject is the Rev. Dr. W. 'SI. 
Beanchamp\s "■Aboricrinal Occnpation of New^ York," i.ssned in Feb- 
ruary, 11)00, as Bulletin No. 32, Vol. VII, of the New York State 
Museum. The author sa)-s that nearl)- 250 "defensive earthworks and 
mounds alone are now known" to have existed in New York. "The 
location of aboriginal dwellings," says Dr. Beauchamp, "depended on a 
variety of circumstances. In a certain way those nations termed seden- 
tary and agricultural were migrator)-, moving their towns every ten or 
twelve years. When the land was worn out, or wood was too far off, 
the women gave the signal and the town went elsewhere. Sometimes 
it was but a mile or two, often much more. * * * In times of war 
defensive positions were chosen on the hills, and these were quite 
retired if the nation was weak. In such ca.ses a favorite place was on a 
ridge between two deep ravines. * * * Shallow lakes and ba^•s, or 
their shallow parts, were preferred to deep water as usually affording 
the best fishing-grounds, and the fords and rifts of rivers were chosen for 
the same reason. * * * Ancient earthworks, of which but two or 
three exist near the Alohaw^k [River], increase in frequency westward, 
becoming numerous in the territory of the Onondagas, and of their 
probable ancestors in Jefferson County, They are often of a generalh- 
elliptic or circular form, more or less irregular according to the nature 
of the ground. Usuallv there is an outside ditch, and one or more g-ates. 
It has now been definitely ascertained that some of these banks, at least, 
supported palisades. Of course there was no ditch at the gateways. 
* * * In historic times defensive works were general Iv of palisades 
peculiarly arranged with upright and cross timbers. * * Galleries 
ran along the intersecting tops of the pickets. These were reached b}- 
ladders from within, and were useful in defense." 

The accompanying 
illustration is a reduced 
facsimile of an engraving 
in the "Documentary 
History of New York," 
representing an Oneidan 
palisaded fort, or village, 
which is believed* to have 
stood on the shore of what 
is now known as Nichols' 
Pond, in Madison County, 
New York, and which was 
besieged b\- Champlain in 
IGlo. 

Squier, in his "Antiq- 
uities of the State of New 
Y^ork," published in ISol, 
in discussing the question 
as to the builders of these old-time earthworks and fortifications, savs : 

rison, near the Missouri River, had been visited by Indians who conversed in Welsh with some Welshmen 
in his company. Those Indians were thought to be descendants of a colony said to have been formed by 
Madoc, son of Owen Gwynedd, on his discovery of America in 1170. 

* See Bulletin of the New York State Museum, Vol. VII, No. 32, page SS. 




m 

"The relics found were identical Avith those which mark the sites of towns and 
forts known to have been occupied by the Indians within the historic period. The 
pottery taken from these sites, and from within the supposed ancient inclosiires, is alike 
m all respects ; the pipes and ornaments are undistinguishable, and the indications of 
aboriginal dwellings are precise!}- similar and, so far "as can be discovered, have equal 
claim to antiquity. Near many of these works are found cemeteries in which well pre- 
served skeletons are contained, and which, except in the absence of remains of European 
art, differ in no respect from the cemeteries found in connection with the abandoned 
modern towns and castles of the Indians. •• * ■• I am aware that the remnants of the 
Indian stock, which still exist in the State, generally profess total ignorance of these 
works. I do not, however, attach much importance to this circumstance. When we 
consider the extreme likelihood of the forgetfulness of ancient practices, in the lapse of 
300 years, the lack of knowledge upon this point is the weakest of all negative evidence, 
not to be -weighed against the incontrovertible testimony of the works themselves." 

In his "Ancient Monuments," previously referred to, Squiersays: 

"It may be objected that if the Indians found in occupation of the Atlantic States- 
constructed earthworks of this kind, the facts could not have escaped the notice of the 
early explorers, and would have been made the subject of remark by them. The omission 
may be singular, but is not unaccountable. They all speak of the aboriginal defenses as 
composed of palisades set in the ground. The s'imple circumstance of the earth having 
been heaped up around them to lend them greater firmness, may have been regarded as 
so natural and simple an expedient as to be undeserving of a special mention. •■' * * 

'Tn respect of the antiquity of these works nothing positive can be affirmed. Many 
of them are now covered with heavy forests ; a circumstance upon which too much im- 
portance has been laid, and which in itself may not necessarily be regarded as indicative 
of great age, for we may plausibly suppose that it was not essential to the purposes of 
the builders that the forests should be removed. It is not uncommon to find trees of 
from one to three feet in diameter standing on the embankments and in the trenches, 
which would certainly carry back the date of their construction several hundred years— 
perhaps beyond the period of the Discovery in the fifteenth century. There is nothing, 
X however, in this circumstance, nor in any other bearing upon the subject, Avhich would 
necessarily imply that they were built by tribes anterior to those found in occupation of 
the country by the whites. Indeed, the weight of evidence is decidedly in favor of the 
conclusion that most of these works were erected by the Iroquois, or their western neigh- 
bors, and do not go back to a very high antiquity." 

Dr. Beauchamp — having, during a period of many years, personally 
examined numerous earthworks and the relics found in and near them 
— has recently declared that he is "fully in accord" with Squier on the 
points mentioned hereinbefore ; "but," he adds, "the Iroquois, what- 
ever their relations to them, were descendants neither of the so-called 
Moiuid-biiilders^ nor of any of the earlier visitors in New York. A 
study of their relics makes this evident." 

In an article on "Pre-historic Man in America," published in The 

Forum in January, 1890, ^laj. J. W. Powell (previously mentioned) said : 

"Widely scattered throughout the United States, from sea to sea, artificial mounds 
are discovered which may be enumerated by the thousands or hundreds of thousands.* 
They vary greatly in size ; some are so small that a half-dozen laborers with shovels 
might construct one of them in a day, while others cover acres and are scores of feet in 
height. These mounds were observed by the earliest explorers and pioneers of the 
country. t They did not attract great attention, however, until the science of archaeology 
demanded their inve.stigation. Then they were assumed to furnish evidence of a race of 
people older than the Indian tribes." 

* It may be noted here that there were Mouiul-liuilders in Siberia at a very early day. Bell, in his 
"Journey from Peter.sburgr to Pekin." gives an account of mounds that he saw in the year 1720 (when 
making a trans-Siberian journey with a Russian embassy to the Court of China), and which he considered 
the tombs of ancient heroes. The author says (Vol. I, page SA) : ".Many persons go from Tomsk fa city 
in southern-central Siberia] and other parts even,- Summer to these graves, which they dig up, and find 
among the ashes of the dead considerable quantities of gold, silver, brass and some precious stones • but 
particularly hilts of swords and armor. They find, also, ornaments of saddles and bridles and other 
trappings for horses; and even the bones of horses, and sometimes those of elephants Whence it 
appears that, when any person or general of distinction was interred, all his arms, his favorite horse and 
servant were buried with him in the same grave. This custom prevails to this day among the Kalmuks 
and other Tartars, and seems lo be of great anliguily." 

tThe Creek, Choctaw, Cherokee and other southern tribes of Indians, occupying what we now call 
the "Gulf States," were first visited by Fernando de Soto in 1.540, on his famous expedition when he dis- 
covered the Mississippi. The narratives of his explorations represent these Indians as cultivating 
extensive fields of corn, living in well-fortified towns— their houses erected on artificial mounds and the 
villages having defenses of embankments of earth. These statements are verified by existing remains 




Group of Mounds {circa 1S40) on the left hank of the Scioto 
River, six miles south-east of ChilHcothe, Ohio. 



97 

No other part of the 
United States has proved 
such a treasure-house of 
relics of pre-historic man 
and the Alouud-builders — 
"whose vast earthworks 
are still, after a ceutury of 
study, the perplexity of 
arclucolo<^ists" — as south- 
ern Ohio ; and of this ter- 
ritory the Scioto Valley 
has been probabh' the 
richest area. Manv archae- 
ologists and anthropolo- 
gists (including Dr. Brinton previoush mentioned) favor the theory that 
the Mound-builders of Ohio were of the same race as the Choctaws, 
Cherokees and other southern Indian tribes, and were probably their 
ancestors. The existing remains of the southern tribes referred to 
certainly compare favorably in size and construction with those left by 
the mysterious Ohio race, or tribes.* It is clear, also, that the latter 
had much in common with those well-known tribes of Indians, the 
Alandans, Onondagas and Oneidas, in their way of disposing and pro- 
tecting their homes. 

Some writers have claimed for the Alound-builders of the Ohio and 
Upper Mississippi valleys an existence dating fully one thousand years 
ago ; while others have regarded them as a race so remote from the 
present Indian tribes that there could be nothing in common between 
them. Frederick S. Dellenbaugh, however, in his comparative study of 
North American Indian life, published in 1901 under the title "The 
North Americans of Yesterday,'' says that the Mound-builders "were 
only Amerinds whose development took a form that was impressive and 
lasting." And, to quote further from the Fonim article of Maj. Powell : 

"It is enough to say that the Mound-builders were the Indian tribes discovered by 
Avhite men. It may well be that some of the mounds were erected by tribes extinct when 
Columbus first saw these shores, but they were kindred in culture to the peoples that still 
existed. * * * No ruin has been discovered where evidences of a higher culture are 
found then exists in modern times at Zuni, Oraibi or Laguna. The earliest may have 
been built thousands of years ago, but they were built by the ancestors of existing tribes 
and their congeners." 

Squier, previoush' mentioned (on page 93), wrote as follows in 
1860 concerning the Moinid-builders of Ohiof : 

"They must have been a numerous, stationary and agricultural people; for a 
nomadic population would never rear works so extensive, systematic and manifestly of 
permanent intention ; and a population so large as to afford the labor for their construc- 
tion could not subsist on the precarious and scanty returns of the chase. And if the 
Moitnd-builders were a numerous, stationary and agricultural people, it follows almost 
of necessity that their customs, laws and religion had assumed a fixed and well-defined 
form. * * ••' In all these [mentioned] respects their works show them to have been 
far in advance of the tribes found in occupation of the country at the time of the Dis- 
covery. But there is no evidence that their condition was anything more than an 
approximation to that attained by the ancient Mexicans, Central Americans and 
Peruvians. "' * * 

"As regards the antiquity of the works of the Mississippi \'alley, nothing can 
be affirmed with exactness. That many of them are very ancient, dating back by 



* See page 100. 

fSee ".Ancient Monuments in the United States," Harper's .^Tagazine, XXI : ITV (July, 1S60). 



thousands of years, seems to be fairly deducible from a variety of circumstances. Not 
only are they covered b}- primitive forests of trees, some of which have an antiquit}' of 
from 600 to 800 j'ears, but even these forests appear to stand on the debris of others 
equally venerable, which preceded them, since the era of the mounds." 

Gerard Fowke, of Chillicothe, Ohio, an archaeologist of experience 
and standing, has recently said* : 

"So far as has yet been discovered, the Mound-builders could not build a stone 
wall that would stand up. In the absence of springs or streams they could procure water 
only b}^ excavating a shallow pond ; they could not even wall up a spring when one was 
convenient. They left not one stone used in building that shows an}' mark of a dressing 
tool. Their mounds and embankments were built by bringing loads of earth, never 
larger than one person could easily carry, in baskets or skins, as is proved b}- the hundreds 
of lens-shaped masses observable in the larger mounds. They had not the slightest 
knowledge of the economic use of metals — treating what little they had as a sort of 
malleable stone ; even galena, which it seems impossible they could have used without 
discovering its low melting point, was always worked, if worked at all, as a piece of slate 
or other ornamental stone would be. 

"They left nothing to indicate that any system of written language existed among 
them, the few 'hieroglyphics' on the 'inscribed tablets' having no more significance than 
the modern carving by a bo}' on the smooth bark of the beech, or else being deliberate 
frauds — generally the latter in the case of the more elaborate specimens. The}' had not 
a single beast of burden, unless we accept the 'proof offered by a New York author that 
they harnessed up mastodons and worked them. Beyond peddling from tribe to tribe a 
few ornaments or other small articles that a man could easily carry, or transport in a 
canoe, they had no trade or commerce. "^ '^•" * "'■" Again it is stated that 'the great 
magnitude of the works show a numerous population distributed over a wide area, but all 
subject to one great central power, with kings and chiefs and high priests and laws and 
established religious systems and despotic power and servile obedience.' If the assump- 
tion upon which all this is based were correct — namely, that the various works scattered 
through the Mississippi Valley were occupied at one time by one people — there would be 
some probability of its truth ; but the little that is definitely known points the other way — 
to distinct races of Mound-builders at widely separated periods of time." 

Nearly all the large monnds in Ohio have been carefully explored 
by archaeologists and others. The last one to be opened and leveled to 
the ground was known as "the Great Adena Mound," and was situated 
just north of Chillicothe. It was one of the largest known in Ohio, 
being originally twenty-six feet in height and 175 feet in diameter, and 
was located on the estate purchased over a hundred vears ago b}- Gov. 
Thomas Worthington of Ohio. In 1809 Jacob Cist of Wilkes-Barre 
visited this mound and made a drawing of its outlines, or ground-plan, 
which, together with a brief description of the same written by Mr. 
Cist, was published under the title, "Ruins of an Ancient Work on the 
Scioto," in the November, 1809, number of T/ie Portfolio. Neither 
Governor Worthington nor anv of his descendants would ever allow this 
mound to be disturbed ; but a few years ago the property passed out of 
the family's hands, and its exploration was at once arranged for by the 
Ohio State Historical and Archaeological Society. 

The work of removing the earth composing this mound occupied 
a force of laborers for several weeks in the Summer of 1901 ; but the 
operations were rich in results. Twenty-four skeletons were exhumed, 
together with numberless implements and ornaments of rare workman- 
ship. Perhaps the most interesting find in the entire mound was almost 
at the exact center of the base. Here a carefully constructed mauso- 
leum of logs was found, and in it the skeleton of an adult in a fine state 
of preservation. It was evidently that of the chieftan in whose honor 
the mound was begun, for with the skeleton were found a necklace 
made of bears' claws, a number of awls and spear heads of slate and 
horn, and a remarkable pipe eight inches in length and beautifulh' 

* See the .^■c•^f )'ork '/'lihuiie, December 20, 190.'!. 



99 



carved. Two other large 'mausoleums had been constructed on the base 
line a short distance from the center. In one of these was found the 
body of a child, about twelve years old. About the loins had been 
wrapped bands of cloth, much of wdiich was, when discovered, still in 
fine condition ; and then, over all, was wound sheet after sheet of birch 
bark, held in place by splints of wood. The third mausoleum was 
V-shaped, and in this was found the skeleton of an adult that had on 
its arms a number of bracelets of beaten copper. Lying on the arm 
bones was a long, narrow gorget, held to the arm b}' one of the 
bracelets. Over the head of the skeleton of a child was a curious head- 
dress made of strips of mica about an inch in width, perforated at the 
ends with small holes. The mica composing this is believed to have 
been brought from North Carolina, as in that State is the nearest 
known locality w'here the same grade of mica is found. 

The most unique of the many remarkable Ohio mounds with which 
archaeologists, early and recent, have been familiar, is the one known 
everywhere as the "Serpent Mound." It is located in what for the past 
sixteen years has been called Serpent jNIound Park, in Adams County, 
on the southern border of Ohio. This park is owned and carefulh- con- 
served by the Peabody ]\Iuseum of Harvard University, Cambridge, 
Massachusetts. Along the eastern bank of Brush Creek — the western 
boundary of the park — a huge serpent, formed of yellow cla}', stretches 
in graceful folds. It measures 1,254 feet in length, from four to five 
feet in height, wath an average width of twenty feet. In front of its 
wide-extended jaws lies an oval mound, called "the egg,'' its major axis 
being- one hundred and twentv feet and its minor axis sixtv feet in 
length. The whole structure presents a strange and weird appearance 
— fairly indicated b}' the accompanying illustration, reproduced from 
The Foitr-Tyack A^cws (New York) of January, 1904, b)' courtesy of the 
publisher. 



m^ 



•r.f ^^^^ 



'^if'- 






N early fifty years ago E. G. Squier wrote* of this mound : 

"It is unquestionably, in many respects, the most extraordinary and interesting 
monument of antiquity yet discovered in the United States. * * "•■■ It cannot be 
supposed to be the offspring of an idle fancy or a savage whim. In its position, and the 
harnion}' and elaboration of structure, it bears the evidences of design ; and it seems to 
have been begun and finished in accordance with a matured plan, and not to have been 
the result of successive and unmeaning combinations. ' ' 



* In "Ancient Monuments in the United States.' 



100 

For a very full and interesting account (with many illustrations) 
of the "Serpent Mound," and other pre-historic remains in the Ohio 
Valley, the reader is referred to two articles by Prof. F. W. Putnam 
(previously mentioned) in The Century Magazine^ XVII : 698, 871 
(March and April, 1890). 

The oldest tribe or nation of Indians within the present limits of 
the United States (excluding Alaska and the Island possessions), of 
which there is a distinct tradition, was the Alleghan, x^llegewi or Tal- 
ligewi. Its name is perpetuated in that of the principal mountain- 
chain or system traversing the country — the Allegheny. This "semi- 
civilized" tribe, or, perhaps, confederacy, had the seat of its power, at a 
very early period, in the valley of the Ohio River and its confluent 
streams, and there are evidences that the ancient Alleghans and their 
allies and confederates lived in fixed towns, cultivated the soil and, 
without much doubt, were the Mound-builders. According to Indian 
tradition the Alleghans, driven from their ancient seats by a combina- 
tion against them of the Lenni Lenapes (Dela wares) and the Mengwes, 
or Mingoes (Iroquois), fled southward.* 

"About the period 1500-1600 those related tribes whom we now 
know by the name of Algonkins [or Algonquins] occupied the Atlantic 
coast from the Savannah River on the south to the Strait of Belle Isle 
on the north. The whole of Newfoundland was in their possession ; 
in Labrador they were neighbors to the Eskimos ; their northernmost 
branch dwelt along the southern shores of Hudson Bay, and followed 
the streams which flow into it from the west. * * * East of the 
Alleghenies, in the valleys of the Delaware, the Potomac and the Hud- 
son, over the barren hills of New England and Nova Scotia, and 
throughout the swamps and forests of Virginia and the Carolinas, their 
osier cabins and palisadoed strongholds, their maize fields and workshops 
of stone implements were numerously located."t 

There has been some difficulty in properly locating the tribe from 
which the Algonkin family has taken its name, but it is generally 
believed that it had its seat somewhere in Canada, between the St. 
Lawrence River and Hudson Bay. Tradition points to that region, and 
there the language of the Algonkin stock is found in its purest and 
most archaic form. The majority of the members of this original tribe 
apparently divided at a very early day into two branches, the one follow- 
ing the Atlantic coast southward, and the other the St. Lawrence and 
the Great Lakes westward At the period previously mentioned (1500- 
1600j the Algonkins composed the largest family of North American 
Indians, and the area occupied by them was more extensive than that of 
any other linguistic stock. In New England they were known as 
Abnakis, Pequots, Narragansetts, etc.; on the Hudson, as Mahikans, 
Mohicans or ^lohegans ; on the Delaware, as Lenni Lenapes ; in Mary- 
land, as Nanticokes ; in \'irginia, as Powhatans, while the most southern 
representatives of this family, or stock, were the Shawanoes, Shawanese 
or Shawnees, who once lived on the Tennessee River, and were closely 
related to the IMahikans of New York. 

* See pages 97 and 102 ; also, Heckewelder's "Tradition of the I,enape Migration," in "Pennsylvania — 
Colonial and Federal," 1 : 27. 

t Daniel G. Brinton, in "The Lenape and their Legends" (18S5). 



101 

Most of the tribes mentioned were acrricultural, raising maize, 
beans, squashes and tobacco ; but they were nomadic — shifting from 
place to place as the hunting and fishing, upon which they chiefly 
depended, required — although during the greater part of the year they 
occupied fixed residences in villages or towns. "They were," says 
Brinton, "skillful in chipping and polishing stone, and they had a 
definite, even rigid, social organization. Their mythology was extensive, 
and its legends, as well as the history of their ancestors, were retained 
in memory by a system of ideographic writing, of which a number of 
specimens have been preserved. Their intellectual capacities were 
strong, and the distinguished characters that arose among them displayed 
in their dealings of war or peace with the Europeans an abilit)-, a 
bravery and a sense of right on a par with the famed heroes of antiquity." 
vSchoolcraft says* : "The Algonquin language has been more culti- 
vated than any of the North American tongues. Containing no sounds 
of difficult utterance, capable of an easy and clear expression, and with 
a copious vocabulary, it has been the favorite medium of communica- 
tion on the frontiers from the earliest times. The French at an early 
jDeriod made themselves masters of it ; and, from its general use, it has 
been sometimes called the court language of the Indian. In its various 
ethnological forms, as spoken by the Delaware, Mohican, Shawnee 
=i= * * ^j^(;} y^y many other tribes, it has been familiar to the English 
colonists from the respective eras of the settlement of Virginia, New 
York and New England." Etymologists tell us that there are 131 words 
of Algonkin derivation in the English language — incorporated therein 
before the x'llgonkins were compelled to "move on" from their ancient 
territory towards the setting sun. Some of these words are : "Chip- 
munk," "hickory," "hominy," "menhaden," "moccasin," "moose," "mug- 
wump," "musquash," "pemmican," "persimmon," "pappoose," "pone," 
"porgy," "'possum," "powwow," "raccoon," "samp," "skunk," "squash," 
"squaw," "succotash," "Tammany," "tautog," "terrapin," "toboggan," 
"tomahawk," "totem," "wigwam," "woodchuck." 

All the x\lgonkin tribes who dwelt north of the Potomac, on the 
eastern shore of Chesapeake Bay, and in the basins of the Delaware and 
Hudson rivers, claimed near kinship and an identical origin, and were 
at times united into a loose, defensive confederacy. The members of 
this confederacy were: (1) the Mahikans, or Mohegans (sometimes 
called "River Indians"), of the Hudson, who occupied the valley of that 
river to the falls above the present city of Albany, and were the most 
northern tribe of the x\lgonkin familv in New York, but who finallv 
(about 1630) retired over the Highlands east of them into the valley of 
the Housatonicf ; (2) the various New Jersey tribes — Sankhikans, Rari- 
tans, Hackinsacks, Navisinks and others, some of whom were branches, 
clans or sub-tribes of the great Lenape tribe :{: ; (3) the Lenapes proper, or 
Lenni Lenapes, or Delawares, on the Delaware River and its branches ; 
(4) the Nanticokes, occupying all the territory between Chesapeake 

♦"History of the Indian Tribes of the United States" (edition of 1*57), page 673. 

t "Evidently, most of the tribes of Massachusetts and Connecticut were comparatively recent offshoots 
of the parent stem on the Hudson — supposing the course of migration had been eastward." — Brinlou. 

X Many families of this tribe chose to live by themselves, fixing their abodes in villages and taking a 
name from their location. Each of these bands had a chief, who, however, was in a measure subordinate 
to the chief of one of the sub-tribes or to the head-chief of the tribe. See page 103, post ; also. Proceedings 
of the Nezv Jersey Historical Society, Second Series, V : 81. 



102 

Bay and the Atlantic Ocean except the southern extremity, which 
appears to have been under the control of the Powhatan tribe of Vir- 
ginia ; (5) the small tribe called the Conoys, Kanawhas or Ganaweses, 
whose towns were on the tributaries of the Potomac and Patuxent 
rivers. 

Of all the Algonkin stock the Delawares were for many genera- 
ations the most numerous and powerful. The proper tribal name of 
these Indians was and is Lenape ("a" as in far, "e" as "a" in mate). 
Thev called themselves Lenni Lenape, meaning "true, or manly, men."* 
Heckewelder,t in one of his books, states that he well remembers "when 
they thought the whites had given them the name of 'Delawares' in 
derision ; but they were reconciled to it on being told that it was the 
name of a great white chief, Lord de La Warre. As they are fond of 
being named after distinguished men, they were rather pleased, consider- 
ing it as a compliment." According to their tradition, as preserved in 
the writings of Heckewelder, they resided at a very early day in a far 
western part of the American continent. Having determined to migrate 
eastward, they set forth in a body on a journey that lasted several years. 
In due time they came to the river now known as the Mississippi, where 
they fell in with the Mengwes (later known as the Iroquois), who 
had likewise migrated from a distant region. It was then that the 
Lenapes and Mengwes combined to make war, successfully, on the 
Alleghans — as previously mentioned. This war lasted many years, 
during which the Lenapes lost a great number of their warriors. Event- 
ualh', the conquerors divided the country between themselves — the 
]Mengwes making choice of the lands in the vicinity of the great lakes, 
and on their tributary streams, and the Lenapes taking possession of 
the country to the south. The two nations resided peaceably in this 
country for a long period of time, when some of the most enterprising 
huntsmen and warriors of the Lenapes journeyed to and crossed the 
swamps and mountains far to the eastward, and continued to advance 
until they had come to the shore of the ocean. Then they discovered 
the great rivers, many years later named the Delaware, Hudson, Susque- 
hanna and Potomac. After a long absence these explorers returned to 
their nation and reported what they had seen ; whereupon the Lenapes 
began to emigrate to the new territory, but at first only in small bands. 
They settled along the rivers mentioned, making the Delaware the 
center of their possessions. 

At a much later date, according to the traditions common to all the 
Algonkin tribes, special dignity and authority were assigned the 
Lenapes. Forty tribes, it is said, looked up to them with respect, and 
they took first place as the "grandfathers" of the family, while the other 
tribes were called "children," "nephews" and "grandchildren." A 
Lendpe tradition^ sets forth that, many hundred years before white men 
came to America, a treaty of friendship was made by the Lenapes with 
other Indian nations, and in memory of this event there was presented 
to the chief of the Lenapes a wampum belt with a copper heart in the 
center of it. This remarkable belt was seen and acknowledsfed bv 

*See "Report on Indians in the United States at the Eleventh Census," page 297 : "Transactions of the 
Buffalo (N Y.) Historical Society," III: 102, 103; Schoolcraft's "History of the Indian Tribes of the 
United States," page 177. 

tSee pages 42, 81 and 100, ante. 

J See "Report on Indians in the United States at the Eleventh Census," page 29S. 



103 

William Peiin, afterwards by various British generals, later by General 
Washington, and from that time down to abont the year 1S41 by every 
Indian tribe in the North and East. It was nnderstood to be still in 
existence as late as 1858, In presenting this belt at a grand conncil 
the Lenape chief would always hold it out and ask if any one could 
detect any change in the heart. Thereupon it would be pas.sed from 
one chief to another and from one brave to another, and then returned, 
and each chief would respond that the heart had remained unchange- 
able and true ; although the sinews that held the wampum might have 
become rotten from age and had to be replaced with new ones, and 
although a wampum might have fallen off — whereby a figure in the belt 
was changed — the Jicart was always just the same. After exhorting for 
a time on the subject they would renew their bonds of friendship, smoke 
the pipe of peace and depart. 

When first discovered by the whites the Lenapes were living on the 
banks of the Delaware in detached bands under separate sachems. On 
a map published at iVmsterdam in 1659 they are represented as occupy- 
ing the valley of the Delaware from its source to its mouth, extending 
westward to the IMinquas, or vSusquehannocks,* and eastward, under the 
names of various local and totemic clans or bands, f across the entire 
area of New Jersey to the Hudson. The nation was divided into three 
sub-tribes or clans, as follows: (1) The Minsi, Munsee, Mousey or 
Minisink, "the People of the Stony Lands," whose totemic device was 
the Wolf ; (2) the Unami, Wonamey or Wanamie, "the Down-river 
People," whose totemic device was the Turtle, or Tortoise ; (3) the 
Unalachtigo, "the Tide-water People," whose totemic device was the 
Turkey. 

The iNIinsis lived in the mountainous region at the head-waters of 
the Delaware, above the "Forks," or junction of the Lehigh River. 
"That they were the most vigorous and war-like of the Lenape is indi- 
cated by many evidences ; and they were probably the strongest in 
numbers. From their holds in the mountains they reached north-east- 
ward to the banks of the Hudson, and on that river joined hands with 
the Mohegans, another tribe of the Algonkin family."- The territorv 
of the Unamis lay on the right bank of the Delaware, and extended 
from the Lehigh Valley southward. To this, the "Turtle" clan, the 
Lenapes ascribed the greatest dignity, "for they shared with peoples of 
the Old World the myth that a great tortoise, first of all created beings, 
bore the earth upon its back. Thus, by their totem, the Unamis had 
precedence, and in time of peace their sachem or chief, wearing a 
diamond-marked wampum belt, was chief of the whole tribe." The 
Unalachtigos had their principal seat on the afiluents of the Delaware, 
near where the city of Wilmington now stands. 

The Rev. John Campanius, in his "History of New Sweden, ";{: 
writing of the Lenapes about the year 1645, says : 

* See page 38. fSee foot-note, page 101. 

I "New Sweden." which comprehended certain parts of the present States of Delaware and Pennsyl- 
vania, was the first permanent settlement by white men on the Delaware Bay and River on either side. 
This Swedish colony had a lifetime of but seventeen years— 1638 to 1655 ; "yet it was of large importance, 
because it was the actual and systematic beginning of the life of white people on the west bank of the 
Delaware. Out of it came the first planting of Pennsylvania. A year before William Penn was born the 
Swedes had already begun the settlement of the State which was to bear his name." 

Campanius, the author mentioned above, was minister of the Church in New Sweden from 1643 to 
1648, when he returned to Sweden. September 4, 1646, at what is now Tinicum, Delaware County, he 
dedicated the fir.st house for Christian worship erected within the present limits of Pennsylvania. 



104 



"They make their bows with the limb of a tree, of about a man's length, and their 
bow-strings out of the sinews of animals ; they make their arrows out of a reed, a j^ard 
and a-half long, and at one end they fix in a piece of hard wood of about a quarter's 
length, at the end of which the}- make a hole to fix in the head of the arrow, which 
is made of black flint-stone, or of hard bone or horn, or the teeth of large fishes 
or animals, which thej' fasten in with fish glue in such a manner that the water can- 
not penetrate ; at the other end of the arrow the}- put feathers. They can also tan 
and prepare the skins of animals, which the}- paint afterwards in their own way. 
They make much use of painted feathers, with which they adorn their skins and 
bed-covers, binding them with a kind of network, which is very handsome, and 
fastens the feathers ver}- well. With these thej' make light and warm clothing 
for themselves ; with the leaves of Indian corn and reeds they make purses, mats and 
baskets, and everything else that they want. * * -" They make ver}- handsome and 
strong mats of fine roots, which they paint with all kinds of figures ; they hang their 
walls with these mats, and make excellent bed-clothes out of them. The women spin 

thread and yarn out of nettles, hemp and 

^^ . ^ .- >- = ^ some plants unknown to us. Governor 

'" Printz* had a complete set of clothes, 

with coat, breeches and belt, made 
by these barbarians with their wam- 
pum, which was curiously wrought with 
figures of all kinds of animals. "- * * 
"They make tobacco-pipes out of 
reeds about a man's length ; the bowl 
is made of horn, and to contain a great 
quantity of tobacco. The}^ generally 
present these pipes to their good friends 
when they come to visit them at their 
houses and wish them to stay some time 
longer ; then the friends cannot go 
away without having first smoked out 
of the pipe.f They make them, other- 
wise, of red, j-ellow and blue clay, of 
which there is a great quantity in the 
country ; also of white, gray, green, 
brown, black and blue stones, which are 
so soft that they can be cut with a knife. 
* * * Their boats are made of the 
bark of cedar and birch trees, bound to- 
gether and lashed very strongly. They 
carry them along wherever they go, 
and when they come to some creek that 
the}' want to get over they launch them 
and go whither they please. They also 
used to make boats out of cedar trees, 
which they burnt inside and then scrap- 
ed off the coals [charred wood] with 
sharp stones, bones or mussel-shells." 

Charles Thomson (for fifteen years Secretary of the Colonial Con- 
gress), who, about the years 1756-'60, had unusual opportunities^ for 
studying the institutions, manners, etc., of the Lenapes, left among 
his manuscripts a fragmentary "Essay upon Indian Ajffairs" — written 
about 1763 — from which the following paragraphs have been taken : 

"They [the Lenap^s] were perfect strangers to the use of iron. The instruments 
with which they dug up the ground were of wood, or a stone fastened to a handle of 
wood. Their hatchets for cutting were of stone, sharpened to an edge by rubbing, and 
fastened to a wooden handle. Their arrows were pointed with flint or bones. What 
clothing they wore was of the skins of animals took in hunting, and their ornaments 
were principally of feathers. They all painted or daubed their faces with red. The men 
suffered only a tuft of hair to grow on the crown of the head ; the rest, whether on the 
head or face, they prevented from growing by constantly plucking it out by the roots, so 
that they always appeared as if they were bald and beardless. INIany were in the practice 
of marking their faces, arms and breasts by pricking the skin with thorns and rubbing 
the parts with a fine powder made of coal [charcoal], which, penetrating the punctures, 
left an indelible stain or mark, which remained as long as they lived. The punctures 
were made in figures, according to their several fancies. 

* Lieut. Col. John- Printz, Governor of New Sweden from 1643 to 1653. 
t vSee page ST. X See Chapter V, post. 




Lenape Indian Family. 

From Campanius' "New Sweden. 



105 



"The only part of their bodies which they covered was from the waist half-way 
down the thighs, and their feet they guarded with a kind of shoe made of the hide of 
buffalo, or of (leerskin, laced tight over the instep and up to the ankles with thongs. It 
was and still continues to be a common practice among the men to slit their ears, putting 
something into the hole to prevent its closing, and then by hanging weights to the lower 
part, to stretch it out so that it hangs down the cheek like a large ring.* They had no 
knowledge of the use of silver or gold, though .some of these metals were found among 
the southern Indians." 

The tools of the Lenapes were rude and poor — .strictly those of the 
stone age (for they had no knowledge of any metal save a little copper 
for ornament), yet they handled their tools with great skill and neat- 
ness. They were adepts in dressing the skins of animals, especially the 
deer. "They made earthenware vessels, baking them hard and black. 
Soap.stone they hollowed out for pots and pans, while other household 
vessels were made of wood. The large wild gourd, the calabash — one 
of the few contributions to the use of the white people — served them as 
bucket and dipper. * * * Near their villages, in the alluvial bottom 
lands, or in spaces in the woods cleared by fire, the women raised the 
family crops, planting the maize, our 'Indian corn,' when 'the oak leaf 
was the size of a squirrel's ear,' and raising also beans, pumpkins and a 
few other vegetables."t Thomson says they raised "the very prolific 
and nutritious sweet potato, which might be kept during winter in kilns 
dug under the lodge fire-place." Zeisberger describes the women as 
going into the woods in February to boil the maple sap and make 
sugar, and this process is declared by some writers to be an Indian 
discovery. 

"The Lenape could not have been a large tribe. Within the limits 
of Pennsylvania they numbered perhaps 2,000 people. It cannot now 
be said with confidence that they had any central or fixed 'town.' The}- 
had places to which they resorted, such as rivers and creeks in which 
they fished ; mountains where they hunted, or cleared spaces where they 
planted ; but they had no buildings more substantial than the simple 
hut, or lodge, commonly known to the whites as the ivigivaiii^ in which 
they sheltered themselves. Its frame was formed of sapling trees, and 
was covered by the bark of larger ones. Each hut was for a single 
family, differing in this respect from the houses of the Iroquois. Some- 
times the Lenape huts might be placed in groups, forming a village, 
and surrounded by a palisade of driven stakes, for defense against 
enemies, but all such frail structures decayed and disappeared almost 
as soon as their occupants quitted them. * * * 







Liii 






s-x. 



* It .seems that the Shawanese Iiidiaii.s (concerning whom much 
is related in subsequent chapters) also, at one time, practised this 
custom of ear slitting. The accompanying illustration is a reduced 
facsimile of a drawing by George Catliii, originally published in 
his 'Xetters and Notes" mentioned on page 84. The Indian here 
represented was I,ay-law-she-kaw ("He Who Goes up the River"), 
a Shawanese chief, whose portrait was painted by Catlin in 1831. 
The chief was then an aged man, with white hair, and was the 
head of his tribe, at that time settled on the Kansas River. 

Catlin refers to this chief and his elongated ears in the follow- 
ing wards : "A very aged but extraordinary man, with a fine and 
intelligent head, and his ears slit and stretched down to his 
shoulders — a cu.stom highly valued in this tribe— which is done by 
severing the rim of the ear with a knife, and stretching it down by 
wearing a heavy weight attached to it at times, to elongate it as 
much as possible, making a large orifice, through which, on parades, 
etc., they often pass a bunch of arrows or quills and wear them as 
ornaments. In this instance (which was not an unusual one) the 
rims of the ears were so extended that they touched the shoulders, 
making a ring through which the whole hand could easilj' be 
passed." 

t "Pennsylvania — Colonial and Federal," I : 9. 



106 




Lenape Palisaded Village. 

From Canipanius' "New Sweden." 



"One fact not vet con- 
sidered influenced the life 
of the Indians of Pennsyl- 
vania to a degree which we 
can understand only with 
an effort. They had, with 
the sole exception of the 
dog — a half-wild creature — 
no domestic animal. The 
hors.e they had never seen — 
nor the cow. They had not 
the llama of South America, 
the camel, the elephant or 
any other of the beasts of 
burden so useful in the Old 
World. They had, there- 
fore, no means of movement or transportation but those which their own 
bodily vigor supplied. On land they walked or ran, on the water they 
paddled their canoes. By their marches on the chase or in war they had 
worn paths, or 'trails,' which may yet be traced here and there, over hill 
and mountain ; but it is most probable that, living near many streams of 
water, they made large use of these as highways of travel. * * * 

"The Lenape were straight, of middle height, their color a reddish 
brown. Penn speaks of them as 'generally tall, straight, well built and 
of singular proportion ; they tread strong and clever, and mostly walk 
with a lofty chin.' Their complexion he called 'black,' but said it was 
artificially produced by the free use of bear-grease, and exposiire to sun 
and weather. The}^ married young, the men, he says, usually at seven- 
teen, the women at thirteen or fourteen ; but their families were seldom 
large, and the increase of the tribe must have been slow. Polygamy 
existed, but w^as not common."* 

In the preceding pages (in particular, pages 39, 40, 81 and 100) 
mention is frequently made of the Mengwes, ]\Iingoes,t Iroquois or Five 
— later the Six — Nations , and a brief account is given of the over- 
throw and expulsion of the Alleghans by the Mengwes and Lenni 
Lenapes. With reference to the time of the occurrence of this event 
Horatio Hale says in "The Iroquois Book of Rites" that it is variously 
estimated ; but "the most probable conjecture places it at a period about 
1,000 years before the present day" — and it was the termination of a 
desperate warfare that had "lasted about one hundred years." 

It was apparently soon after this that the Mengwes and Lenni 
Lenapes scattered themselves over the wide region south and south-east 
of the Great Lakes, thus left open to their occupancy. A tradition of 
the former nation points to the vicinity of Montreal, on the north bank 
of the St. Lawrence River, as their early, or perhaps first, home in this 
newly acquired territory, whence they gradualh- moved south-westward 
alongf the shores of Lake Ontario and Lake Erie. 

o 
* "Pennsylvania— Colonial and Federal," I : 7, 11, 12. 

t "The name 'Mingo,' or 'Mengwe,' by which the Iroquois were known to the Delawares and the 
other sonthern Algonkins, is said to be a contraction of the Lenape word Mahongwi, meaning 'the 
People of the Springs ' The Iroquois possessed the head-waters of the rivers which flowed through the 
country of the Delawares."—//. Hale, in 'The Iroquois Book of Rites." 

The Iroquois were also called at an early day "Maquas" and 'Massawomacs." (See "Report on 
Indians at the Eleventh Census,'" pages .30 and 04'2 ; also, see foot-notes, pages 110 and ll'i. post.) 



107 

According- to Morgan,* in liis ''Leao-ue of the Iroquois" (edition of 
1S51, page 4), the remote origin of the Mengvves, and their history 
anterior to about the year IGO'J (the era of the discoveries in this country 
by the Dutch), "are both enshrouded with obscurity. Tradition inter- 
poses its feeble light to extricate, from a confusion which Time has 
wrought, some of the leading events which preceded and marked their 
political organization. It informs us that prior to their occupation of 
New York they resided * upon the north bank of the vSt. Law- 

rence, where they lived in subjection to the Adirondacks, a branch of 
the Algonkin race, then in possession of the whole country north of 
that river. * '■'• ''' Having been in a struggle for independence with 
the Adirondacks, they were overpowered and vanquished by the latter 
and compelled to retire from the country to escape extermination.'' 
Their first settlements in the territory now comprehended within the 
limits of the State of New York are believed to have been on the Seneca 
River in northern-central New York. At that time they formed only 
one body or nation and were but few in number. Subsequently they 
divided into bands — each of which assumed or acquired a distinctive 
name — and spread abroad to found new villages. 

They had become the acknowledged masters of the country east of 
the Mississippi at the time of the European discovery of this continent, 
and were then known as the Iroquois. As to the origin and proper 
meaning of the word Iroquois, Hale says ("Book of Rites") that "accord- 
ing to Bruyas the word garokwa meant 'a pipe,' and also 'a piece of 
tobacco' — and, in its verbal form, 'to smoke.' * * In the indeterminate 
form the verb becomes ierokwa^ which is certainly very near to Iroquois. 
It might be rendered 'they who smoke,' or 'they who use tobacco,' or 
briefly, 'the Tobacco People.' The Iroquois were well known for their 
cultivation of this plant, of which they had a choice variety." 

The Iroquois — "an island in the great ocean of the Algonkin tribes" 
— first appear in history as occupying a portion of the area of the present 
State of New York — the same territory, between the Hudson and the 
Genesee rivers, upon which they continued to reside until near the close 
of the eighteenth century. To the north-west, in the adjoining part of 
Canada, were their kinsmen the Hurons,t or Wyandots, including the 
tribe called by the French '•'•Tionontates'^ ("Tobacco Nation"), noted 
like the Iroquois for the excellent tobacco wdiich they raised and sold. 
To the south-west, along the south-eastern shore of Lake Erie, were the 
Eries, or "Cat Nation" (as they were denominated by the early Jesuits), 
also kinsmen of the Iroquois ; and westward, along the south-western 
shore of Lake Ontario and the north-eastern shore of Lake Erie, dwelt ' 

the Neutral Nation, so called from their neutrality in the war between 
the Hurons and the Iroquois. They had tlieir council-fires along the 

*I,Ewis H. Morgan was born at Aurora, ><*. Y., in 1818, and died at Rochester, N. Y., in 1881. He was 
graduated at Union College, became a lawyer, and served several terms in the New York Legislature. ^/- i>^. ^^ 
He often visited the New York Indians on their reservations, and was adopted by the Senecas. He] ^^"'^ rjoi'*'**, 
wrote many books on aboriginal life in America, but his "League of the Iroquois" is the best-known.<^''[^l/4'^, jTJv • " 
This book was originally published in one volume at Rochester in 1851, and in spite of the fact that itl c. ^-■^-^'''^ In^ 
soon passed out of print, and that such competent critics as the late John Fiske pronounced it "the most v -'*'-i) ^■^^^^'^ 
complete and trustworthy description of the civilization of the North American Indians that has yet C • . y ' c-*-' 
appeared," the work was never reprinted until 11102, when a very handsome edition in two volumes was — C V^''^ 
published in New York. 

Francis "W. Halsey (referred to on page 32, anle) said of this book on its republication : "It treats of a 
large subject in our history in a way that is final, and the charm of its author's style pervades every page 
of It. Many other men have written about this ancient people, but none of the books approaches 
Morgan'.s in originality of pre.sentation, exhaustive knowledge or interesting descriptions." 

t See page 39. 



108 

Niagara River — principally on its western side. Far to the south of the 
Iroquois, on the Susquehanna River in Pennsylvania and Maryland, 
were the Andastes or Susquehannocks,* and in Virginia and North 
Carolina, the Tuscarora and other tribes. 

Subsequently to their establishment in New York, but many years 
prior to the era of the Dutch discoveries, the five nations (Mohawk, 
■Onondaga, Seneca, Oneida and Cayuga) into which the Iroquois had 
hecome subdivided were united in a league. Morgan states that "the 
epoch of its establishment cannot now be decisively ascertained ; " but 
he thinks that, without doubt, the formation took place at least a cen- 
tury before the Dutch discovery. To-day the majority of writers on this 
subject hold the opinion that the Iroquois League, or Confederacy, was 
organized about the middle of the fifteenth century — not many years 
before the discovery of this country by Columbus, and between 500 and 
600 vears after the overthrow of the Alleghans, as previously described. 

According to the traditions of the Iroquois the founder of their 
League was Hi-a-wat-ha {Da-ga-no-we-da)^'\ the hero of Iroquois legend. 
He was an Onondagan chief — "the incarnation of Wisdom, whose 
power was equal to his intelligence" — and he had long beheld with 
grief the evils which afflicted not only his own nation, but all the other 
tribes about them, through the continual wars in which they were 
eneag-ed, and the misg-overnment and miseries at home which these 
wars produced. With much meditation he had elaborated in his mind 
the scheme of a vast confederation which would ensure universal peace. 

"The project of a league," says Morgan, "originated with the Onon- 
dagas, among whom it was first suggested as a means to enable them 
more effectually to resist the pressure of contiguous nations." Tradi- 
tions all refer to the northern shore of Onondaga Lake as the place 
where the first council-fire was kindled, around which the chiefs and 
wise men of the five nations assembled in general congress to agree upon 
the terms and principles of the compact by which their future destinies 
were to be linked together, and where, after a debate of many days, the 
establishment of the Iroquois Confederacy was effected. The nations 
who constituted the Confederacy were the Ga-ne-a-ga-o-no ("People Pos- 
sessors of the Flint"), or Mohawks, the 0-nun-da-ga-o-no ("People on 
the Hills"), or Onondagas, the Nun-da-wa-o-no ("Great Hill People"), 
or Senecas, the 0-iia-yote-ka-o-no ("Granite People"), | or Oneidas, and 
the Gwe-u-gweh-o-no ("People at the Mucky Land"), or Cayugas. 

Morgan says, ("League of the Iroquois") : 

"After the formation of the League the Iroquois called themselves Ho-de-no-sau- 
nee,''/. which signifies 'the People of the Long House.' It grew out of the circumstance 
that they likened their Confederacy to a long house — having partitions and separate fires, 
after their ancient methods of building houses — within which the several nations were 
sheltered under a common roof. * * * Upon an extended examination of their insti- 
tutions it will become apparent that the League was established upon the principles, and 
was designed to be but an elaboration, of the family relationship. * * * 

"The system under which they confederated was not of gradual construction, under 
the suggestions of necessity, but was the result of one protracted effort of legislation. 

* See pages 38 and 39. 

t Longfellow's famous and charming poem, "The Song of Hiawatha," was based on a distortion of 
the legend of Hi-a-wat-ha, as transposed from the original Iroquois tale. The poet placed the scene of 
Hi-a-wat-ha's sojourn upon earth in "the land of the Ojibwaj's'' and "the land of the Dacotahs," among 
the "great lakes of the Northland,'' instead of in northern-central New York; and thus a genuine per- 
sonality — "a grave Iroq^uois lawgiver and reformer of the fifteenth century— has become, in modern liter- 
ature, an Ojibway demigod, son of the West Wind and companion of the tricksy Paupukkeewis.' 

X "The People of'the Stone," says Dr. Beauchamp. 

g See note (X), page 81, ante. 



lOi) 

The nations were at the time separate and hostile bands altht)ngh of j^eneric origin, and 
were drawn together in council to deliberate upon the ])lan of a league. ■•■' '■'' * The 
traditions further inform us that the Confederacy as framed by this council, with its laws, 
rules, inter-relationships of the jieople and mode of administration, has come down 
through many generations to the present age, with scarcely a change — except the addition 
of an inferior class of rulers (called chiefs in contradistinction to the sachems), and a 
modification of the law in relation to marriage." 

Hale says ("Book of Rites") : 

"In the mere plan of a confederation there was nothing new. There are probably- 
few, if any, Indian tribes which have not, at one time or another, been members of a 
league or confederacy. It may almost be said to be their normal condition. But the 
plan W'hich Hiawatha had evolved differed from all others in two particulars. The sj'stem 
which he devised was to be not a loose and transitory league, but a permanent govern- 
ment. While each nation was to retain its own council and its management of local 
affairs, the general control was to be lodged in a federal senate, composed of representa- 
tives elected by each nation, holding office during good behavior, and acknowledged as 
ruling chiefs throughout the whole confederacy. 

"Still further, and more remarkably, the confederation was not to be a limited one. 
It was to be indefinitely expansible. The avowed design of its proposer was to abolish 
war altogether. He wished the federation to extend until the tribes of men should be 
included in it, and peace should everywhere reign. Such is the positive testimony of 
the Iroquois themselves ; and their statement, as will be seen, is supported by historical 
evidence. * * * His conceptions were beyond his time, and beyond ours ; but their 
effect, within a limited sphere, was very great. For more than three centuries the bond 
which he devised held together the Iroquois nations in perfect amity. It proved, more- 
over, as he intended, elastic. The territory of the Iroquois constantly extending as their 
united strength made itself felt, became the 'Grkat Asylum' of the Indian tribes." 

Benson J. Lossing, the American historian, in an article entitled 

"Our Barbarian Brethren" (see Harper's Magazine^ XL: 804), says: 

"The Iroquois Confederacy was a marvel, all things considered. * * It was 
composed of five large families bearing the dignity of nations. These were subdivided 
into tribes or smaller families, each having its totem or heraldic insignia. * " * By 
common consent A-to-tar-ho {"' To-do-da-lio''^, a chief of 
the Onondagas, who was eminent for his wisdom and 
valor, was chosen to be its first President. He was then 
living in grim seclusion in a swamp. He was an object 
of veneration and awe, and when a delegation of Mo- 
hawks went to offer him the symbol of supreme power, 
they found him seated in the deep shadows smoking his 
pipe, but unapproachable, because he was entirely clothed 
with hissing serpents ! Here is the old story of Medusa's 
snaky tresses, invented in the forests of the new-found 
world, and forming a part of the traditionary history of 
the Iroquois Confederacy. 

' 'The chief features of this remarkable League were 
the principles of tribal union through the totemic system, 
military glory and domination, and a practical example 
of an almost pure democracy most remarkably developed. 
Each canton or nation was a distinct rcDublic, entirely 
independent of the others in what may be termed the 
domestic concerns of the State ; but each was bound to 
the others of the League by ties of honor and general 
interest. Each had an equal voice in the General Coun- 
cil, or Congress, and possessed a sort of veto power which A-to-tar-ho. 
was a guaranty against despotism. "' * -' The mili- 
tary organization of the League seems to have been not onh- independent of the civil 
authority, but dominant of it. The military leaders were called chiefs. They derived 
their authority from the people, who recognized and rewarded their ability as warriors. ' ' 

In the early days of the Iroquois Confederacy its members were 

commonly known to other Indians bv the o;eneral name of "MiuQ-oes"* — 

regardless of their tribal names and distinctions — and their Confederacy 

soon came to be called the "Five Nations." They rose rapidly in power 

and influence. One of the first results of their federal svstem was a 

universal spirit of aggression — a thirst for military glory and political 

* 111 I77!i. 1782 and 1S32 certain Iroquois Indians— few in number— living on a branch of the Scioto 
River were officially denominated ".Mingoes." 




110 

aggrandizement, which made the old forests of America resonnd with 
Tinman conflicts from New England to the ^Mississippi, and from the 
northern confines of the Great Lakes to the Tennessee and the hills of 
Carolina. The Five Nations never snbjugated the Indians east of the 
Connecticut River, however. 

The Five Nations were, indeed, entitled to respect, not only 
hecanse of their fighting powers, but for their intelligence and long 
start toward civilization. They were b}^ far the most advanced of the 
North American Indians. DeWitt Clinton denominated them "the 
Romans of the Western World." 

"This empire of the Iroquois belongs not to remote antiquity, but is one of yester- 
day. When we have gone back 400 5^ears ever3'thing bej'ond is shrouded in the dim 
twilight of Indian legend and scattered lore. In the centuries before our Revolutionary 
War this people had made a great deal of forgotten history on our continent. Among 
Indian races they had been supreme. They were master spirits, and the imperial nature 
•of their ambition quite rivals that of many white races. W^ith their seat of authority 
established in central New York they were masters of a domain which now forms many 
States. The territory over which they exercised their sway might well have been 
called an empire. Indeed, there was nothing boastful or unwarranted in their assump- 
tion of imperial rank for the chief man whom they chose to preside over them. 

"The war-cry of this people was heard on the shores of the Mississippi and in 
Mexico. They went south as far as Georgia. W^hen Capt. John Smith met some of the 
Mohawks paddling about Chesapeake Bay, other Indians told him that the Mohawks 
made war on all the world.* North of the Aztec monarchy no people ever built up on 
this continent so powerful a political organization. It is believed that the conquests of 
the Iroquois reached to further limits than those of Greece, and that Rome herself did 
not much surpass them territorially. 

"Theirs was not an Empire of the mind like Greece, of law and gold like Rome, 
but one pureh* of the sword, or the bow and arrow and the tomahawk. It was purel}^ 
because of their genius for war that the Iroquois were able to raise themselves to their 
-proud eminence. That genius acted in a land which had been built for empire. Morgan 
well pointed out that a great source of their strength lay in the lands which were their 
home, which were the highest on the continent, between the Atlantic and the Mississippi. 
There, in central New York, were the headwaters of great rivers — the Hudson, the St. 
Lawrence, the Susquehanna, the Ohio — which marked the highway's along which they 
•could descend to the conquest of inferior races far to the south and west. Long before 
"the white man had made New York State a seat of civilization this dusky warrior race 
had marked out our territory as a land of empire, "f 

About the year 1600 the five nations of the Iroquois Confederacy 
were distributed throughout northern New York as follows : The Mo- 
hawks (or Caniengas^ as Hale says "they should properly be called")! 
possessed the Mohawk River, a small part of the territory south of it 
and nearlv all the region in the north-east corner of the State to the St. 
Lawrence River — including what is now known as the Adirondack 
region. "They covered Lake George and Lake Champlain with their 
flotillas of large canoes, managed with the boldness and skill which, 
hereditary in their descendants, make them still the best boatmen of 
the North American rivers." Lake Otsego and Canadurango Lake 
(mentioned on page 32) lay within the Mohawk territory. 

At this time the Mahikans, or Mohegans (referred to on page 101), 
were located south of the Mohawks, while west of them the Oneidas 
held a strip of territory, about thirty miles in width, extending from the 
present northern boundaries of the counties of Delaware and Broome 
north to the St. Lawrence — including the Chenango River and the small 
river and part of the lake which now bear the name Oneida. 

* See pages 38 and .39. 

t Francis W. Halsey, in The Ne.iu York Times Saturday Review, June 7, lii02. 

I They were also called ""Maquas." The ■vioxA maqua has been translated as "bear" and as "man- 
«ater." See further, fool-notes on pages lOfi and 112. 



West of the Oneidas the imperious Onondao^as, the central and, in 
•some respects, the ruling- nation of the League, possessed the region ex- 
tending from the present counties of Tioga and Broome northward to 
the south-eastern and eastern shores of Lake Ontario and a short stretch 
■of the St. Lawrence River. The territory of the Onondagas was smaller 
in extent than that of the Oneidas, and included within its limits the 
three lakes Skaneateles, Onondaga and Otisco and part of Oneida Lake. 

Still proceeding westward, the lines of trail and river led to the 
long and winding reaches of Ca)uga Lake, about which were clustered 
the towns of the people who gave their name to the lake.* The small- 
est of the five territories was that possessed by the Cayugas. It compre- 
hended parts of the present counties of Tompkins, Seneca, Cayuga and 
Wavne, and was bounded on the north by Lake Ontario. The Cayugas 
had several names when first known. 

Beyond the Cayugan territory, over the wide expanse of hills and 
•dales surrounding the lakes Seneca, Keuka and Canandaigua, were 
scattered the populous villages of the Senecas ("more correctly called 
Scviontowauas, or Mountaineers," says Hale).t Their territory extended 
w^estward to the Genesee River, and w^as bounded on the north by Lake 
Ontario, and on the south by the region occupied by the Gachoi, or 
Oachoos. West of the Senecas at this period were the Neutrals, and 
south-west were the Eries, mentioned on page 107. "When first known 
the Senecas lived entirely in what is now^ known as Ontario County and 
in a small part of Monroe County, occupying several villages and having 
two conspicuous divisions. Tradition points to Yates County for their 
•origin, and it is probable that forts in that direction may have been 
■occupied by part of the nation.";]: 

Jeffries says in his work on the human race that "the Five Nations, 
.at the landing of the Pilgrims, constituted a rising power in America ; 
and had not New England been settled by Europeans it is most likely 
that the Iroquois would have exterminated the inferior tribes of red men." 

"To this Indian league," writes Morgan, "France must chiefly 
ascribe the final overthrow of her magnificent schemes of colonization 

* The Indian name for this lake was G-we-u-gicetli, "the Lake at the Mucky I<and." 

t O. H. Marshall (in "Historical Writings, " page 231) says ; "The name 'Senecas' first appears on 
a Dutch map of Ifilfi. * * Ho-vv this name originated is vex'ata qiiccstio among Indo-antiquarians and 
■etymologists. The least plausible supposition is, that the name has any reference to the moralist Seneca. 
Some have suppcsed it to be a corruption of the Dutch term for vermilion, or cinnabar, under the assump- 
tion that the Senecas, being the most warlike of the Five Nations, used that pigment more than others, 
and thus gave origin to the name. This hypothesis is .supported by no authority." 

Schoolcraft (in his 'History of the Indian Tribes," page 326) says: "The word .Seneka, or Seneca, 
has been a puzzle to inquirers. How a Roman proper name should have become the distinctive cogno- 
men for a tribe of American Indians, it is not easy to say. The French, who first encountered them in 
western New York, termed them, agreeably to their system of bestowing nicknames, ' Tsononto-wans'' : 
that i.s, 'Rattlesnakes.' * * * The Senecas call them.selves '7V«?irfo?i'a,' or 'People of the Hill,' from an 
eminence at the head of Canandaigua L,ake, which is the locality of a popular allegory." 

Dr. Beauchamp (previously mentioned), in an article on Indian names, published in the Syracuse 
lournal in 189(5, wrote : "The name of the Senecas is an old one (although not their own), first appear- 
"ing on the Dutch maps of 16U-16, and having been given them by the Algonkin tribes near the coast. 
These spoke a radically different language. In their tongue Sin-ne meant 'to eat,' and the form is still 
found in the Ojibwa— as in We-sin-yie, 'we eat.' It was variously spelled by the Dutch, the most common 
form being 'Sinneke,' or 'Sinneque,' and the spelling hardly suggests to the eye the Latin form so easily 
derived from it by the ear. 

"Mr. Hale says that Sinako means 'stone snakes' in the Delaware, and that Mr. Squier was told that, 
as applied to this nation, their enemies, it meant 'mountain snakes.' This does not seem as well sup- 
ported as the other, and the more reasonable interpretation is thought to be 'the devourers, or eaters, of 
men,' actually or figuratively. All the early Iroquois had a terrible reputation in this way. I,iterally 
they were devourers of their enemies." 

Says Heckewelder— quoting the Kev. C. Pyrlfeus : "The Five Nations formerly did eat hunian flesh. 
"Eto niaclit ochquari,' said they, in devouring the whole body of a French soldier: which, being inter- 
preted, is, 'human flesh tastes like bear's meat I' " — Havden's "The Wyoming Massacre " page J.i. 

On the map on page 3o, anle, and on the map of Pennsylvania in Chapter V (both of which were 
published in 17.i(i), it will be noticed that the territory at that time occupied by the Senecas is indicated 
in these words : "Chenessies, Canasadages and Chenandoanes, called by the English Sexecas." 

X Btdletin of the Xeiv York State Museum, No. 32, page 1'2.5. 



■ 112 

in the northern part of America." To insure their well-being in Canada 
the French took the part of the Algonkins, and consequentl}^ were led 
into conflict with the Five Nations. It was thus that came about the 
first recorded battle of whites and Indians, on the site of Ticonderoga, 
at the lower end of Lake Champlain, in New York, a description of 
which we owe to Champlain. It took place July 30, 1609, more than 
eleven years before the Pilgrims landed at Plymouth Rock." 

The introduction of gunpowder into America revolutionized the 
entire Indian mode of life. Learning the importance and use of fire- 
arms — cumbrous arquebuses and matchlocks — from the Dutch and in 
the hands of Champlain's followers, the Five Nations seized upon these 
new weapons as rapidly as they could acquire them from the Dutch, 
with whom they had made an important treaty near Fort Orange — later, 
Albany — about 1614. With the possession of fire-arms began not only 
the rapid elevation, but absolute supremacy, of the Five Nations over 
other Indian nations. Thiis rendered formidable they fearlessly extended 
the range of their triumphs. Within little more than fifty years all 
western New York, northern Ohio and much of Pennsylvania and 
Canada were theirs. They had changed the map. 

"They made war or peace with equal facility, holding with a 
death grasp to their old ideas and traditions, conquering and absorb- 
ing tribes, and getting the control and government of the country 
from the Carolinas on the south to the lakes on the north and the 
iMississippi on the west. The Mohawk* w^ar-whoop was the terror of 
aboriginal life, and the signal-fires of the Iroquois League, illumi- 
nating the hills and valleys of the Atlantic coast, meant danger 
to the outlying tribes. Their phenomenal fighting capacity, coupled 
with the rapidity of movement and power of concentration of their 
fighting men, gave the impression of a vast number of warriors." — 
Thomas Donaldson, in ^''Report on Indians at the Eleventh Census^'' 
page U7. 

In 1643 the Five Nations expelled the Neuter Nation from the 
Niagara peninsula, and established a permanent settlement at the mouth 
of that river. In 1654 they nearly exterminated the Fries — adopting 
into their Confederacy man}' of the survivors of the disrupted tribe. 
Ambition now stimulated every canton, or nation, of the Confederacy, 
and when, in 1664, New Netherland was surrendered by the Dutch to 
the Duke of York, and became the Province of New York, the council- 
fire of the Iroquois League, at Onondaga, burned still brighter and more 
fiercelv. Bv the terms of this surrender the good ' will of the Five 
Nations was secured to the English. Unaided by this influence New 

* As previously noted (on pages 106 and UO) the Mohawks and the Iroquois were indiscriminately 
called "Maquas" by certain tribes of hostile Indians. This was no donbt due to the fact that the Mo- 
hawks were for many years more widely known as fierce and indomitable foes than any of the other 
nations of the Iroquois Confederacy. In this respect thej' were predominant ; and therefore it naturally 
followed that, by those far removed from the seat of power of the Confederacy, the name of a well- 
known section, or nation, of the latter should be applied to the entire body. 

Dr. Beauchamp stated (in the article mentioned in the note on pagelU) : "The early Dutch and 
English traders and colonists took the names of the interior tribes from the Algonkins, whom they first 
met along the coast. Thus the Mohawks were called by names which they themselves could not pro- 
nounce, their being no 'M' or other labial sound in the Iroquois dialects. The Dutch thus termed them 
'Maguas,' or 'Maquas' ('Bears'), and this was gradually modified into Mohawks — also expressive of 'man- 
eaters.' Roger Williams says that 'the Maitguanogs, or man-eaters, that live two or three hundred miles 
west from us, make a delicious monstrous dish of the heads and brains of their enemies.' * * By the 
two earlv Algonkin names [Sinneke and Maqua], different in sound but similar in meaning, the Dutch 
and English long designated all the Iroquois— the IMaquas, or Mohawks, being one part, and the Sinnekes- 
comprising all the rest." 

Schoolcraft says ("History of the Indian Tribes," page 209) : "The warlike Mohawks were the most 
prominent tribe in the Confederacy at the time of the discovery of the Hudson." 



113 

York, as well as the northern and central English colonies, con Id not 
have protected so wide a frontier withont extraneons aid. 

Abont the year 1G70, after they had finally completed the dispersion 
and subjngation of the Adirondacks and Hnrons, the Five Nations 
acqnired possession of the whole country between the lakes Huron, Erie 
and Ontario, and of the north bank of the St. Lawrence to the month of 
the Ottawa River near Montreal. They also, about this time, became 
the terror of the New England tribes, who had been practically sub- 
jugated by the English. As to the warfare successfully carried on by 
the Five Nations against the Susquehannocks for several years prior to 
1675, reference has already been made (on pages 39 and 40). In 1680 
the Senecas, with 600 warriors, invaded the country of the Illinois 
Indians, upon the borders of the Mississippi, while La Salle was pre- 
paring to descend that river to the sea. At various times, both before 
and after this period, the Five Nations turned their warfare against 
the Cherokees upon the Tennessee River, and the Catawbas in South 
Carolina. 

About the time William Penn landed in Pennsylvania (October, 
1682), the once proud and powerful Lenni Lenapes, who had then come 
to be called the Delawares, had been subjugated and "made women" by 
the Five Nations. It is well known that, according to this Indian form 
of expression, the Delawares were thenceforth prohibited from making 
war, and were placed under the sovereignty of their conquerors, who did 
not even allow sales of land — although the land might have been for 
some time in the actual possession of the Delawares — to be valid with- 
out their (the Five Nations) approbation. William Penn and his 
descendants, accordingly, always purchased the right of possession from 
the Delawares, and that of sovereignty from the Five Nations. It was 
with the Unami and the Unalachtigo clans of the Delaware nation that 
Penn held in 1683 his "Great Treaty" (referred to on page 40), which, 
says Voltaire, "was the only treaty ever made without an oath, and the 
only one kept inviolate."* 

From the foregoing it will be observed that for nearly a hundred 
years prior to 1700 the Five Nations were involved in an almost unin- 
terrupted warfare. At the close of that period they had subdued and 
were holding in nominal subjection all the principal Indian nations 
occupying the territories which are now embraced in the States of New 
York, Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, the northern and 
western parts of Virginia, Ohio, Kentucky, northern Tennessee, Illinois, 
Indiana, Michigan, a portion of the New England States and the prin- 
cipal part of Upper Canada. "Over these nations the haughty and im- 
perious Iroquois exercised a constant supervision. If any of them became 
involved in domestic difficulties, a delegation of chiefs went among them 
and restored tranquillity, prescribing at the same time their future 
conduct." Upon the Algonkins the Five Nations looked down "with 
the most inveterate contempt." 

During King William's War (which was waged for several years 
in a desultory manner between the English Colonies in America and 
the Five Nations on one side, and the French and Indians of Canada 
on the other, and which was ended by the treaty of peace at Ryswick 
in the Autumn of 1697) the French had found themselves so severely 

* See on page 130 a photo-illustration of a wampum belt used at that treaty. 



114 



taxed to resist the Five Nations, that the conclusion of the treaty of 
peace was most welcome news. Cadwallader Colden, in his "History of 
the Five Indian Nations" — previously mentioned, on page 32 — says 
(page 202) : "Nothing could be more terrible to Canada than the last 
war with the Five Nations. While this war lasted the inhabitants ate 
their bread with fear and trembling. No man was sure, when out of his 
house, of ever returnino- to it ao;ain. While thev labored in the fields 
they were under perpetual apprehensions of being seized or killed or 
carried to the Indian country, there to end their days in cruel torments. 
The}^, many times, were forced to neglect both seed-time and harvest. 
In short, all trade and business was often at an entire stand, while fear, 
despair and misery appeared on the faces of the poor inhabitants." 

"The Iroquois, in their best days, were the noblest and most interesting of all 
Indians who have lived on this continent north of Mexico. They were trulj' the men 
whom a name the}^ bore described, a word signifying men who surpassed all others.'^ 
The}' alone founded political institutions and gained political supremacy. With European 
civilization unknown to them, they had given birth to self-government in America. They 
founded independence ; effected a union of States ; carried their arms far beyond their 
own borders ; made their conquests permanent ; conquered peoples becoming tributar}- 
States much after the manner of those which Rome conquered 2,000 years ago, or those 
which England subdues in our day. In diplomacy they matched the white man from 
Europe ; they had self-control, knowledge of human nature, tact and sagacit}-, and they 
often became the arbiters in disputes between other peoples. * * Convinced that 
they were born free, they bore themselves alwaj-s with the pride M^hich sprang from that 
consciousness. ^ * In war genius they have been equalled by no race of red men. 
The forts which they erected around their villages were essential!}- impregnable. An over- 
whelming force alone could enter them ; artillery alone could destroy them. It was 
virtually an empire that they reared, and this empire of the sword, like the Empire of 
Rome, meant peace within its borders. Before the Europeans came there had, unques- 
tionably, for some generations, been peace among them. It was an ideal and an idyllic 
state of aboriginal life, all of which was to be overthrown by the white man when he 
arrived, bearing in one hand fire-arms, and in the other fire-water." — Francis W. Halsey, 
in '^The Old New York Frontier,'' page 11. 

"As in old Rome the soldiers were honored above all other men, so they were 
among the Iroquois ; and the warriors, under their chiefs, were all-powerful in public 
affairs. * * The Iroquois was only a barbarian more advanced toward civilization than 
the rest of his dusky brethren on the continent. He was superstitious and cruel. So 

were" the men and women 
of all the other American 
nations. They all believ- 
ed in witches, as firmly as 
did Cotton Mather and a 
majority of civilized men 
and women in his day, in 
the light of Christianity ; 
and they punished them 
in human form as fiercely 
and piously as did the 
magistrates of Henrj- 
VIII, or the rulers and 
gospel-ministers of Salem 
in later times. 

"The 'inedicine men' 
and 'prophets' were as 
acute deceivers, and as 
despotic and absurd in 
social life, as were the 
priests and oracles and 
conjurers of the Civilized 
Man in another hemi- 
sphere.* Thev tortured 
IxXDi.^NS Torturing a Ekm.^lk Captive. their captive enemies, in 

After a paintin? bv Capt. S. Eastman, r. S. A. revenge for kindred slain , 

■(1856.) With almost as exquisite 




* Schoolcraft, following Cadwallader Colden, says the Iroquois "bj- a hj-perbole are also called Ongwi 
Honwi, 'a people surpassing others.' " 



115 



a refinement of cruelty as did the ministers of the Holy Inquisition of Civilized Man the 
enemies of their opinions ; and they lighted fires around their more eminent prisoners of 
war, in token of their power, as bright and hot as those kindled by enlightened English- 
men around Joan of Arc as a sorceress, or Bishops Latimer and Ridley as unbelievers in 
an utter absurdity." — Benson J. Lossiiig, in "Our Barbarian Brethreti," previously 
mentioned. 

At an early da}' there were located in what is now the sonth-eastern 
part of the United States certain tril^es who were believed to belong to the 
Iroqnoian family of aboriginals. The}- are known in history as the 
"Iroquois tribes of the South," or "Southern Iroquois," and they occupied, 
principally, the territory along the Chowan River and its tributary streams 
in Virginia and North Carolina. So far as known these tribes — with the 
one exception hereinafter noted — had no connection at any time with 
the Iroquois Confederac}-. One, and perhaps more, of these tribes was 

known, particularly in Virginia, under the name 
of Monacan. Other tribes were the Chowan, the 
IVIeherrin (now said to have been identified with 
the Susquehannocks), the Nottoway, the Tutelo 
now understood to have been a Siouan tribe) 
and the Tuscarora. 

In 1708 the Chowans, Tuteloes and Notto- 
ways had together ninety-five warriors in North 
Carolina ; but the Tuteloes and Nottoways were 
principally seated in Virginia. The last-named 
had preserved their independence and their num- 
bers in Virginia later, even, than the one-time 
powerful Powhatans (referred to on pages 39 and 
100), and at the end of the seventeenth centuryi 
had 130 warriors. They do not appear to have 
mig-rated from their oriofinal 







NoT-To-WAY ("The Thinker"), 

a "Southern Iroquois" chief.f 



seats in a body. In the year 
1822 they are said to have been 
reduced to twenty-seven souls 
in Southampton County, Vir- 
ginia,* and were still in pos- 
session of 7,000 acres of laild 
there which had been at an 
early date reserved for them. 

The Tuscaroras, or Dus-ga- 
o-zveh-O'iio ("Shirt-wearing Peo- 
ple"), were by far the most 
powerful nation in North Caro- 
lina in historic times prior to 1700. Their principal seats in 1708 were 
on the rivers Neuse and Taw, or Tar, and they had about 1,200 warriors 
in fifteen towns. In 1711 the Tuscaroras attacked the English colonists, 

*See "Report on Indians at the Eleventh Census," pages 7 and 14. 

t This is a reduced facsimile of an outline drawing made bv George Catlin from a portrait painted bv 
himself ator near Fort Snelling, Minnesota, in 1831. Relative to Not-to-way Mr. Catlin wrote: "A temper- 
ate and an excellent man, and was handsomely dressed for his picture. I had much conversation with him, 
and became very much attached to him. He seemed to he quite ignorant of the early history of his tribe, 
as well as of the position and condition of its few .scattered remnants who are yet iii existence. He told 
me * * * that, though he was an Iroquois— which he was proud to acknowledge to me, as I was to 
'make him live after he was dead'— he wished it to be generally thought ///a/ /;<? k«.j a Chippeivay" * * 

The Chippewas, or Ojibways (of the Algonkian family), had migrated from the East to the banks of 
the Mississippi River late in the sixteenth or early in the seventeenth century'. Later thev ranged over 
the territory now comprehended in the States of "Michigan, Wisconsin and Minnesota, and became very 
numerous and powerful. At various periods remnants of other tribes merged into the Chippewa tribe, 
and it is very probable that some of Chief Not-to-way's ancestors had belonged to the disrupted and dis- 
persed Nottoway tribe of Virginia and North Carolina. 



116 

massacring 130 in a single day, and a fierce war ensued. In the Autumn 
of 1712 all the white inhabitants south and south-west of Chowan River 
were obliged to live in forts. In their warfare the Tuscaroras expected 
assistance from the Five Nations ; but this could not have been given 
without involving the Confederacy in a war with the English — and so 
the Tuscaroras were left to their own resources. A force, consisting 
chiefly of "Southern" Indians, was sent by the Government of South 
Carolina to assist in the overthrow of the Tuscaroras, which was effect- 
ually accomplished. More than 600 Tuscarora prisoners were taken, who 
were given into the hands of the "Southern" Indians, carried to South 
Carolina and sold as slaves. The eastern Tuscaroras — dwelling chiefly 
along the Taw — immediately sued for peace, and about the year 1714 
the great body of the Tuscarora nation who were free removed to the 
territory of the Five Nations in the Province of New York. There, 
having been granted by the Oneidas land and the right of settlement 
within the bounds of the Oneida canton, they were admitted about the 
year 1715* into the Iroquois Confederacy, as the sixth nation. 

They were admitted on the ground of a common generic origin ; 
retaining their own hereditary chiefs, but without enlarging the original 
framework of the Confederacy. They were never received into an equal 
alliance with the other nations, although they had authority to be rep- 
resented and enjoy nominal equality in the Council of Sachems of the 
Confederacy. "The accession of the Tuscaroras," wrote Schoolcraft, 
"however it might have pleased the cantonal government, could have 
added but little to the efficiency of a people who had, from the earliest 
times, been the terror of the Indian tribes." 

For some years following the admission of the Tuscaroras to their 
League the Iroquois continued to be commonly called the "Five 
Nations,"t but in the course of time they began to refer to themselves 
as, and to be called by others, the "Six Nations." 

"The uncertainty and doubt surrounding most North American 
Indian history are partially removed from the Six Nations. They, of 
all American Indians, have best preserved their traditions. Besides, 
their system was so complete, and their government so unique and so 
well fitted to the people, that from the earliest European arrival they 
have been constantly written about. Their small numbers, compared 
with the enormous country they occupied and the government they 
originated, with their deeds of daring, will alwa^^s excite surprise. 
Their League, tribal and individual characteristics and personal strength 
of will, together with their great courage and prowess, account for their 
success in war and the methods which brought comfort and peace." — 
Thomas Donaldson^ in '•'•Report on Indians at the Eleventh Census,'''' 
page U'^. 

The Mohawks, Onondagas and Senecas were looked upon by the 
Six Nations as the "elder brothers" of their Confederacy, and were 
addressed as "fathers" by the Oneidas, Cayugas and Tuscaroras, who 
were stvled the "vounger brothers" and were addressed as "children." 
The liistoric center of the Confederacy was in what is now Onondaga 
County, New York — although not always in the same locality, it being 

* See "Docunieiitarj' History of the State of New York," I : 26; Morgan's "League of the Iroquois;" 
Larned's "History for Ready Reference," I: 9:i, and "Report on Indians at the Eleventh Census," page 461. 

fin evidence of this see the Indian deed of July, 1754, in Chapter IV. 



117 

moved from place to place as necessity or convenience reqnired. It was 
known as Onondaga Castle, and from 1750 to 177U, at least, was located 
half a mile south of the present villa<>-e of Onondaga Valley, distant only 
a few miles from the present city of Syracuse, and six miles south of 
Onondaga Lake. This particular Onondaga Castle was a stockade, 150 
feet square, with block-houses on tw^o corners, built in 1756 by Sir 
William Johnson for the Onondagas. It was destroyed in April, 1779, 
by a force of American soldiers under command of Colonel Van Schaick 
— the Indians occupying it having first been killed or put to flight. 

Highways running south, east and west led from Onondaga — on€ 
of the principal ones leading south to Tioga Point (see page 34). Also, 
upon the banks of the Susquehanna and its branches in New York, and 
upon the banks of the Chemung and its tributaries, which have their 
sources near the Genesee, were trails which converged upon Tioga Point. 
There all these became gathered into one trail, which, descending the 
North Branch of the Susquehanna for a short distance, branched into two 
great trails which led southward through Pennsylvania into Maryland 
and Virginia. "For centuries upon centuries," says Morgan, "and by race 
after race, these old and deeply worn trails had been trod by the red man." 

At Onondaga was located the Council-house, "Long House"* or 
what might be called the "Federal Capitol" of the Six Nations. In 
1764 the "Long House" was a building nearly eighty feet long, and 
contained four fire-places. f Here the "Great Council-fire" burned, and 
here general congresses were held and the policy of the Confederacy was 
agreed upon. According to Morgan ("League of the Iroquois") when the 
League was instituted fifty permanent, or hereditary, sachemships were 
created, with appropriate names, or titles. | In the sachems who held 
these titles were vested the supreme powers of the Confederacy ; and, 
united, these sachems formed the Great Council of the League, the ruling 
body, in which resided the legislative, executive and judicial authority. 
As a safeguard against contention and fraud, each sachem was "raised 
up" and invested with his title by the Great Council, with suitable forms 
and ceremonies. Nine of the sachemships were assigned to the Mohawk 
nation, nine to the Oneida, fourteen to the Onondaga, ten to the Cayuga 
and eight to the Seneca. This same system and form of government 
still prevails in the League of the Six Nations as it exists to-day, the 
Tuscaroras never having been granted any sachemships. 

The union in one council of the cantons, or nations, each possess- 
ing equal powers, was the cause of their triumph over hostile tribes, 
who acknowledged no government but that of opinion, and followed no 
policy but that actuated by revenge or undefinable impulse. All the 
weighty concerns of the Six Nations were the subject of full delibera- 
tion, in open council ; and their diplomatic negotiations were managed 
with consummate skill. When the question of peace or war was decided, 
the councillors united in chanting hymns of praise, or warlike choruses, 
which gave expression to the public feeling and, at the same time, im- 
parted a kind of natural sanctity to the act. 

* See note (I) page 81 ; also page 108. 

t See "I,ife of Samuel Kirkland," in Sparks' "American Biography," XV : 163. 

X Some of the whimsical names which the founders of the Confederacy bestowed upon the sachem- 
ships were (translated into English) : "War-Club-on-the-Ground," "At-the-Great-Rivcr," "Falling-Day," 
"Dragging-His-Horns," "A-Man-with-the-Headache," "On-the-Watch" and "Wearing-a-Hatchet-in-His- 
Belt."— "Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1SS5," P. II, p. ISO. 



118 

Coldeii wrote that he was at a loss which most to admire in the 
Iroquois, "their military ardor, their political policy or their eloquence 
in council.'" DeWitt Clinton, in an address on the "Eloquence of the 
Six Nations," delivered before the New York Historical Society in 
1811,=^ said : 

"The Confederates [Six Nations] were as celebrated for their eloquence as for their 
military skill and political wisdom, * * * and there is little doubt but that oratory 
was studied with as much care and application among the Confederates as it was in the 
storni}^ democracies of the Eastern Hemisphere. '^ * -^ The most remarkable differ- 
ence existed between the Confederates and the other Indian nations with respect to 
eloquence. You ma}' search in vain in the records and writings of the past, or in events 
of the present times, for a single model of eloquence among the Algonkins, the Abenaquis, 
the Delawares, the Shawanese or any other nation of Indians except the Iroquois. The 
few scintillations of intellectual light — the faint glimmerings of genius — which are some- 
times to be found in their speeches, are evidenth* derivative, and borrowed from the 
Confederates. Considering the interpreters who have undertaken to give the meaning of 
Indian speeches, it is not a little surprising that some of them should approach so near 
perfection. The major part of the interpreters were illiterate persons, sent among them 
to conciliate their favor by making [presents of] useful or ornamental implements ; or 
the}- were prisoners who learned the Indian language during their captivity." 

The Six Nations appreciated the worth of their women, and the 
matrons were given a high place in their councils and possessed a sub- 
stantial veto as to peace or war. In 1789, at Albany, "Good Peter," in his 
speech for the Cayugas and Senecas to the Governor of New^ York and 
the Commissioners of Indian Affairs, said :t "Our ancestors considered 
it a great transgression to reject the counsel of their women, particularly 
of the governesses. Our ancestors considered them mistresses of the 
soil. Our ancestors said : 'Who bring us forth ? Who cultivate our 
lands ? W^ho kindle our fires and boil our pots but the women ? ' 
* * * The women say : 'Let not the traditions of the fathers with 
respect to women be disregarded ; let them not be despised ; God is 
their maker p * * * The governesses beg leave to speak with that 
freedom allowable to woman and agreeable to the spirit of our ancestors. 
They exhort the great chief to put forth his strength and preserve their 
peace, for they are the life of the nation." When the Senecas at Big 
Tree, in 1797, refused to negotiate with Thomas ^Morris, and "Red 
Jacket," with undue haste, had declared the council-fire covered up, the 
women and the warriors interposed and consummated a treaty. 

In the military department chiefs were elected for special causes, 
nor did they hesitate in extreme cases to depose the civil sachem to give 
greater force to battle action. The military service was not conscriptive, 
but voluntary, although every man was subject to military duty, and to 
shirk it brought disgrace, t 

"The Iroquois were universally lighter in complexion than any 
other American Indians, and the [Mohawks and Oneidas were the 
lightest of all. So marked was this peculiarity, taken together with 
their superior civilization, that some of the early writers — mainly Jesuit 
Fathers — considered them a different race from the common aborigfines. 
A noted student of Indian life and character, Professor Donaldson, 
explains it on purely physical grounds, which is doubtless the true view. 
He savs that for o-enerations — even before the white man was known on 
these shores — the Iroquois had lived in comfortable habitations, tilled 
the soil, raised grain and fruits, and, generally speaking, had much 

*See "Library of American Literature," IV : 2.54. 

t "Report of the Smithsonian Institution for IS'^5," Part II, page 190. 

X "Report on Indians at the Eleventh Census," page 463. 



119 

better shelter, better cookery, better sanitary arrangements, and alto- 
gether more of the good things of life than any other Indians. This 
mode of living had tended to 'bleach ont' their complexions and endow 
them with other physical advantages.'"'' 

"It wonld be a gross error to suppose the Six Nations — who had 
conquered, and held in vassalage, so extensive an empire — were a rude 
rabble of ignorant Indians. Letters and the arts of civilized life they 
had not ; nor had Attila or Ghengis Khan. But they were profoundly 
versed in all the wiles of diplomac}-, the subtlest stratagems of war, and 
all the arts of savage government, which they made subservient to the 
g-ratification of an ambition as loftv and insatiable as that of the g-reatest 
conquerors, civilized or barbarian, we read of in story."t 

The following paragraphs — relating more particularly to the Six 
Nations — are from a letter written in February, 1771, by Sir William 
Johnson! to Dr. Arthur Lee of Virginia, "on the customs, manners and 
languages of the Indians." § 

* * "The Mohocks [Mohawks], who have long lived within our settlements, 
* * though greatly reduced in number are still the acknowledged Head of that alliance 
[the "Confederacy of the Six Nations"] ; but in their present state they have less inter- 
course with the Indians and more with us than formerly — besides which they are at present 
members of the Church of England. Most of them read, and several write, very well. 
When, therefore, they subscribe an ordinar}^ deed they frequently make use of a cross — 
after the example of the illiterate amongst us — and sometimes their names. But in things 
of much consequence thej- usually delineate a steel, such as is used to strike fire out of 
flint ; which, being the symbol of their nation, this steel they call 'Ca>miah' and them- 
selves 'Ca}niiiingaes.'\\ But from hence little can be deduced, as they had not the use of 
any instrument in that form before their commerce with the whites. 

"The Oneidas inhabit the country a little beyond the settlements. * * Some 
efforts have been made to civilize and Christianize them — but a great part are still in the 
primitive way. Being also reduced in niimbers, and their political system much changed, 
their intercourse with the more remote Indians is lessened, and their knowledge of 
ancient usages decayed. The}' have in use as a symbol a tree, by which they would 
express stability. But their true symbol is a stone, calle.d 'Onoya' ; and they call them- 
selves 'Onoytits'. 

"The Onondagas, whose residences are forty miles farther, are somewhat better 
versed in the customs of their ancestors. They call themselves 'People of the Great 
Mountain. 'I ^ * * The Cayugas have for their symbol a /!>z)!)^. The Senecas are the 
most numerous and most distant of the Six Nations. Thej- have several towns and sym- 
bols, from which, however, little can be understood. * * * 

"There is in every nation a sachem, or chief, who appears to have some authority 
over the rest ; and it is greatest among the most distant nations. But in most of those 
bordering on our settlements his authority is scarcely discernible — he seldom assuming any 
power before his people. And indeed this humility is judged the best policy, for, want- 
ing coercive power, their commands would perhaps occasion assassination, which some- 
times happens. The sachems of each tribe are usually chosen in a public assembly of the 
chiefs and warriors, whenever a vacancy happens by death or otherwise. They are 
generally chosen for their sense and bravery, from among the oldest warriors, and are 
approved of by all the tribe — on which the}- are saluted sachems. There are, however, 
several exceptions, for some families have a kind of inheritance in the oflfice, and are 
called to this station in their infancy. 

' 'The Chief Sachem — by some called the King — is so either by inheritance or by a 
kind of tacit consent, the consequence of his superior abilities and influence. The dura- 
tion of his authority depends much on his own wisdom, the number and consequence of 
his relations, and the strength of his particular tribe. ^Military services are the chief 
recommendations to this rank. It appears pretty clearly that heretofore the chief of a 
nation had, in some small degree, the authority of a sovereign. This is now the fact 
among the most remote Indians. But as, since the introduction of fire-arms, they no 
longer fight in close bodies, but every man is his own general, I am inclined to think this 
has lessened the power of a chief. The chief of a whole nation has the custody of the 

* Augustus C. Buell's "Sir William Johnson," page 50. 
t Miner's "History of Wyoming," page 35. 
X See Chapter IV for portrait and sketch of his life, 
g See "Documentary History of the State of New York," IV : 270, 271. 
See page 110. H See page 108. 



120 

belts of wampum, &c., which are as records of public transactions. He prompts the 
speakers at all treaties, and proposes affairs of consequence. * * * 

"All their deliberations are conducted with extraordinary regularity and decorum. 
They never interrupt him who is speaking, nor use harsh language — whatever may be 
their thoughts. '•'■ * * On their hunts, as on all other occasions, they are strict 
observers of meuin and fuinn ; and this from principle — holding theft in contempt, so 
that they are rarely guilty of it, though tempted by articles of much value. Neither do 
the strong attempt to seize the prey of the weak. And I must do them the justice to sa}' 
that unless heated by liquor, or influenced by revenge, their ideas of right and wrong, 
and their practices in consequence of them, would, if more known, do them much honor. 
It is true that, having been often deceived by us in the purchase of lands, in trade and 
other transactions, many of them begin now to act the same part. But this reflects most 
on those who set them the example. * * * 

"Their language, though not very wordy, is extremely emphatical, and their style 
adorned with noble images and strong metaphors and equal in allegory to many of the 
eastern nations. * * * It is curious to observe that thej^ have various modes of speech 
and phrases peculiar to each age and sex, which they strictly observe. For instance, a 
man says, w^hen he is hungry, "Cadagcariax,^ which is expressive both of his want and 
of the animal food he requires to supply it ; whilst a child says, in the same circum- 
stances, '0?7^2^5cr(?, ' that is, 'I require spoon-meat.' * * * 

"The figures which they aiJ6x to deeds* have led some to imagine that they had 
characters or an alphabet. The case is this : Every nation is divided into a certain 
number of tribes, of which some have three, as the Turtle, Bear and Wolf ; to which 
others add the Snake, Deer, &c. Each of these tribes forms a little community within 
the nation, and as the nation has its peculiar symbol, so each tribe has the peculiar badge 
from whence it is denominated ; and a sachem of each tribe being a necessary party to a 
fair conveyance, such sachem affixes the mark of the tribe thereto — which is not that of 
a particular family (unless the whole tribe is so deemed), but rather as the public seal of 
a corporation." 

Concerning the Mohawks Zinzendorf wrote as follows, in his 
"Account of his Experience among the Indians", in 1742t : "The 
Maquas are most part of them Christians so called, having been con- 
verted by the English missionaries, and have lost all their credit with 
the others because they have guzzled away all their land to the Christ- 
ians. And with this nation we have not hitherto so much as spoken, 
since we fear nothing so much as when such sort of people do endeavor 
to belong to us. And we have esteemed it a very great Grace of our 
Savior that, although these are as it were the next neighbors of the 
heathen to our congregations [at Shecomeco, New York, and its 
dependencies], yet we have had no manner of fellowship with them." 

The Mohawks were the keepers of the eastern door of the " Long 
House," and their business was to transmit messages from without to 
the Grand Council of the League, and also to guard against the encroach- 
ments and invasions of enemies along the eastern bounds of the Con- 
federacy. The title of the hereditary sachem of the Mohawks who 
"watched the door" was ^'•Dogaeogay 

" 'A Mohawk ! a Mohawk !' was a cry of heart-withering terror ; 
and when, in Queen Anne's reign, there arose a band of ruthless and 
bloody ruffians in London, who seized and wantonly maimed their 
victims, to designate them as supremely savage they were called 'Mo- 
hawks'!"! 

♦See photo-illustration of deed in Chapter IV. 

t See Reichel's "Memorials of the Moravian Church," I : 120. 

\ Hayden's "The Massacre of Wyoming," page 32. 

One of the "new inventions" of the London ".Mohawks" was to roll persons down Snow Hill in a 
tub ; another was to overturn coaches on rubbish heaps. .\ vivid picture of the misdoings in the streets 
of Ivondon by these and other brawlers is given in The Spectator, No. 324. The following lines are from 
"Plot Upon Plot," published in I,ondon about 1713. 

"You sent your Mohocks next abroad, 

With razors armed, and knives ; 

Who on night-walkers made inroad, 

And scared our maids and wives ; 

They scared the watch, and windows broke." 

« * * » * 



121 

Relative to the Senecas Zinzendorf stated, in his "Account" pre- 
viously referred to : "The third nation are the Senekas, who have been 
converted by the French missionaries some time ag-o, when they had to 
do with them ; and of these 1 have observed that their Christian 
knowledge is nothing- more than this, that they believe that our dear 
Savior was born at Bethlehem in France, and that the English have 
crucified liim. Upon which account they are very much offended with 
tlie English ; and one sees them make crosses, and such like ceremonies. 
This is all 1 could find among them ; and when any of them comes to 
Philadelphia, they go to the Popish Chapel to Mass." 

"The very name of Seneca had a terror with Indians of other 
nations. At the South and West, and among the nations of Canada, 
the Seneca war-whoop would almost conquer of itself. Even as late as 
the War of 1812 the Indians of Canada were struck with terror when 
they learned that they must encounter the Senecas in battle. * * * 
The Senecas were a very martial and warlike nation. They were 
sternly independent, and sometimes took up arms when the other tribes 
sat smoking in quiet on their mats. The Senecas adhered with dogged 
obstinacy to the French in the rapid decline of their ascendancy on this 
continent."* 

The Senecas were the keepers of the western door of the " Long 
House," and they performed duties similar to those of the Mohawks at 
the eastern door. The title of the Seneca sachem whose particular duty 
it was to watch the western door was Doiiehogdweh ("Open Door").t 

In 1763 the Senecas, alone of the Six Nations, were in alliance with 
Pontiac, and played a conspicuous part with the great Ottawa in his 
plan of surprising a cordon of posts in the Lake country, and extirpa- 
ting "the dogs in red clothing" that guarded them. Gen. Sir Jeffrey 
Amherst was bitterly incensed at this conduct of the Senecas, and pro- 
posed to take a large force of regular and Provincial troops and "wipe 
forever from the face of the earth that faithless, cruel tribe, who have 
[had] already too long debauched the good name of the Iroquois Con- 
federacy by pretending to belong to it." General Amherst objected to 
any further negotiation with the Senecas. "They were, he said, desti- 
tute of honor, faithless, treacherous, and a race of natural-born criminals 
and murderers. They cumbered the ground. He could make no use of 
them but exterminate them as a warning example to all other Indians. 

* * * No male Seneca capable of bearing arms should be spared. * * 
The women and children should be taken prisoners and afterwards dis- 
tributed among other tribes. The Seneca nation as an organized tribe 
must disappear." 

Sir William Johnson vigorously opposed this policy. "The Senecas, 
on their part, hearing of General Amherst's project, sued in the most 
abject manner for peace, * * Upon this, Amherst relented. They 
gave up to him nineteen of the 'instigators,' and after hanging two of 
the worst of them at Onondaga Castle, by way of an 'object-lesson^' the 
General abandoned his declared intention of 'exterminating the tribe.' 

* * * The hanging of the two sub-chiefs of the Senecas by General 
Amherst was the first exhibition the Indians had seen of the Anglo- 
Saxon mode of punishing murderers. In order to make the spectacle 

♦Turner's "History of Phelps and Gorhani's Purchase" (Rochester, 1852). 
t See pages 123 and 135. 



122 

more impressive, the General ordered the bodies of the culprits to be 
sunk in Onondaga Lake with stones tied about their necks, as food for 
the fishes. And he forbade any mourning or funeral rites for them in 
the tribe."* 

"The Second Nation" [of the Confederacy], wrote Zinzendorf in 
1742, "and which properly governs the rest, is the nation of the Onon- 
dagoes. Those are Philosophers, and such as among us are called 
Deists. They are brave, honest people who keep their word ; and their 
o-eneral weakness is that thev delight in Heroick Deeds. * * * 
Their government is very equitable and fatherlike, but whoever will not 
stoop to them they are ready to root out. On the other hand, they carry 
themselves very civil and orderly towards the Europeans." In the latter 
part of the eighteenth century the Onondagas had become, according to 
a statement made by DeWitt Clinton in 1811, "the most drunken and 
profligate of the Six Nations" ; but early in the next century, through 
the efforts of " Handsome Lake," the Seneca "prophet," they had been 
led "to abstain entirely from spirituous liquors, and to observe the laws 
of morality in other respects." 

In order that many matters merely touched on in some of the suc- 
ceeding chapters may be more clearly and completely understood by the | 
reader, it is deemed advisable to conclude this chapter with a brief ' 
descriptive review of the characteristics, customs and habits of j 

North American Indians Generally. I 

The matterf thus presented deals with conditions and describes j 
usages which prevailed, more particularly, among the Indians of New 
York and Pennsylvania during the period of time comprehending the | 
beginning, and the progress towards permanency, of the early settle- ] 
ments by white people in Wyoming Valley ; to which is added a brief ' ; 
account of the present-day Indians in the United States. 

The North American Indians with whom European settlers first : 
came in contact were divided into families or tribes, each distinguished i 
by an armorial bearing called a totem^ which was a representation of ' 
some animal or bird, as a deer, a bear, a tortoise, an eagle or a snipe. | 
The village (or "town," as it was called by some tribes) was (and is) the ! 
unit of organization in almost all the tribes. With the sedentary j 
Indians the village was of a permanent character. Lodges, wigwams or \ 
tepees composed the village of the nomadic Indians — together with their : 
live-stock and other property. A wigwam was constructed of twenty or 
thirty poles, each about twenty-five feet in length, wdiicli, being erected | 
with their butts arranged in circular or other form and their tops united, ' 

were covered with bark, skins sewed together after having been dressed, \ 
or by any other material available. There was an aperture, closed with a i 
flap, in the side of the wigwam for the ingress and egress of the occupants, 
and another aperture at the top, or apex, through which smoke from the ' 
open fire in the center of the wigwam could escape. The wigwams ; 

* Buell's "Sir William Johnson," pages 227-2.30. j 

t Drawn largely from Lossing's "Our Barbarian Brethren," Catlin's "Letters and Notes" and "I,ast J 

Rambles," "Report on Indians in the United States at the Eleventh Census," Stone's "Poetry and History '■ 

of Wyoming," "Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1885, ' and the "Annual Report of the United \ 

State's Commissioner of Indian .'Affairs, for 1902." ' 

X See pages 103 and 120. i 



123 







were taken down easih- in a few minntes and readily transported 
elsewhere by the Indian women, or sqnaws, whenever a chano;e of 
location was to be made. 

The accompanying illustration is a reduced facsimile of a drawino- 
made by George Catlin, showing a wigwam made of twenty-five dressed 
buffalo skins elaborately garnished and painted. The poles supporting 
it were of pine, thirty in number, each twenty-five feet long, and, 
according to j\Ir. Catlin, had been "some hundred years, perhaps, in 
use." This wigwam was purchased from Indians in the West in 1832 
by IVIr. Catlin, and taken by him to Europe for exhibition. It was 
brought back to this country some years later, and is now^ in the 
National Museum at Washington. 

The Algonkins lived 
in wigwams, and they 
moved frequently. The 
Iroquois lived in cabins, 
well constructed, with 
upright walls covered 
with bark. In peace 
the nomadic village 
was placed in a favorite 
retreat, and here the 
Indians remained until 
war or the seasons 
forced them to remove. 
As a rule, the bands of 
a tribe had their well- 
defined camping grounds, which were sacred to them. A tribe seldom, 
if ever, camped or lived in a compact mass. The villages w^ere frequently 
remote from each other, and in w^ar were signaled by fires or alarmed by 
runners. The individual Indian was (and is) merged in the village. 
From the camp or the village the warrior set out to acquire new honors 
or to meet death. To it he returned alive or his storv came with the 
survivors. This Indian village life, the growth of centuries, is at this 
day partially perpetuated on the Indian reservations in this country, 
for the love of it is one of the chief causes of the Indian's resistance to 
the white man's customs. The Indian does not like to live isolated. 

With the exception of the Iroquois Confederacy there was no 
semblance of a national government among the Indians. A mixture of 
the patriarchal and despotic appeared everywhere. All political power 
was vested in the civil head of a family or tribe as executive, and it was 
absolute in his hands while he exercised it. He was sometim&s an 
hereditary leader, but more often owed his elevation to his prowess in 
war, or his merits as an orator or statesman. Public opinion alone sus- 
tained him. It elevated him, and it might depose him. He was called 
Inca, Sagamore, Sachem, or whatever else, in various languages, denoted 
his official dignity — like that of King, Emperor, Tsar, Shah, or Sultan. 
Gen. Ely S. Parker i^'- Donehogawe}i'''\^ well known in his lifetime as an 
intelligent, well-informed Seneca Indian and a sachem of the Six Nations, 
wrote in 1884 : "The words 'sachem,' 'sagamore,' 'chief,' 'king,' 'queen,' 
'princess,' &c., have been promiscuously and interchangeably used by 

* See pages 121 and 135. 



124 

every writer on Indians ever since their discovery, * * The use 
of the term 'sagamore' is confined almost wholly to New England, and it 
has been applied promiscuously to heads of bands, large and small, and 
sometimes to mere heads of families. To use other terms, such as 'king,' 
'prince' or 'princess,' is preposterous and presumptuous, considering the 
total absence among these people of paraphernalia, belongings and dig- 
nity of royalty." 

The head-chief or sachem of a tribe, or nation, was at the head of 
a sort of republican government, and was only the executive of the 
people's will as determined in council or congress ; yet in those councils 
he was umpire, and from his decision there was no appeal. While a 
sachem or chief was in power the tribe or nation confided in his wisdom, 
and there was seldom any transgression of the laws promulgated by him. 
He had absolute control of all military expeditions, and withersoever 
the chief or leader of the warriors was sent by him, the fighting men 
followed. 

In the public assemblies the greatest decorum prevailed, and, con- 
trary to the habit of civilized Parliaments and Congresses, every speaker 
was always listened to with the most respectful attention. Reference 
has already been made (on page 118) to the remarkable oratorical powers 
of the Iroquois. Eloquence in public speaking was a talent which the 
more intelligent Indians in every tribe generally earnestly cultivated ; 
and for the display of this eloquence many opportunities were afforded 
at the conferences, councils, congresses and treaties held by the Indians 
among themselves and with the white people. The sachems and chiefs 
prepared themselves for oratory, by previous reflection and arrangement 
of topics and method of expression, as carefully as ever did the most 
polished speaker in the Senate or Council of a civilized people. Their 
scope of thought was as boundless as the land over which they roamed, 
and their expressions were as free and lofty as those of any civilized 
men. Their language being too limited to allow a wealth of diction, 
they made up in ideas — in the shape of metaphors furnished by all 
nature around them — what they lacked in words. Pierre Francois 
Charlevoix, the French Jesuit traveler and writer (1682-1761), said in 
his "Journal of a Voyage to North America" : 

"The beauty of their [the Indians] imagination equals its vivacity, which appears 
in all their discourses. They are ver}' quick at repartee, and their harangues are full of 
shining passages which would have been applauded at Rome or Athens. Their eloquence 
has a strength, nature and pathos which no art can give, and which the Greeks admired 
in the barbarians." 

"An Indian council is one of the most imposing spectacles in savage 
life," wrote Horatio Hale about 1845. "It is one of the few occasions 
in which the warrior exercises his right of suffrage, his influence and his 
talents in a civil capacity, and the meeting is conducted with all the 
gravity and all the ceremonies and ostentation with which it is possible 
to invest it. The matters to be considered, as well as all the details, 
are well digested beforehand, so that the utmost decorum must prevail, 
and the decision be unanimous. The chiefs and sages — the leaders and 
orators — occupy the most conspicuous seats ; behind them are arranged 
the younger braves, and still farther in the rear appear the women and 
the }^outh as spectators. All are equally attentive. A dead silence 
reigns throughout the assemblage. The great pipe, gaudily adorned 
with paint and feathers, is lighted and passed from mouth to mouth. 



125 

commencing with the chief highest in rank, and proceeding by regnlar 
gradation to the inferior order of braves. If two or three nations be 
represented, the pipe is passed from one party to the other, and salnta- 
tions are conrteonsly exchanged before the bnsiness of the council is 
opened by the respective speakers. Whatever jealousy or party spirit 
may exist in the tribe is carefully excluded from this dignified assem- 
blage, whose orderly conduct and close attention to the proper subject 
before them might be imitated with profit by some of the most enlight- 
ened bodies in Christendom.'' 

It is a curious fact that while the American Indian of earlier days 
possessed oratorical gifts in a large measure, his musical talents were 
meager — at least from the white man's point of view. The so-called 
musical instruments of the Indians were (and are) of the crudest and 
most primitive form — the principal one being the tambour, or drum. 
This was formerly rudely made by straining a piece of raw hide over 
a hoop, or over the head of a sort of keg, generally made by cutting 
away all the inner portion of a section of a log of wood, leaving only a 
shell. Besides the drum they used several kinds of whistles and rattles 
— the latter being usually made of tortoise shells dried and beautifully 
polished, and containing several small pebbles. 

We, are told by well-informed writers on the subject that the music 
of the Indians is solely and simply vocal. They know no other way of 
expressing emotion in melodic form. Their songs are compositions 
which have in them nothing borrowed from instruments and nothing of 
artificial instigation ; while a large proportion of them are entirely with- 
out words — syllables being used to carry the tones. There are, of course, 
songs which have fragments of words ; but these are quite distinct from 
the syllables which are used solely for musical purposes. Catlin says, 
in his "Letters and Notes" previously mentioned : 

"It has been said by some travelers that the Indian has neither harmon}' nor 
melody in his music, but I am unwilling to subscribe to such an assertion, although I 
grant that for the most part of their vocal exercises there is a total absence of what the 
nmsical world would call melody ; their songs being made up chiefly of a sort of violent 
chant of harsh and jarring gutturals, of yelps and barks and screams, which are given out 
in perfect time, not only with 'method (but with harmony) in their madness.' " 

"But there are times * * when the Indian lies down by his fireside, with his 
drum in his hand, which he lightly and almost imperceptibly touches over, as he accom- 
panies it with his stifled voice of dulcet sounds that might come from the most tender and 
delicate female. These quiet and tender songs are very different from those which are 
sung at their dances, in full chorus and with violent gesticulations, and many of them 
seem to be quite rich in plaintive expression and melody, though barren of change and 
variety." 

Both songs and the musical instruments previously mentioned were 
used in connection wath the numerous dances by which the Indians 
amused themselves, celebrated some important event or performed 
certain rites of w^orship or devotion. Some of these dances were the 
"Welcome Dance," the "Calumet Dance," the "Buffalo Dance," the 
"Bear Dance," the "Ghost Dance," the "Green Corn Dance," the "Snake 
Dance" the "Feather Dance," the "War Dance" and the "Scalp Dance." 

The "War Dance" was one of the most exciting and spirited of the 
dances, and was performed by the warriors, or braves, before starting 
out on the war-path, and quite often after their return, when they boasted 
how they had met the enemy, taken their scalps, etc. This dance, as 
performed by the Delawares, was often given in time of peace, and was 
considered very beautiful. It always took place in the daytime, and the 



126 

warriors all appeared in full war-outfit with paint, feathers and weapons, 
and some with animals' horns fastened to their heads. In time of war 
a scalp would be fastened to a pole, and the dance would take place 
around the pole. The musicians, standing on the outside of the circle 
of warriors, would beat quicker time than for other dances, and would 
sing their war-songs, which would be answered by the braves with cries 
of approval and war-whoops. The dancers seemed to move with great 
caution and care, with very wild expressions in their eyes, and looking 
and watching as if expecting an approach of the enemy at any moment. 
Then they would make sudden springs to the right or left, or backward 
or forward, strike at an invisible foe or dodge an imaginary blow, and 
then, suddenh", as if the foe were conquered, resume a slow and cautious 
march, all the while going around the pole. The action of the dancers 
was guided, or governed, by the war-song, for they acted out what was 
sung. In time of peace, instead of a pole with a scalp on it a fire would 
be built in the center of the ring ; but in other respects the dance would 
be the same.* 







.^■-A^ — ^- 



A "SCAI.P Dance," as Seen in 1832. 

The foregoing illustration is a reduced facsimile of a drawing made 

by George Catlin for his "Letters and Notes." It illustrates a "Scalp 

Dance" witnes.sed by him in 1S32 at the mouth of Teton River. The 

following is I\Ir. Catlin's description of the dance : 

' 'This barbarous and exciting scene is the Indian mode of celebrating a victor}', and 
is given fifteen nights in succession when a war-party returns from battle bringing home 
with them the scalps from the heads of their enemies. This dance is danced at a late 
hour in the night, by the light of torches, and a number of young women are selected to 
aid (though they do not actually join in the dance ) bj- stepping into the center of the ring 
and holding up the scalps that have recently been taken, whilst the warriors dance (or 
rather jump) around in a circle, brandishing their weapons, vaunting forth the most 
extravagant boasts of their wonderful prowess in war, and barking and yelping in the most 
frightful manner — all jumping on both feet at the same time, with a simultaneous stamp 
and blow and thrust of their weapons as if they were actually cutting and carving each 
other to pieces. During these frantic leaps and yelps and thrusts ever}- man distorts his 
face to the utmost of his muscles, darting his glaring eye-balls about and snapping his 
teeth as if he were in the heat of battle. No description that can be written could ever 
convey more than a feeble outline of the frightful effects of these scenes enacted in the 



* "Report on Indians in the United States at the Eleventh Census," page 300. 



127 

dead of nij(hl, under the glaring light of l)lazing flambeaux ; nor could all the years 
allotted to mortal man in the least ol)literate or deface the vivid impress that one scene of 
this kind would leave upon his memor}-." 

Brief mention is made earlier in this chapter* of the Indian calu- 
met, or pipe, and later, of the "Calumet Dance." The calumet was 
sometimes looked upon as a sacred object. Its stem was painted in 
different colors and decorated usualh' with the war-eag^le's quills, but 
often with the heads, tails and wings of beautifulh' plumaged birds. 
Rogers, in his "Account of North America" (1766), says : 

"The use of the calumet is to smoke either tobacco, or some bark, leaf or herb 
which they [the Indians] often use instead of it, when the}' enter into an alliance, or 
any serious occasion, or solemn engagements — this being among them the most sacred 
oath that can be taken ; the violation of which is esteemed most infamous, and deserv- 
ing of severe punishment from Heaven. When they treat of war the whole pipe and 
all its ornaments are red ; sometimes it is only red on one side, and by the disposition of 
the feathers, &c., one acquainted with their customs will know at first sight what the 
nation who presents it intends or desires. Smoking the cahmiet is also a religious cere- 
mony on some occasions, and in all treaties is considered as a witness between the parties, 
or rather as an instrument by which they invoke the sun and moon to witness their 
sincerity, and to be, as it were, a guarantee of the treaty between them." 

Catlin says that the "Calumet Dance," or "Pipe of Peace Dance," 
was given at the conclusion of a treat)- of peace, after smoking through 
the sacred stem of the special pipe. The dance was also often given out 
of regard for a brave, and was looked upon as the highest compliment 
that could be paid to his courage and bravery. 

"It is a notable fact that the Indian tribes of north-eastern America, 
belonging to the Iroquoian and Algonkian families, who, at the first 
coming of the white colonists occupied the eastern portions of what are 
now the United States and Canada, and who are often st)-led savages, 
had two inventions or usages which are ordinarily deemed the special 
concomitants of an advanced civilization. These were a monetary cur- 
rency and the use of a form of script for conveying intelligence and 
recording facts. * * * In a paper which was read before the British 
Association for the Advancement of Science, at IMontreal in August, 
1884, and was published in the Popular Science Moiithly for January, 
1886, I produced the evidence which seemed to me to show that the shell 
money of North iVmerica was derived from the ancient tortoise-shell 
money of China. This shell money preceded the metallic coins com- 
monly known as casli — which are circular discs of copper, perforated in 
the center, and usually strung on a string. These came into use more 
than 2,000 years before the Christian era. The shell money which 
preceded the copper cash has been traced eastwardly * * to the 
coasts of California and Oregon, where it is in use among the Indians to 
this day, and whence it has apparently made its way across the conti- 
nent to the eastern coast, "f 

This shell money, known to us as zuampiim^ consisted of a certain 
kind of beads, some made of the white and some of the black or colored 
parts of marine shells. They were formed in the shape of cylinders, 
each about one-fourth of an inch long and one-eighth of an inch in 
diameter, were highly polished and were perforated lengthwise with a 
small hole through which the Indians strung them together with strips 
of deerskin, or thread made from filaments of slippery-elm bark or flax. 
As the fabrication of wampum was free to all persons, every one was 

* See pages 94 and 104. 

t Horatio Hale, in Popular Science Monthly, L : 4S1 (1897). 



128 

director of his own mint, and, verifying the words of the Book of 
Proverbs — "the hand of the dilioent maketh rich" — he who most assid- 
nously songht the simple bullion from which wampum was coined was 
in the way of becoming the wealthiest of his race. But, although any 
one was entirely free to manufacture for himself as much wampum as 
he pleased, the difhculties of the process seem to have prevented men 
from thus becoming rich by their own handiwork. The rich men were 
those who accumulated wampum through trade and war, so that gener- 
ally the possession of an unusual quantity of it betokened some real 
ability or bravery. 

Wampum was called by the Dutch settlers ^'^ sew ant. '''^ Adriaen 
Van der Donck, in his "Description of the New Netherlands" (1653), 
says that the species of sewant were black and white ; "but the black is 
worth more by one-half than the white. The black is made from conch- 
shells which are to be taken from the sea, or which are cast ashore from 
the sea twice a year. They strike off the thin parts of these shells and 
preserve the pillars or standards, which they grind smooth and even, 
and reduce the same according to their thickness, and drill a hole 
through every piece, and string the same on strings, and afterwards sell 
their strings in that manner. This is the only moneyed medium among 
the natives with which any trafhc can be driven. Many thousand 
strings are exchanged every year near the seashore, where the wampum 
is only made, and w^here the peltries are brought for sale." In Smith's 
"History of New Jersey" (1876) we are told that the white wampum was 
fabricated from the inside lining or layer of the great conchs, and the 
black or purple from the inside portion of the shell of the clam or 
mussel — "from the Indian name of which last shell-fish the term '■wam- 
ptwi' was derived." 

The beads were bored by means of a flint awl, many of which are 
still to be found in the shell heaps along the New England coast. After 
the coming of the English iron awls were substituted, but even then the 
process of manufacture must have been extremely tedious. It is said that 
by a day's hard labor it was barely possible for a man to produce wam- 
pum having a money value equivalent to fifteen cents in present-day 
money. Whether the work was done by the men or the women cannot 
be known, but it may well have been shared by both. 

Dr. Beauchamp says* that "while shell beads were probably of 
early manufacture along the seashore — being made and used by the 
Algonkins — they were very little known in the interior and west of the 
Hudson before the seventeenth century. ^Accordingly we find few tra- 
ditions of their origin among the river and shore Indians, while their 
use among the Iroquois was so sudden and conspicuous an event as to 
make a great and lasting impression. According to them the origin of 
wampum was coeval with that of their League. Hiawatha decreed and 
regulated its use."t 

In The New England Magazine for February, 1903, Frederic A. 

Ogg says : 

"If one wished to indicate the most obvious characteristic of the Indians of the 
Atlantic seaboard, at the time of the EngHsh settlement in New England, he could not 

*In "Wampum and Shell Articles," published in Bulletin No. 41, Vol. 8 (March, 1901), of the New 
York State Museum. 

t Dr. Beauchamp is one of those who hold that the Iroquois League was organized by Hiawatha as 
late as about the year IfiOO. See ul sit/»a, pages 33S and 121 ; also, page lOS, aule. 



129 

perliaps make better selection than their general eagerness to possess and display large 
([iiantities of wanipnni. It meant all to the Indian that money does to us, and infinitely 
more. Not merely did it serve liim as a medium of exchange and a standard of values, 
but worn as an ornament it was his badge of wealth and ])osition, in the hands of the 
chiefs his record-book and ledger, and througli the favor of the Great Spirit its possession 
became in no small degree the passport to the liap])y hunting-grounds of the future world. 
The u.se of wampum constituted a bond of union among the Indians such as was scarcely 
supplied by language, religion or racial customs." 

The colonists never came to regard wampum as anything more 
than a convenience for the prosecution of trade with the Indians. Never- 
theless they were forced sometimes to u.se it in their dealings with each 
other, and even in the payment of their taxes. When so employed, 
however, it was not regarded as any form of money, bnt, as the Rhode 
Island Colonial Records for 1662 say, "It is bnt a commodity, and it is 
unreasonable that it should be forced upon any man." In 1627 Isaac 
De Razier, Secretary of the New Netherlands, while in command of a 
trading vessel took £50 worth of wampum from New Amsterdam to 
Plymouth ; and in 1630 the maiden voyage of the Blessing of the Bay 
— the first ship built in New England, by Winthrop — was despatched 
to the Dutch on Long Island to obtain a stock of Indian money. 

The use of wampinn, as money, among the settlers in the northern 
Colonies was at its height about 1640. At that time, despite the suspi- 
cions of many with regard to wampum and their reluctance to accept it, 
it was by far the nearest approach to a universal currency that the 
colonists had. In 1648 Massachusetts ordered that wampum, if good, 
should be legal tender to the amount of forty shillings. In 1658 the 
Sheriff of New Netherlands, acting as commissary, was selling goods in 
small quantities for wampum. In 1666 Connecticut made a grant of 
"fifty fathoms of wompom." Rhode Island recognized it officially as 
late as 1670. By proclamation of the Governor and Council of the New 
Netherlands in 1673 the value of this Indian money was fixed at the 
rate of six white or three black (instead of eight white or four black, 
which had been the rate) to one stiver — tw^enty stivers being equal to 
one guilder, wdrich at that time was worth six pence currency, or four 
pence sterling. As late as the beginning of the eighteenth century 
wampum was used in the payment of ferriage between the city of New 
York and Brooklyn. It was used in southern Connecticut as late as 
1704, and in the backwoods regions of the northern and middle Colonies 
well down into the eighteenth century. 

It is the belief of Dr. Beauchamp and other investigators that the 
ancient, or primitive, wampum always consisted of strings of beads, but 
that about the beginning of the Dutch settlement and trade in this 
country wampum belts of different widths and lengths, and wrought in 
a variety of designs, began to make their appearance. In the language 
of an early writer some of these belts, "by a proper arrangement of the 
beads of different colors, were figured like carpeting with different 
figures, according to the various uses for which they were designed. 
They were made use of by the Indians in their treaties and intercourse 
with each other, and served to assist their memory and preserve the 
remembrance of transactions. When different tribes or nations made 
peace or alliance wath each other they exchanged belts of one sort ; 
when they excited each other to war they used another sort. Hence 
the belts were distinguished by the names of 'peace-belts' and 'war- 
belts.' Every message sent from one tribe to another was accompanied 



130 



by a string or strings or a belt of wampum, 

and the string or belt was smaller or greater 

according to the importance of the subject." 

The original purpose of wampum belts 

was probably exclusively mnemonic. In an 

account of a conference at Montreal in 1756 

it is said in a note : 

"These belts and strings of wampum are the uni- 
versal agent among Indians, serving as money, jewelr)^ 
ornaments, annals and for registers. 'Tis the bond of 
nations and individuals — an inviolable and sacred 
pledge which guarantees messages, promises and treat- 
ies. As writing is not in use among them, they make 
a local memoir by means of these belts, each of which 
signifies a particular affair or a circumstance of alTairs. 
The chiefs of the villages are the depositories of them, 
and communicate them to the 3'oung people, who thus 
learn the histor}^ and engagements of their nation." 

George Henry Loskiel, in his "History 

of the Mission of the United Brethren Among 

the Indians in North America" (Livonia, 

1788), says : 

"At certain seasons they [the chiefs] meet to 
study their [belts of wampum] meaning, and to renew 
the ideas of which they were an emblem or confirma- 
tion. On such occasions they sit down around the 
chest, take out one string or belt after the other, hand- 
ing it about to every person present ; and, that they 
may all comprehend its meaning, repeat the words 
pronounced on its delivery in their whole convention. 
By these means they are enabled to remember the prom- 
ises reciprocally made by the different parties. And it 
is their custom to admit even the young boys, who are 
related to their chiefs, to their assemblies. They be- 
come earl}' acquainted with all the affairs of the State, 
and thus the contents of their documents are trans- 
mitted to posterity, and cannot easily be forgotten." 

Strings of wampum served as credentials 
for messengers and ambassadors to and from 
Indians. They were looked upon as letters of 
introduction — certificates of authority — and, 
armed with such credentials, the bearer would 
be listened to by any chief or council. Then, 
too, it was considered that with all important 
speeches delivered at councils presents should 
be given. The following paragraph, from 
the journal of Witham Marshe — mentioned 
in the foot-note on page 81 — describes the 
manner in which belts and strings were some- 
limes delivered and received in councils : 

"Whilst Mr. Jenings delivered his speech, he gave the interpreter a string and two 
belts of wampum, which were by him presented to the Sachem Canassatego ; and the 
Indians thereupon gave the crj- of approbation. By this we were sure the speech was 
well approved by the Indians. This cry is usuall}- made on presenting wampum to the 
Indians in a treaty, and is performed thus : The grand chief and speaker amongst them 
pronounces the word '■jo-hah /' with a loud voice, singly ; then all the others join in this 
sound, 'luoh !' dwelling some little while upon it, and keeping exact time with each 

* A photo-illustration of the wampum belt delivered by the Lenni Lenap6 sachems to William Peun 
at the "Great Treatj" of IftSS, mentioned on pajjes JO and 113. The original belt is now in possession of 
The Historical .Society of Pennsylvania, at Philadelphia, to which it was presented in 1857 b5' a great- 
grandson of William Penn. It is a moderate-sized l)elt, composed of about 3,000 white and purple beads 
arranged in eighteen rows. 





pi: - - ' ' T ^^B 




|i|=8 


[| 


^^B^' %' = 




^H^Hb" - ~ 


■ nJi 


9 


^^I^Bl 


- ~ i- 4 " ■i'"'H 


^^^^^B ~: ^ - ; ; .. L 


--^i^ii 


Hi^yite^ 


^^^^^^Hli 


LjL3tE.»-l^ - ~ 


:i. 


HHI'-^ '^'~ 'v -^-- 


tfliiwiif ''T^ "1 " ~ 


:. 


^^I^HI\ 3 ~ '^ "^ ' 




- ■ 


^pIS^ 


■ "1^4^ - 


:: 1 


J^^li: 


- ' ^m ^ 


t 


^^p|E; = i 




:: 


^^H^^ :: : = 


zl: ' ' , - I : 


^ 


^KIIH 


=::::-:. 


;; 


^^|S : : :^ ^ 


-::-:;:- 


-X- 




: Sjijif 


X- 




nL s , .„ -^. 


IHHiv - ~ ~ - : 3 


^S ■ 1 « 4p 


HI^R?: - % + 


:t _ -^^ 


« - 


Hp^^^r 


irJ • S 


"h 


■WIM' 




p 


HipMH 




lilliia 




i^ 


^^^w^.- ; _ ^4 


H 


^^^^^^^^K^S^^S^^Ib[^I 



The "Penn" Belt.* 

( By courtesy of the publishers 
of "Pennsylvania— Colonial and 
Federal.") 



i:Jl 

other, and innnediately, with a sharp noise and force, ntter this sound — 'zviii^/i f This 
is performed in great order, and with the utmost ceremony and decorum, and with the 
Indians is like our English 'huzza !' " 

Dr. Beauchamp says this sound may still be recognized in meetings 
of Six Nation Indians in New York. 

The following, written by Horatio Hale* and published in 1846 in 
his book entitled "The Wilderness and the War Path," is an interesting 
description of a council held at North Bend, Ohio, by and between Brig. 
Gen. George Rogers Clarkf and others (commissioners in behalf of the 
United States) and the Shawanese Indians. It sets forth how wampnm 
belts were sometimes presented and 7-ejected. 

* * * "It was an alarming evidence of the temper now prevailing among them, 
and of the brooding storm that filled their minds, that no propriety of demeanor marked 
the entrance of the savages into the council-room. The usual formalities were for- 
gotten, or purposely dispensed with, and an insulting levity substituted in its place. 
The chiefs and braves stalked in, with an appearance of light regard, and seated 
themselves promiscuously on the floor in front of the commissioners. An air of insolence 
marked all their movements, and showed an intention to dictate terms, or to fix a quarrel 
upon the Americans. A dead silence rested over the group ; it was the silence of dread, 
distrust and watchfulness, not of respect. The eyes of the savage band gloated upon the 
banquet of blood that seemed already spread out before them ; the pillage of the fort and 
the bleeding scalps of the Americans were almost within their grasp ; while that gallant 
little band saw the portentous nature of the crisis, and stood ready to sell their lives as 
dearly as possible. 

"The commissioners, without noticing the disorderly conduct of the other party, or 
appearing to have discovered their meditated treachery, opened the council in due form. 
They lighted the peace-pipe, and after drawing a few whiffs, passed it to the chiefs, who 
received it. Colonel Clark then rose to explain the purpose for which the treaty was 
ordered. With an unembarrassed air, with the tone of one accustomed to command and 
the easy assurance of perfect security and self-possession, he stated that the commis- 
sioners had been sent to offer peace to the Shawanese, and that the President had no wish 
to continue the war ; he had no resentment to gratify, and if the red men desired peace 
they could have it on liberal terms. 'If such be the will of the Shawanese,' he concluded, 
'let some of the wise men speak. ' 

"A chief arose, drew up his tall person to its full height, and assuming a haughtj- 
attitude, threw his eyes contemptuously over the connnissioners and their small retinue 
as if to measure their insignificance in comparison with his own numerous train ; and 
then, stalking to the table, threw upon it two belts of wampum of different colors — the 
war and peace belts. 'We come,' he exclaimed, 'to offer you two pieces of wampum. 
They are of two different colors ; you know what they mean ; 5'ou can take which 3-ou 
like !' And turning upon his heel, resumed his seat. The chiefs drew themselves up in 
the consciousness of having hurled defiance in the teeth of the white men. They had 
offered an insult to the renowned leader of the 'Long Knives,' to which they knew it 
would be hard for him to submit, while they did not suppose he would dare to resent it. 
The council-pipe was laid aside. Those fierce, wild men gazed intently at Clark. The 
Americans saw that the crisis had arrived ; they could no longer doubt that the Indians 
understood the advantage they possessed, and were disposed to use it, and a common 
sense of danger caused each eye to turn on the leading commissioner. He sat undis- 
turbed and apparently careless until the chief who had thrown the belts upon the 
table had taken his seat ; then, with a small cane which he held in his hand, he reached, 
as if playfully, toward the war-belt, entangled the end of the stick in it, drew it toward 
him, and then, with a twitch of the cane, threw the belt into the midst of the chiefs. The 
effect was electric. Every man in council, of each party, sprang to his feet ; the savages 

* Horatio Hale, whose name is frequently mentioned in the preceding pages, was born at New- 
port, New Hampshire, May 3, 1817, and died at Clinton, Ontario, December 28, 1896. He was graduated at 
Harvard University in 1837. In 1846 he published, under the title "Ethnology and Philology," what is 
described as "the greatest mass of philological data ever accumulated by a single individual." From 1846 
to 1855 he pursued important ethnological studies in Europe, and in 1856 located in Canada West, where 
he practised law and continued his scientific researches until his death. He was elected a member of 
many scientific and historical societies in America and Europe. He was the author of "The Iroquois 
Book of Kites" (1883), "Indian Migrations as Evidenced by Language" (1883), etc. 

t George Rogers Clark was born in Albemarle County, Virginia, November 19, 17o"-', and died near 
Louisville, Kentucky, February 13, 1818. His name is prominently and permanently identified with the 
conquest of the country north-west of the Ohio River (1778-1783). In Januarj', 1777, he was appointed and 
commissioned Lieutenant Colonel by the Governor of Virginia ; promoted Colonel December 14, 1778, and 
promoted Brigadier General in 1781. In November, 1782, at the head of 1,000 men he marched against the 
Indians on the Miami River and completely subdued them. In 1785 he was appointed a commissioner to 
treat with certain Indian tribes, and in 1786 he acted as one of the United States Commissioners to nego- 
tiate a treaty with the Shawanese. In later years he performed other public services in connection with 
Indian affairs in the West. 



o 



2 



with a loud exclamation of astonishment, 'Hugh !' the Americans in expectation of a 
hopeless conflict against overwhelming numbers. Ever}- hand grasped a weapon. 

"Clark alone was unawed. The expression of his countenance changed to a fero- 
cious sternness and his eyes flashed, but otherwise he was unmoved. A bitter smile was 
slightly perceptible on his compressed lips as he gazed upon that savage band, whose 
hundred eyes were bent fiercely in horrid exultation upon him as the}' stood like a pack 
of wolves at bay, thirsting for blood and ready to rush upon him whenever one bolder 
than the rest should commence the attack. It was one of those moments of indecision, 
when the slightest weight thrown into either scale will make it preponderate ; a moment 
in which a bold man, conversant with the secret springs of human action, may seize upon 
the minds of all around him, and sway them at his will. Such a man was the intrepid 
Virginian. He spoke, and there was no man bold enough to gainsay him. Raising his 
arm, and waiving his hand toward the door, he exclaimed : 'Dogs, you may go !' The 
Indians hesitated for a moment, and then rushed tumultuously out of the council-room. 

"The decision of Clark on that occasion saved himself and comrades from massacre. 
The plan of the savages had been artfully laid ; he had read it in their features and con- 
duct as plainh' as if it had been written on a scroll before him. He met it in a manner 
unexpected. He confounded the Indians, and before the broken thread of their scheme of 
treachery could be reunited they were panic-stricken. The cool contempt with which their 
first insult was thrown back into their teeth surprised them, and they w-ere foiled by the self- 
possession of one man. They had no Tecumseh among them, no master spirit to change 
their plan so as to adopt a new exigency, and those braves who, in manj^ battles, had shown 
themselves to be men of true valor, quailed before the moral superiority which assumed the 
vantage ground of a position they could not comprehend and therefore feared to assail." 

For use in their intercourse with the Indians the Moravian mission- 
aries were generally well provided with wampum. In March, 1749, one of 
the Brethren wrote from New York to another : "Brother Boemper will 
bring the wampum you wrote for, along. I have procured of the wam- 
pum-maker 1,000 white @ £1, 5s., and 1,000 black («] £2, 5s." In a 
letter to Sir William Johnson in August, 1756, Lieutenant Governor 
Denny of Pennsylvania wrote : "Indian business has increased so much 
of late that the Secretary [of the Supreme Executive Council of the 
Province] tells me he has no wampum ; which obliges me to request 
you to furnish the belts and strings necessary in this present business 
[a conference with the Indians to be held at Easton, Pennsylvania]." 
Belts and strings of wampum continued to be given and exchanged at 
Indian treaties and conferences for some time after the beginning of the 
nineteenth century. 

Morgan, in his "Ancient Society," says : "They dye the wampum 
of various colors and shades, and mix and dispose them with great 
ingenuity and order, so as to be significant among themselves of almost 
everything they please ; so that by these their words are kept and their 
thoughts communicated to one another as ours by writing. * * * 
A strand of wampum consisting of purple and white shells, or a belt 
woven with figures formed by beads of different colors, operated on the 
principle of associating a particular fact with a particular string or 
figure, thus giving a serial arrangement to the fact, as well as fidelity to 
the memory." "The color of belts and strings of wampum," writes Dr. 
Beauchamp, "was of importance. White was generally an emblem of 
something good, and black of affairs of a more serious nature — but this 
was not invariable. Black wampum, being double the value of the 
white, was often used to signify affairs of great importance. Several 
writers of the eighteenth century speak of the practice of coloring belts 
red when the affair concerned war. This was not the only tint employed. 
In 1757 at a council in Pittsburg a Wyandot 'spoke again upon a belt 
of black and white wampum, the white painted green.' " 

Loskiel says : "Neither the color nor the other qualities of wam- 
pum are a matter of indifference, but have an immediate reference to 



133 

those things which the)' are meant to confirm. The brown or deep 
violet, called l^lack by the Indians, always means something of a severe 
or doubtful import ; but the white is the color of peace." According to 
Mrs. Harriet Maxwell Converse* a string of white beads served its 
bearer as a flag of truce or safe conduct in time of war. Even the 
prisoner tied to the stake must be released to the person who should 
throw a string of white wampum around his neck. 

"When tipped with a red feather such a string became a formal 
request for an armistice, and the combatant who kept it bound himself 
thereby to suspend hostilities until a .i()int council could be held. If the 




A. 



messenger conveyed a string of the black wampum painted in red dots, 
it threatened war ; if he were intrusted with black beads covered with 
white clay, he bore notice of the death of a chief. Five strings a foot 
long, of black and white alternating, constituted a petition for forgive- 
ness in case of murder, and were sent to the relatives of a murdered 
man, upon whom it was incumbent to revenge his death unless given 
satisfaction. If they 'held' the wampum it implied forgiveness for 
the 'blood lost' ; if, on 



the contrarv, thev returned it, vengeance was 



inevitable, and 
—death." 



the victim 



willingly 



surrendered himself to his fate 



*Mrs. Converse's grandfather was adopted by the Seneca Indians in 1792 and her father in 1S04. 
She was adopted by the family of the noted Seneca chief "Red Jacket'' in 1880, and in 1892 she was form- 
ally elected a member of the Seneca tribe. She kept up her connection with the triVie— annually visiting 
their reservation in New York State — until her death at her home in the city of New York in November, 
1903. During the last years of her life she was known as "The Great White Mother" of the Six Nations. 
She had some reputation as a writer, but a more extended and distinctive one as an authority upon 
matters pertaining to the Iroquois Indians. 



134 

Through the kindness of the Rev. Dr. Beauchamp — whose name is 
so frequently mentioned in the preceding pages — we are able to present 
the photo-reproductions of wampum belts and strings shown in plates 
"A" and "B" on this and the preceding page. 

In plate "A" "I" is the remnant of an Onondaga belt of fifty rows 
of beads. It is fourteen and three-fourths inches w4de, about thirty-five 
inches long, contains over 12,000 beads and is the widest belt on record. 
Concerning it Dr. Beauchamp writes : "Fanciful names have been 
given it, which amount to nothing. It has been described as 'the second 




3r. ZZt, 



B. 



belt used by the principal chief of the Six Nations — very old.' The 
fact is that it is of white man's beads, and the principal chief rarely if 
ever saw it. The pattern is decidedly modern, as well as the material. 
It is made on very small buckskin thongs, with a hard, red thread of 
two strands, apparently flax. It seems to represent an alliance actual or 
proposed, and to be of the variety termed 'chain' belts." Mr. Donald- 



135 

son (mentioned on page 112) calls this belt the "wing- or dust fan of the 
Presidentia of the Six Nations" ; also, "the wing mat used by the head- 
man to shield him from the dust while presiding at the council." 

"II" in plate "A" is a companion belt to "I," made like it, but with 
a different fiirnre, and is the next widest belt known. It is thirteen and 
one-half inches wide and contains forty-five rows of beads. Dr. l^eau- 
champ further describes it as having "a series of dark points inclosing 
open white diamonds, signifying nations or towns. It is properly a 
'chain' belt showing a completed covenant." Mr. Donaldson describes 
this as belonging to "the Presidentia of the Iroquois, about 1540" ; also, 
as "the mat of the To-do-da-hoy'" In 1898 certain Onondaga Indians 
described this belt as "representing a superior man — To-do-da-ho. That 
is a carpet for him to sit [upon] . You clean the carpet for him to sit 
and nothing evil can fall on the carpet." 

In plate "B" "I" is a belt of purple beads, two inches wide, thirty- 
eight inches long exclusive of the fringes of buckskin thongs, and con- 
tains 370 beads in seven rows. There are three rows of five white beads 
each at the ends of the belt, and five open hexagons of white beads at 
equal intervals in the body of the belt. These hexagons represent the 
Five Nations. Some of the beads bear traces of red paint, which is 
evidence that the belt was once used as a "war-belt," and might have 
been sent to or by the Five Nations. In the latter case the proposal of 
war was rejected, and the belt was returned. Mr. Donaldson (previously 
mentioned) statesf that it is claimed that this belt bears "date about 
1608, when Champlain joined the Algonkins against the Iroquois." 
The belt was for many years prior to his death in the custody of Gen. 
Ely S. Parker {^'■Doiiehogdic'c/i'''') — "the last watcher of the west door of 
the Confederacy of the Iroquois.".}: From his heirs Mrs. Converse (previ- 
ously mentioned) obtained it for the New York State Museum, and she 
described it as a "Five council-fires, or death belt, of the Five Iroquois 
Nations. It signified death or war against some other nation. It was 
always held by the keeper of the west door. When it was sent to the 
east door, the Hudson River, it was held in the council of war of each 
of the nations — Cayugas, Oneidas, Onondagas, Senecas and Mohawks, till 
returned by the latter, which signal was that the war must begin at once." 

Dr. Beauchamp writes that a belt recently held by the Onondagas 
is almost the exact counterpart of this. In both the hexagons represent 
the nations, and the belts could be transformed into war-belts by the use 
of red paint. It was customary for any of the Five Nations to propose 
war by a belt, or even to carry on a war alone, but a general war could 
be decided on only by the Grand Council at Onondaga. War-belts 
might call this Council together, but they only proposed war. 

"11" in plate "B" is a "condolence belt" which at one time belonged 
to the celebrated half-breed Seneca war-chief "Cornplanter." It is of 
purple beads, is about thirty-six inches long, less than two inches wide 
and contains 328 beads in seven rows. 

"Ill" is a mutilated Five Nation belt. It was originally two feet 
long, nearly two inches wide, and made of purple beads — with five open 
diamonds in white beads — on fine buckskin thongs. The portion shown 

* See page 109, ante. 

t "Report on Indians at the Eleventh Census," p. 472. 

X See pages 121 and 123. 



136 



is 16.63 inches long. This belt was for many years in possession of 
Mary Jameson, or Jemison, the celebrated white woman captive, and was 
obtained from her descendants b}^ Mrs. Converse. 

"IV" is a fragment, seven inches long and two and three-fourths 
inches wide, of a purple belt without figures. The original belt was 
given to Chief "Cornplanter" upon the occasion of the making of a 
treaty with him. When the Chief died in 1836 the belt was cut into 
pieces and divided among his heirs. 

"V" is a portion of an "alliance belt" in possession of Dr. Beau- 
champ and obtained by him from an Indian w^oman. It is three inches 
wide and sixty-five beads long, and has seven rows of white and two 
rows of darker colored beads. 

"VI" is a bunch of strings of white wampum used for a religious 
council, and is owned by Dr. Beauchamp. Each string is two feet long 
and contains 110 beads. 

"VIII" represents three small strings of purple beads united at one 
end. Used in announcing the death of a member of the "Grand Coun- 
cil." It was the custom among the Five Nations, when a principal 
chief or a war-chief of one of the nations died, to send a runner with the 
proper wampum to the other nations. The runner went through each 
village calling "^e£.'^," three times at intervals if the dead man had been 
a principal chief, once if he had been a war-chief. 

"IX" is a string having the ends tied to form a circle. This was used 
in announcing the death of a war-chief — in the manner above described. 
"XII" is a string of fine purple and white beads, used either for 
council purposes or ornament. 

In "Pennsylvania Colonial Records," VIII : 97, there is an interest- 
ing description of certain wampum belts which were sent in April, 
1758, to Delaware, Shawanese and other Indians on the Ohio River by 
Teedyuscung, "King" of the Delawares, who was then temporarily 
located near Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. 

The Spaniards brought the modern horse to America. Some of 
the horses escaped in the southwest and ran wild in bands or herds, and 
in time the Indians captured and made use of many of them. In the 
course of years horses came into general use among Indians in all parts 
of the country. Prior to this time, however, whenever the Indian had 
occasion to go from one place to another he was compelled to travel 
afoot, unless a stream or other body of water lay in his course, when he 
made use of the bark canoe or dugout. As a rule the Indian was a skill- 
ful canoeman ; but Catlin wrote that "in the Indian country [meaning 

the then western territory 
of the United States] the 
squaws are much superior 
to the men in paddling 
canoes." Often a canoe 
would be managed b}' two 
women, who would manipu- 
late the paddles with great 
dexterity and power. Some- 
times, when a long canoe 
journey was to be made on 
a lake or a large, freely- 




flowino- river, the Indians would snpjjlenient the paddle-propelling power 
of their bark with a small sail, made of skins sewed together, or a 
blanket, held up either by a squaw or by a rudely contrived mast. 

That the North American Indians were seafaring men prior to the 
advent of the Europeans there is no evidence. They were not met 
with at sea or at any distance from the coast by the Europeans. They 
were land-lovers, and held to the earth. The forests and plains had 
more charms for them than the roar of breakers and the crash of waves. 
Nor were they a pastoral people. They never tamed either the bison, 
or buffalo, or the stately elk for labor or for food ; nor did they shear a 
fleece from the great-horned sheep of the Rocky Mountains. The cow, 
the ass, the goat, the common sheep and swine — as well as the horse — 
were all unknown to the Indians of pre-Columbian days. From the 
warm South, where clothing was unnecessary and as such was never 
worn, to the cold North where the skins of fur-bearing animals kept 
him warm in Winter, the Indian everywhere, like Primitive Man, was 
a hunter and fisher and depended chiefly upon the precarious winnings 
of the chase, or the hook and line or spear, for subsistence. Nearly all 
the Indians living^ alono- the sea-coasts and the larg-e lakes and rivers 
were abundant users of fish.* 

The cultivation of corn, pumpkins and beans, the gathering of 
potatoes, the curing of the tobacco-plant (in the region of Virginia and 
the Carolinas) and the grinding of grain into flour were labors despised 




Indian Woman Spearing Fish from a Canoe. 



by the men as forming a sort of degrading slavery. In this they were 
as proud as the old Roman citizens whose business was war. These 
toils were laid by the Indians upon their women, who were also beasts 
of burden in marches, carrying on their backs their domestic utensils, 
and their babies {'•'■papooses'''') strapped in cases hanging from their 
shoulders. Parkman, in describing the Huron Indian woman, wrote : 



* In official reports prepared by Government statisticians in 1822, and published, it 
1 those sections of the country where fish constituted an article of diet among the In 



t was set forth that 

^— „^^.iuiis oi Liie eouiiLry Avnere usn coiisiiiiueti an article oi uict among iiie Indians, the number 

of persons in each family was about six ; while "in other tribes, where this article is wanting, the average 
number in a familj- is about five." 



138 




Indian woman pounding corn ■with a stone 
pestle suspended hj a thong from the branch 
of a tree. 

(From an old engraving ) 



"In INIarch and April she gathered the 
rear's supply of firewood. Then came sowing, 
tilling and harvesting, curing fish, dressing 
skins, making cordage and clothing, prepar- 
ing food. On the march it was she who bore 
the burden, for, in the words of Champlain, 
'their women were their mules.' The natural 
effect folloAved. In ever}' town were shriveled 
hags, hideous and despised, who in vindictive- 
ness, ferocity and cruelty far exceeded the 
men. To the men fell the task of building the 
houses and making weapons, pipes and canoes. 
For the rest, their home-life was a life of leisure 
and amusement. The Summer, Atttumn and 
early Winter were their seasons of serious em- 
ployment — of war, hunting (in which they 
were aided by a wolfish breed of dogs unable 
to bark), fishing and trade." 

Boys and girls played alike to- 
Q;ether until tliev had attained the age 
of about ten years, when there was 
a separation. Then the girls romped 
about the tepees, or were instructed 
to some extent by their mothers in 
the simple methods of cooking and 
taking care of their homes practised 
by them ; while the boys gathered on 
the banks of a neighboring stream and 
sported in the water or threw spears and shot arrows at a mark. At the 
age of fifteen a girl had considerable to say in famih^ affairs, and was 
permitted to vote upon questions of importance She was not compelled 

to work unless the task met with her ap- 
proval. Indeed, until her marriage, the 
maiden had almost unlimited liberty. 
Having reached the period of young- 
womanhood the prettiest procurable cos- 
tumes were given to her. Her moccasins 
and leo-CTino-s of deerskin were sometimes 
marvels of workmanship. Her hair, part- 
ed in the middle, was combed straight 
back, and the part was painted — at least 
among certain tribes — invariably a bright 
yellow. At one time the women wore 
necklaces of bears' teeth and claws and 
elks' teeth, which were much esteemed ; 
but later, beads of European manufacture 
took their place. 

In the general appearance and habits 
of the North American Indian — in his 
physiognomy, his mental characteristics 
and his ph}-sical make-up — there is much 
to indicate the wide differences that exist between him and the white 
man. His high cheek-bones and broad face ; his heavy, dark eyes ; his 
jet-black hair, lank and incapable of curling because of its peculiar 
structure; his taciturnity in society, and his stoicism in all emergencies 
of mental excitement and physical suffering — all these are peculiar to the 
red man. Many writers hold that the Indian of earlier days was gifted 




A typical Indian woman of 
modern times. 



139 



with a better and more syniiiietrical plnsiqne and greater "staying- power" 

than the white man. On this subject Catlin, writing in 1S40, said : 

"Although the Indians of North America, where dissipation and disease have not 
got amongst them, undoubtedly are a longer lived and healthier race, and capable of 
enduring far more bodily privation and pain than civilized people can endure, yet I 
do not believe that the differences are constitutional, or anything more than the results 
of different circumstances and a different education. As an evidence in support of 
this assertion I will allude to the hundreds of men whom I have seen and traveled 
with who have been for several years together in the Rocky Mountains, in the employ- 
ment of the fur companies, where they have lived exactly upon the Indian system— 
continually exposed to the open air and the weather and to all the disappointments 
and privations peculiar to that mode of life ; and I am bound to say that I never saw 
a more hardy and healthy race of men in my life, whilst they remain in the country, 
nor any who fall to pieces quicker when they get back to a confined and dissipated 
life — which they easily fall into when they return to their own country." 

When the eminent American 
painter Benjamin West* visited Rome 
in 1760, and there gazed for the first 
time on the famous "Apollo Belve- 
dere" — an ancient work of art "in 
which are combined the highest intel- 
lect with the most consummate phys- 
ical beauty" — the then young artist 
exclaimed, "]\Iy God ! how like a 
young Mohawk Indian ! " When, 
many years later, George Catlin first 
saw this same statue, he, captivated 
by the grace, dignity and apparent 
vitality displayed in it, was startled 
into making an exclamation quite 
.similar to the one West had made. 
Catlin was an avowed lover of the 
American Indian, and, as previously 
mentioned, had visited various tribes 
and come in contact with many 
Indians — good, bad and indifferent. 

West, also, during his life in Philadelphia (r756-'57), saw many Six 
Nation, Delaware and other Indians, who came there frequently to 
attend conferences and for other purposes. 

"Art may mourn when these people are swept from the earth," 
wrote Catlin in 1868, "and the artists of future ages may look in vain 
for another race so picturesque in their costumes, their weapons, their 
colors, their manly games and their chase, and so well adapted to that 
talent which alone is able to throw^ a speaking charm into marble or to 
spread it upon canvas. The native grace, simplicity and dignity of 
these natural people so much resemble the ancient marbles that one is 
irresistibly led to believe that the Grecian sculptors had similar models 

♦Benjamin West was born near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, October 10, 1738, of Quaker parentage. 
At the age of seven years he surprised his family and friends by his skill in drawing. At the age of six- 
teen he began to paint portraits in his native village, and at eighteen he opened a .studio in Philadelphia. 
Later he went to New York Citj', where, in 1760, he was aided by some generous friends to go abroad. At 
Rome, as the first American artist ever seen in Italy, he attracted much attention. During a sojourn_of 
three years in Italy he was elected a member of the Academies of Florence, Bologna and Parma. In 1763, 
at the age of twenty-five years, he left Italy for England, intending to return to America ; but he was 
induced to remain in London, and there he lived and painted until his death, March 11, 1820. He attained 
very great contemporary fame, and in 1792 succeeded Sir Joshua Reynolds as President of the British 
Royal Academy. 

A number of West's most noted paintings are at present owned in this country. His "Death of General 
Wolfe" (now in the British Museum, London), painted in the costume of the period, against the advice of 
nearly all the most distinguished painters then living, effected a revolution in the historic art of Great 
Britain. P*or a photo-illustration of this painting see Chapter X, posi. 




The "Apollo Belvedere.' 



140 




^ 



to study from. And their costumes and weapons — the toga, the tunic 
and manteau (of skins), the bow, the shield and the lance, so precisely 
similar to those of ancient times — convince us that a second (and last) 
strictly classic era is passing from the Avorld." 

Of Indians who lived in this country during the eighteenth century, 
authentic portraits are now very scarce, and of the few in existence 
it is almost impossible to procure photo-reproductions for publication. 
Therefore, in order to give the reader as good an idea as possible of the 
typical red man of earlier times — of the days of West and of Catlin, for 
example — we have procured reproductions of genuine portraits of three 

noted Indians of the nineteenth 
century. They wall be found on 
this and the following page,* 
and may be compared with the 
picture of the "Apollo Belve- 
dere" herewith shown. 

In stature the members of 
some Indian tribes (prior to the 
days of their decadence) were con- 
siderably above the ordinary 
height of man, while in other 
tribes the height — particularly 
of the men — averaged or fell 
below that of civilized men. 
They were lighter in their limbs 
than white men, as well as less 
in girth — being almost entirely 
free from corpulency or useless 
flesh. Althouo;h o^enerallv nar- 
row across the shoulders, and 
less powerful with the arms than 
well-developed w^iite men, yet 
they were by no means effemi- 
nate or lacking in brachial 
strength. Their bones were 
lighter, their skulls thinner and 
the leofs and feet — than those of 



i^r 



^' 




"LiTTI.E WOUXD." 
An Oglala Sioux Chief.- 



excepting in 



their muscles less hard— 
their civilized neighbors. 

Catlin savs : "Of muscular streneth in 



the legs I have met many 



of the most extraordinary instances in the Indian country that ever I 



* Also, see Chapter XXV for a portrait of the famous Seneca chief "Red Jacket." 

t At the Pan-.American Exposition held in Buffalo, New York, in 1901, one of the most interesting and 
instructive exhibits was the "Indian Congress," comprising a large number of genuine, full-blooded 
Indians gathered together from their various reservations. They were dressed in their native costumes, 
lived in wigwams, and, for the entertainment of vi.sitors to their temporary village, enacted incidents and 
scenes from Indian life. Several of the members of this "Congre.ss" were chiefs who in times past had 
been prominent as leaders in Indian wars and outbreaks on the frontiers of this country. Two of these 
chiefs were "Red Cloud" and "Little Wound" (pictured above). Both were Oglala .Sioux, and were 
brought to Buffalo from Pine Ridge Reservation, South Dakota. 

In December, 1S90, there was an Indian uprisingat Pine Ridge, due to excitement brought about by the 
belief in the coming of an Indian Messiah, and owing to the suppression hy United States troops of the 
"Ghost Dance." A few days later came the battle of Wounded Knee, in which two officers and thirty- 
five men of the regular army and 1-15 Indians were killed. Two days afterwards the Sioux, under the 
leadership of "I.ittle Wound," surrounded Col. J. W. Forsyth and a squadron of the 7th Cavalry in White 
Clay Canyon, and held them tliere until tliey were rescueci by a squadron of the 9th Cavalry commanded 
bj' Maj. Guy V. Henry. 

"Little Wound," at the time of hissojovirn in Buffalo, was a verj'aged man, and was called the "Patri- 
arch of the Congress." Shortly before the clo.se of the Exposition he died there. A full-length portrait 
of "Little Wound," made in 1K90, may be seen in the "Report on Indians at the Eleventh Census," page 
574- B. 



141 





"Sitting Bull."* 

After a portrait painted by G. Gavil 
in 1S90. 



have seen in iii)- life, and I have watched 
and stndied snch for hours toj^ether (with 
ntter surprise and admiration) in the 
violent exertions of their dances, where 
they leap and jump with every nerve 
strung and every muscle swelled, till their 
legs will often look like bundles of ropes 
rather than masses of human flesh. * * * 
He who would see the Indian in a condi- 
tion to judge of his muscles must see him 
in motion ; 
and he who 
would get 
a perfect 
study for a 
Hercules or 
an Atlas 
should take a stone-mason for the upper 
part of the figure, and a Comanche or a 
Blackfoot Indian from the waist dowmward 
to the feet." 

There are general and striking char- 
acteristics in the facial outlines of the full- 
blooded North American Indian. His 
nose is usually prominent and aquiline, 
and the whole face, if divested of paint 
and copper-color, would seem to approach 
in appearance and character the European 
cast. Catlin wrote that many travelers 
thought the eyes of the Indians were 
smaller than those of Europeans. "I my- 
self have been struck," said he, "as most travelers no doubt have, with 

* "Sitting Bull," for many years principal chief of the Dakota-Sioux, and "the most famous Indian 
warrior of his time," was born about 1887. Having been driven from their reservation in the Black Hills 
by gold-miners in 1876, "Sitting Bull" and his followers refused to be transported to Indian Territory, and 
took up arms against the whites and friendly Indians. June 25, 1876. they defeated and slaughtered on 
the banks of the Little Big Horn River, in Montana, Gen. George A. Custer and 203 men of the 7th U. S. 
Cavalry (forming the entire command), who were the advance party of the force under Gen. A. H. Terry 
then in pursuit of the hostile Indians. "Sitting Bull," with part of his band, made his escape into British 
territory, where he remained vintil 1880, when, on promise of a pardon, he surrendered himself to the 
United States authorities. Subsequently he was required to make his home on Standing Rock Reserva- 
tion in South Dakota. 

In July and August, 1888, when Government commissioners were attempting to induce the Sioux to 
sell their lands in South Dakota, in order that the same might be opened up to settlement, "Sitting Bull" 
influenced his tribe to refuse to relinquish the lands which they occupied. In 1890. when the "Messiah" 
craze (referred to in the note on the preceding page) broke out, "Sitting Bull" proclaimed himself "High 
Priest." He had always exerted a baneful influence over his followers, and they now fell easy victims to 
his subtlety — believing blindly in the absurdities he preached regarding the Indian millennium General 
Ruger, U. S. A., commanding the Department of Dakota, having ordered the arrest of "Sitting Bull," it 
was accomplished by several Indian policemen December 15, 1890 ; but almost immediately afterwards, 
while refusing to go with his captors and calling upon his followers to rescue him, "Sitting Bull" was 
shot dead in front of his house by one of the policemen, who, at almost the same moment, fell mortally 
wounded by a shot from one of the followers of the dead chief. (For the "True Story of the Death of 
Sitting Bull," see The Cosmopolitan Magazine, XX : 493.) 

t Geronimo, an Apache chief, has been for some years a prisoner of war on the Fort Sill Military 
Reservation, Oklahoma Territory. For a long time he led a band of Apaches — "the worst for lawlessness 
that ever infested the Western country"— in many raids upon white settlements. He and his followers 
were chased for many months by troopers of the regular army under the command of some of the most 
noted officers in the annals of Indian warfare. P'rom the present limits of Oklahoma almost to the 
waters of the Pacific f)cean these Apaches, who had continually harassed the frontier settlers, were fol- 
lowed, and only surrendeied when worn out from lack of food and the terrible privations of such a 
chase. Geronimo's captor was Capt. Henry W. Lawton, 4th U. S. Cavalry, who lost his life in the Philip- 
pines in December, 1899— being then a Brigadier General, U. S. V. 

The Apaches have for a long time been considered "the most blood-thirsty, relentless and murderous 
Indians in the United States :" and it is stated that "in war their women are as cruel as the men." 

Geronimo was a member of the "Indian Congress" mentioned in the note on page 140. With his 
seamed and scarred "baked apple" face, and only one eye (the other having been destroyed in battle) he 
presented a most forbidding appearance— in no wise resembling the "Apollo Belvedere" ! In 1903 he 




Geronimo in 1901.1 

By courtesy of the Editor of The 
Meliopolitan Magaziiie. 



142 

the want of expansion and apparent smallness of the Indians' ej^es, 
which I have found upon examination to be principally the effect of 
continual exposure to the rays of the sun and to the wind, without the 
shields that are used by the civilized world ; and also when indoors being 
subjected generally to the smoke that almost continually hangs about 
their wigwams." 

To quote further from Catlin (referring to the period 1829-'38) : 
''The teeth of the Indians are generally regular and sound, and wonder- 
fully preserved to old age — owing, no doubt, to the fact that they live 
without the spices of life, without saccharine and without salt. Their 
teeth although sound are not white, having a yellowish cast. Beards 
the}^ generally have not, esteeming them great vulgarities and using 
every possible means to eradicate them whenever they are so unfortunate 
as to be annoyed with them. From the best information that I could 
obtain amongst forty-eight tribes that I have visited, I feel authorized 
to say that amongst the wild tribes — where they have made no efforts to 
imitate white men — the proportion at least of eighteen out of twenty 
[men] are by nature entirely without the appearance of a beard ; and 
of the very few who have beards by nature, nineteen out of twenty 
eradicate them by plucking them out several times in succession, pre- 
cisely at the age of puberty, whereby the growth is successfully arrested. 
Occasionally an Indian may be seen who omitted to destroy his beard 
in early manhood, and he subjects his chin to the repeated pains of 
extracting his beard, which he is performing with a pair of clam-shells 
or other tweezers nearly every day of his life. * * Wherever there 
is a cross of the blood with the European or African — which is frequently 
the case along the frontier — a proportionate beard is the result, and it is 
allowed to grow, or is plucked out w4th much toil and with great pain." 
The eyebrows were also sometimes removed, although in certain cases a 
fine, delicate, sharply defined line was left, which was formed by pulling 
the hairs from the upper and lower edges, leaving the center. 

The hair of the head — unless removed in the manner hereinafter 
described — was usually parted in the middle, and was always worn long, 
either covering the shoulders or done up in two braids which were drawn 
forward and allowed to hang on the breast.* The ends of these braids 
were wrapped in deer skin, otter skin or cloth, and occasionally single 
feathers, or ornaments made by combining feathers of different colors 
and sizes, were braided in. As late, at least, as the middle of the 
eighteenth century several North American tribes — among them the 
"French Mohawks" and the Lenapes — pulled out all the hairs of the 
head except a tuft on the crown. t Catlin, writing in 1844, t said : 
"The loways, like three other tribes in America, observe a mode of 
dressing the head which renders their appearance peculiarly pleasing 
and effective. They shave the hair from the whole head, except a small 
patch left on the top of the head, called the scalp-lock^ to which thev 
attach a beautiful red crest, made of the hair of the deer's tail dyed red 
and horse hair ; and rising out of this crest, which has much the appear- 
ance of a Grecian helmet, the war-eagle's quill completing the head- 

claimed to have "got religion," and was publicly baptized in Medicine Creek near Fort Sill and sub- 
sequently was received into the Reformed Church. A few weeks ago his fifth and last wife died at Fort 
Sill. Ge'roninio is said to be ninety-three years old. 

*See portraits of "Little Wound" and "Sitting Bull." 

tSee "Pennsylvania Archives," First Series, II : 459 ; also, the last paragraph on page 104, ante. 

\ See "Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution," 1885, Part II, page 147. 



143 



dress of the warrior. Thev boast of this mode of shavin»- their heads 
to the part that is desired for the scalp-lock, sayin<^ that they point out 
to their enemies (who may kill them in battle) where to cut with the 
scalping-knife, that they may not lose time in huntino;- out the scalp- 
lock ! That part of the head which is shaved is generally rouged to 
an extravagant degree." 

The various designs and colors used in face and body painting and 
marking* amono- the North American Indians varied from tribe to tribe. 
Red, black, green and white were the colors most in vogue. Ethnol- 
ogists have discovered that contrary to the old view, the Indian jDainted 
or tattooed his face or body, not through a savage love of bright colors, 
but because each and every design and color had a meaning and signifi- 
cance in certain respects similar to the heraldry of the ]\Iiddle Ages. 
Certain colors denoted hatred, revenge, and contempt of death. A tribe 
having declared war against a neighboring tribe, the fighting men began 
their warlike preparations by painting their faces. One brave would 
paint twelve red spots and eight black lines on his face to show that he 
had, in former engagements, been wounded twelve times and that he 
knew no fear. Another would daub red over his forehead, signifying 
that he proposed to create a scene of blood whenever the war-party should 
reach the enemy's country. In more recent times it has been noticed 
that serious Indian outbreaks and uprisings have always been preceded 
for months by an epidemic of face-painting among the turbulent tribes- 
men. Sometimes, when a tribe has been powerless to make war, the 
members of it have vented their resentment by painting their faces in 
flaming colors and striking designs, indicating their true feelings to- 
wards those whom they hated but were too weak to oppose. 

In the "'Midewiwaii^'''^ or "Society of the Afedhvin^'''' or "Grand 
Medicine Society" f of the Ojibwa, or Chippewa, | Indians — a secret cult 
bearing in some respects a very striking resemblance to Free INIasonry — 
face painting plays an important and conspicuous part. Each degree in 
this society has its proper and distinct set of facial designs and colors, 
which it is unlawful for any to wear save those who have taken the degree 
in question. These designs and colors have a secret and mystical signifi- 
cance and purport, as entirely unknown to the squaws and Indians who 
are not members of the '"'^Midczchvan''^ as they are to the white people. 

The head-dresses — particularly the "war-bonnets" — of Indian men 
were generally highly ornamented. The head- 
band was often trimmed wath shells and dyed 
porcupine quills, wdiile the bulk of the "bonnet" 
was made of the plumage of birds. § The Iro- 
quois warrior, however, generally wore only a 
single feather from the wing of a white heron. 
Of the skin of the deer, dressed and smoked, they 
made soft moccasins, or shoes, which they some- 
times highly ornamented with pigments or the 
stained quills of the porcupine. "In illustration 
of Indian tenacity in holding to old customs, an 

* See last paragraph on page 86 and also on page 104. 

t For some interesting references to this secret religious society see "Report on Indians at the 
Eleventh Census," page 34t). 

J An Algonkian tribe, at one time very numerous and inhabiting the region along the shores of the 
lakes Huron, Michigan and Superior. Many of the tribe now reside in Minnesota and Canada. 
g See illustrations on pages 7'J and 94. 




144 



Indian and his moccasins are yet almost inseperable companions. He 
seems born in them ; he walks and sleeps in them, and he is buried in 
them. An Indian may be habited in a dress suit, but the chances are 
that his feet are covered with moccasins. In the army he dresses in 
uniform, but almost always insists on the moccasins. At the training 
and industrial schools it is with difficulty that he can be induced to dis- 
card them."* Another part of the costume consisted of "leather stock- 
ings," or leggings, of dressed deerskin, which were ornamented generally 
by fringes of the same material. The man's leggings were made the 
length of his legs ; the woman's reached only to her knees, below which 
they were fastened by garters. In both cases the leggings covered the 
tops of the moccasins. In Winter the men wore war-shirts or mantles 
made of the skins of beasts, such as the bear, the wolf and the panther. 
These were sometimes ornamented with the feathers of the eagle or the 
claws of the bear. Necklaces of bears' claws were also worn bv the 

warriors, t 

Before the middle of the seventeenth century the weapons and 
accoutrements used by the Indian in the chase or in war were few and 
simple. A hatchet of hard stone ; a knife of the same material, or of 
bone, for taking off the scalp of an enemy, and for various other 
purposes ; a spear, formed of a short, slender pole of tough wood, either 
burned at the end and sharpened, or having a flint point or head attached 
to it ; a bow and arrows and a huge and sometimes fancifully wrought 
war-club made up the list. The last-mentioned weapon was made of a 
piece of hard wood, at the end of which an oval-shaped stone or pebble 
of good size was fastened with wet raw-hide, which, drying and shrink- 
ing, held the stone firmly in place. The handle of the club was also 

sometimes covered with raw-hide. The arrow was 
the Indian's chief weapon, and in its use he was 
very expert. The shaft was made of light, tough 
wood and was headed with flint, which, as necessities 
required, was wrought into a variety of forms — as 
shown by the accompanying illustration. The butt 
of the shaft was fledged with small birds' feathers. 
The arrows were carried in quivers, J in form and 
method not unlike those used by the barbarians of 
the Old World — the ancestors of civilized nations. 
So important a character was the professional arrow- 
maker among the Indians that he was exempted 
from all public duty and the toils of the chase. In 
showing this sort of consideration for their arrow- 
makers the Indians did exactly what was done by all 
Europeans, who, from earliest known times down to 
the invention of fire-arms, treated their bowyers and fletchers, or arrow- 
smiths, as persons of importance. 

During the past one hundred years thousands of Indian arrow-heads 
have been found in the Wyoming region — chiefly scattered over the 
lowlands near the Susquehanna — where they had lain undisturbed for 
many 3'ears from the time they were shot away by the Indians in war 
and in the chase. Even at this late day fine specimens are often washed 

* "Report on Indians at the Eleventh Census," page 53. 
t See illustration on page 38. \ See page 104. 




Group of arrow-heads, 
or "points." 

One-half the size of 
the originals. 




"5 



_■ w- 



--' *J3 

' o 

X ± >■ 

< -^ 1 

Z = J". 



A 4; -- 

Z. ^ >^ 

■ r c. J". 

z £ § 

^ — ■-> 



a :; 



7. 2 



i' A 



145 

out of the ground by the river at the time of a freshet, or at other times 
are turned up !)>' the farmer's plough. When one realizes — from a 
knowledge of the number of these flint implements now in existence, 
and from a consideration of other matters — how undoubtedly great was 
the whole number of arrow-heads in use during, say, a period of fifty 
years immediately preceding the introduction of fire-arms among the 
Indians, the conclusion is irresistible that in ever)- tribe there must 
have been skillful workmen who were kept constantl)' employed in 
supplving the large demand for these necessary implements. This 
work was certainly not easy, and could not be done b}- men selected at 
random, for it required time, patience, skill and considerable intelligence. 
Catlin, in his "Last Rambles," previously referred to, gives the follow- 
ing interesting account of the manufacture of flint arrow-heads as he saw 
it carried on in 1855 by Apache Indians west of the Rocky Mountains. 

"Their flint arrow and spear-heads, as well as their bows of bone and sinew, are 
equal, if not superior, to the manufactures of any of the tribes existing. * * Like most 
of the tribes west of and in the Rocky Mountains, they manufacture the blades of their 
spears and points for their arrows of flints, and also of obsidian, which is scattered over 
tliose volcanic regions west of the mountains ; and, like the other tribes, they guard as a 
profound secret the mode by which the flints and obsidian are broken into the shapes 
they require. Their mode is very simple, and evidently the only mode by which those 
delicate fractures and peculiar shapes can possibly be produced ; for civilized artisans 
have tried in various parts of the world, and with the best of tools, without success in 
copying them. 

"Every tribe has its factory in which these arrow-heads are made, and in those only 
certain adepts are able or allowed to make them for the use of the tribe. Erratic 
bowlders of flint are collected (and sometimes brought an immense distance), and broken 
with a sort of sledge-hammer made of a rounded pebble of horn-stone, set in a twisted 
withe holding the stone and forming a handle. The flint, at the indiscriminate blows of 
the sledge, is broken into a hundred pieces, and such flakes are selected as, from the 
angles of their fractures and their thicknesses, will answer as the basis of an arrow-head ; 
and in the hands of the artisan they are shaped into the beautiful forms and proportions 
which are desired, and which are now to be seen in most of our museums. 

"The master workman, seated on the ground, lays one of these flakes on the palm 
of his left hand, holding it firmly down with two or more fingers of the same hand, and with 
his right hand places his chisel (or punch) — held between the thumb and two forefingers 
— on the point that is to be broken off ; and a co-operator (a striker) sitting in front of 
him, with a mallet of very hard wood, strikes the chisel on the upper end, flaking the 
flint off on the under side below each projecting point that is struck. The flint is then 
turned and chipped in the same manner from the opposite side, and so turned and chipped 
until the required shape and dimensions are obtained — all the fractures being made upon 
the palm of the hand. * * * The yielding elasticity of the hand enables the chips to 
come off without breaking the body of the flint, which would be the case if it were broken 
on a hard substance. 

"These people have no metallic instruments to work with, and the instruments 
which the)- use * * I found to be made of the incisors of the sperm-whale or the sea- 
lion, which are often stranded on the coast of the Pacific. The chisel or punch is about 
six or seven inches in length and one inch in diameter, with one rounded side and two 
plane sides. * * The operation [of flaking the flint] is very curious, both the holder 
and the striker singing, and the strokes of the mallet being given exactly in time with 
the music, and with a sharp and rebounding blow — in which, the Indians tell us, is the 
great medicine (m3-ster3') of the operation."* 

From statements made to the first white men with whom the North 
American Indians came in contact, the normal condition of those Indians 
prior to the advent of the Europeans was war, cruel and bloody. War 
fitted the nature of the Indian, was his occupation by design and gave 
him fame. His heroes were warriors, and so tradition and fact en- 
couraged him to follow war as a profession as well as a recreation. The 
early Indian wars were generally for encroachments on fish and game 
preserves, or "hunting-grounds" ; and wdien the several tribes fought with 

* For an interesting illustrated article relative to Indian arrow and spear-heads, their maiuifacture, 
etc., see "The Stone Age" in "Proceedings and Collections of the W'yoniing Historical Society," VIII : 93 
— being a paper read before the Society by Christopher Wren, Esq., of Plj-month. Pa. 



146 

each other they fought to exterminate — using with savage cunning and 
brutality the rude but effective weapons with which they were provided. 
The bad side of the old-time Indian was that he was undoubtedly hor- 
ribly cruel in warfare. He was cowardly, too, because he fought behind 
rocks and bushes, and usualh' began his wars against the whites by the 
murder of women and children. He was at all times treacherous, and 
fought like a wild animal, stealthily creeping and crawling up to his 
prey ; but when cornered, fighting like a devil incarnate. Indians who 
were brutally brave in battle were at other times arrant cowards. The 
Europeans initiated the Indians in the use of fire-arms, and taught them 
by example the use and value of cunning and deceit in transactions 
with men ; but they did not find it necessary either to demonstrate to 
the Indians that there is such an art as War, or to instruct them in the 
brutalities of that art. 

"Still, along the Indian trail to oblivion, the white man, in many 
cases, has been as brutal and fiendish as the Indian, and with less excuse, 
for one is civilized and the other wild and untutored. There has been 
up to within a few years past but little humanity, charity or justice in 
much of the white man's treatment of the American Indian. No apol- 
ogy can be offered for it ; no excuse, save the domination for a time of 
the brute in our superior white race and the attempt to out-Herod Herod 
— for at times Indians have been wantonly inurdered or used like beasts." 

"From the very first settlement on the Atlantic coast," wrote Catlin 
in "Last Rambles," "there has been a continued series of Indian wars. 
In every war the whites have been victorious, and every war has ended 
in 'surrender of Indian territory.' Every battle which the whites have 
lost has been a 'massacre,' and every battle by the Indians lost a 'glorious 
victory.' And yet, to their immortal honor, * * * they never fought 
a battle with civilized men excepting on their own ground." 

War by one tribe of Indians against another — particularly among 
the Algonkian tribes — was declared by the people, usually at the insti- 
gation of their "war-captains" — "valorous braves," says Dr. Brinton, "of 
any birth or family, who had distinguished themselves by personal 
prowess." In early times the Indians went out on the "war-path" 
generally in parties of fort}' or fifty warriors or "braves." Sometimes a 
dozen went forth, like knights-errant, to seek renown in combat. They 
were skillful in stratagem and, as previously stated, seldom met an 
enemy in open fight. Ambush and secret attacks were their favorite 
methods of gaining an advantage. 

"To win by crafty device, by sudden surprise and by unlooked-for 
perfidy, and to strike terror by ferocious cruelt}^, were principles of war 
grained in the very nature of the American savage. P'or the most part, 
Indian war was an ingenious system of assassination. A company of 
braves painted, as the first Dutch parson at Albany expressed it, to 'look 
like the Devil himself,' and carrying no rations but a slender supply of 
meal of parched maize, would creep for days through swamps and 
thickets, stepping each in the track of his predecessor, to surprise and 
put to fire and hatchet some imsuspecting hamlet of peaceful settlers. 
If compelled to fight with armed troops, it was not in pitched battle, 
but rather b}^ ambuscade and perhaps with feigned retreat. The more 
ingenious the trick, the greater the glory. Piskaret, the Alonkin, 
Avhose very name was a terror to the Five Nations, approached alone a 



147 

village of the Iroquois, with his snow-shoes reversed, and then, hiding 
in a wood-pile, entered the cabins night after niglit and killed some of 
the enemy, returning each time to his place of concealment in the midst 
of enraged foes who sent runners out to find him."* 

Often the members of a tribe journeyed, either on land or on water, 
hundreds of miles for the purpose of engaging an enemy in battle. "An 
Indian considers a hundred miles but a short distance to march, wdien 
the purpose he has in view is to glut his vengeance," wrote Schoolcraft 
fifty years ago. When they went out formally to make war upon 
another tribe the Indians marched abreast, or side by side.t At other 
times, when the}- had no unfriendly or hostile intentions, or when they 
were out to prey upon the white settlers, it was their custom always to 
march in single file, as previously mentioned. 

Reference has already been made (on page 125) to the war-dances 
and war-songs that were generally danced and sung by the braves pre- 
viously to setting forth on the war-path or engaging in battle. At the 
instant of rushing into battle the warriors always sounded their fright- 
ful war-whoop, as the signal of attack. It was a shrill-sounded note, on 
a high key, given out wnth a gradual swell, and shaken by a rapid vibra- 
tion of the four fingers of the right hand over the mouth. This yell, or 
whoop, was not allow^ed to be given among the Indians except in battle, 
or in the w^ar or other dances. Its sound always inspired terror in the 
white people who heard it, not because of anything especially terrifying 
in the yell itself, but because of associations connected with it. 

If an Indian met with death while away from his camp or village on 
an expedition, or in battle, the surviving members of his band always 
took steps as soon as possible to bury his body on or near the spot where 
he had died, and then to conceal the place of burial as completely as 
circumstances would permit. 

When an Indian had killed an enemy, whether from an ambush or 
in open battle, his first effort was to secure his victim's scalp. Some- 
times scalps were taken from the heads of persons wdio had been onlv 
wounded or stunned, and who ultimately recovered from the eiTects of 
the wound or blow as well as the scalping. Again, Indians have been 
known to take the scalp from the body of a former foe accidentally 
found dead and buried. An account of an instance of this character, 
that occurred in Pennsylvania in 1755 during the French and English 
War, will be found in the "Pennsylvania Archives," First Series, II : 
459. Paxinos, a Shawanese chief living in W^yoming Valle}-, and 
friendly to the English, was in the neighborhood of Shamokin on the 
Susquehanna with several of his tribe. While there a fight occurred 
some six miles farther down the river, between w^hite settlers and cer- 
tain "French" Indians from New York who were out on the war-path. 
The next day Paxinos and other Indians went to the scene of the fight, 
where they found the dead bodies of several white men. "Following 
the tracks of the Indians into the woods Paxinos discovered a sapling 
cut down, and near by a grub [root ?] twisted. These marks betokened 
something, and upon search they found a parcel of leaves raked together ; 
upon removing which they found a fresh made grave in which lay an 

* "Indian War in the Colonies." Bv Edward Efifgleston. in The Century Magazine, XXVI : TOi) (Sep- 
tember, 1883). ■ J s > V F- 

t See "Pennsylvania Archives," First Series, II : 74(1. 



148 

Indian who had been shot. ^'- * The}- discovered him to be a French 
Mohawk Indian, and they stripped and scalped him." 

The following paragraphs referring to scalping and scalps are from 
Catlin's "Letters and Notes" (I : 238). 

"The taking of the scalp is a custom practised b}- all the North American Indians — 
which is done, when an enemy is killed in battle, by thrusting the left hand into the 
hair on the crown of the head and passing the knife around it through the skin, tearing 
oflF a piece of the skin with the hair as large as the palm of the hand, or larger, which is 
dried and often curiously ornamented, and preserved and valued as a trophy. The most 
usual way of preparing and dressing the scalp is that of stretching it on a little hoop at 
the end of a stick two or three feet long. Scalping is an operation not calculated of itself 
to take life, as it onlj- removes the skin without injuring the bone of the head ; and, 
necessaril}-, to be a genuine scalp, must contain and show the crown or center of the head 
— that part of the skin which lies directly over what phrenologists call the 'bump of self- 
esteem,' where the hair divides and radiates from the center. 

-k ^ % "The scalp, then, is a patch of the skin taken from the head of an enemy 
killed in battle, and preserved and highly appreciated as the record of a death produced 
b)' the hand of the individual who possesses it. * * It will be easily seen that the 
Indian has no business or inclination to take it from the head of the living — which I 
venture to say is never done in North America unless it be, as it sometimes has happened, 
where a man falls in the heat of battle, stunned b\' the blow of a weapon or a gun-shot, 
and the Indian, rushing over his body, snatches off his scalp, supposing him to be dead. 
* -:■- The scalp must be from the head of an enemy also, or it subjects its possessor to 
disgrace and infamy. There may be many instances where an Indian is justified, in 
the estimation of his tribe, in taking the life of one of his own people, and their laws are 
such as oftentimes make it his imperative duty ; and yet no circumstance, however aggra- 
vating, will justify him in, or release him from the disgrace of, taking the scalp. * * * 

* * * "Besides taking the scalp the victor, generally, if he has time to do it 
without endangering his own scalp, cuts off and brings home the rest of the [victim's] 
hair, which his wife will divide into a great many small locks, "and with them fringe off 
the seains of his shirt and his leggings." 




"The Captive." 

From a painting by W. P. Saurvveii. 



When a war-party tnrned homeward from a successful expedition, 
one df their number was selected to bear a pole upon which were 
suspended the .scalps taken from the enemy. Having reached home 
either the War Dance or the Scalp Dance, previously described, took 
place. 

When, in time of war, an Indian was taken prisoner by a hostile 
tribe, he was usually tortured and then put to death on the spot. Some- 



149 

times, but not often, his captors carried him back with them to their 
village, there to be hnmiliated, tormented and deprived of his life in the 
most pnblic and cruel manner. There was continual exposure to suffer- 
ing at the hands of enemies ; and so, from earliest childhood, the Indian 
Avas taught — as were the ancient Romans — never to betray weakness 
before an eneni}', and never to utter a word or exhibit any emotion in 
public when enduring the sharpest suffering. His muscles were steeled 
against pain, and made absolutely the slaves of his will. It was con- 
sidered a mark of weakness or cowardice for an Indian to allow his 
countenance to be changed by surprise or suffering. This was an 
accepted maxim from Patagonia to the Arctic seas. Stoicism, or im- 
perturbability, was a necessary habit of the barbarian life. 

"Not only men, but sometimes women, and in rarer instances, even children, were 
subjected to long-drawn deviltries of torment that cause the wildest imaginings of 
mediaeval theologians and poets to seem tame. The Indian warrior deemed cruelty a 
virtue, and sometimes trained himself in boyhood for a warrior's career by exercising his 
inhumanity on the animals captured in the chase. On his own part, the brave was pre- 
pared to suffer the most extreme torments with the sublimest fortitude, provoking his 
enemies and inflicting on himself additional torture by way of ostentation. The women 
evinced as much fortitude in suffering and as much ferocity in inflicting pain as the 
men. This superfluous diabolism of savage nature vented itself on the dead by ghastly 
and grotesque mutilations. The frequent cannibalism in the northern tribes arose, no 
doubt, from a fondness for punishing an enemy after death, though it had a religious 
significance in some tribes, and was often a resort to satisfy hunger in war time. A Mohe- 
gan is said to have broiled and eaten a piece of Philip's* bod}', probably with some notion 
of increasing his own strength. Acts of cruelty to the living and outrages on the dead 
were meant, like the painting of the warrior's face, to excite the enemy's fear, and 
consequently may be said to have had a legitimate place in Indian warfare."! 

The Indians had a strong aversion to negroes, and generally killed 
them as soon as they fell into their hands. When white people were 
taken prisoners by the Indians they were almost invariably pinioned 
and compelled to march off with their captors, and were required to 
carry any plunder that might have been gathered up by the latter. 
When the party encamped over night the prisoners were usually tied to 
two poles or posts stuck into the ground and often painted red. J On 
'the march — which was always a hurried one — the cruelty of the Indians 
towards their captives was chiefly exercised upon the children and such 
aged, infirm and corpulent persons as could not bear the hardships of a 
journey through the wilderness. An infant, when it became trouble- 
some, had its brains dashed out against the next tree or stone. Some- 
times, to torment the wretched mother, they would whip and beat the 
child till almost dead, or hold it under water till its breath was about 
gone, and then throw it to her to be comforted and quieted. If the mother 
could not readily still the child's weeping, a tomahawk was buried in 
its skull. An adult captive, almost worn-out with the burden laid upon 
his shoulders, would be disposed of in the same w^ay. Famine was a com- 
mon attendant on these hurried marches. The Indians, when thev 
killed any game, devoured it all at one sitting, and then, girding them- 
selves tightly around the waist, traveled without .sustenance until chance 
threw more in their way. The captives, unused to such anaconda-like 
repasts and abstinences, could not well support either the surfeits of the 
former or th